Donate
 
   
Select your prefered input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Grammar Search "aris" has 3 results.
     
aris: masculine nominative singular stem: ari
aris: feminine nominative singular stem: ari
aris: masculine nominative singular stem: arin
     Amarakosha Search  
6 results
     
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
paraidhitā2.10.17MasculineSingular‍‍parācitaḥ, pariskandaḥ, parajātaḥ
paryantabhūḥFeminineSingularparisaraḥ
praveṇī2.8.43FeminineSingularvarṇaḥ, paristomaḥ, ‍kuthaḥ, āstaraṇam
racanā1.2.138FeminineSingularparisyandaḥ
parisarpaḥ2.4.20MasculineSingularparikriyā
parisaryā2.4.21FeminineSingularparīsāraḥ
     Monier-Williams
          Search  
241 results for ariḥ
     
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
arisiṃham. Name of an author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arisomam. a kind of soma- plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arisūdanam. destroyer of foes. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṛmiparisṛptamfn. not crawled over by worms, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuparisicto pour round, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuparisruto run after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparisamāptikamfn. not ending, endless commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparisaṃkhyānan. innumerableness, infinite diffcrence, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparisaṃkhyeyamfn. innumerable, infinitely different, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding, Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparisaramfn. non-contiguous, distant. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apariskandamind. so as not to jump or leap about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparisthānamfn. improper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparisthānan. impropriety, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dālbhyaparisiṣṭan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanvantarisāranidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhaparisravam. secundines View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisādhanacandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisakham. "friend of indra-", a gandharva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisakthan. saṃjñāyām- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisaṃkīrtanan. the act of pronouncing or repeating the name of viṣṇu- (supposed to possess great efficacy) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisaṃkīrtanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisenam. Name of a minister of samudra-gupta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisenam. of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisevakamiśram. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisiddhif. Name of a goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisiṃham. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisiṃhadevam. (śrī-hari--) Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisomam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haristavamfn. one whose bay horses are praised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haristotran. of hymns (in praise of viṣṇu-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haristutif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisūktan. Name of a particular hymn addressed to hari- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisūnum. "son of hari-", Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisutam. "son of hari-", Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisutam. of the 10th cakra-vartin- (equals -ṣeṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisvāminm. Name of various men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harisvāmiputram. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kariskandham. a herd of elephants on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karisundarikāf. a gauge, water-mark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāruṇyalaharistavam. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kesarisutam. "son of kesarin-", Name of hanumat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nātiparisphuṭamfn. not fully displayed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisabhyam. (sabhā-) a member of an assembly, assessor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisādhCaus. -sādhayati-, to overpower, subject ; to settle, arrange ; to prepare (food)
parisādhanan. accomplishing, settling, arranging View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisādhanan. determining, ascertaining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisahasramfn. plural a full thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisakhyan. perfect or true friendship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisāmann. a sāman- which is occasionally inserted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisamantam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' taka-) circumference, circuit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisamāp Passive voice -āpyate-, to be fully completed, arrive at completion ; to be contained in (locative case) ; to relate or belong to (locative case or prati-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisamāpanan. the act of finishing completely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisamāpanīya mfn. to be completely finished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisamāptamfn. finished, complete View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisamāptamfn. centred, comprehended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisamāptif. entire completion, end, conclusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisamāptif. relating or belonging to (locative case or prati-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisambhū(only 3. plural perfect tense -babhūv/uḥ-), to arise, spring, be produced from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃcakṣ(only 3. plural proper -cakṣate-), to enumerate ; to avoid (See next) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃcaramfn. ( car-) roving about, vagrant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃcaram. "a very difficult pass or defile", a critical period View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃcitamfn. (1. ci-) collected, accumulated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisame( -sam-ā-i-), to go back to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃghuṣṭamfn. ( ghuṣ-) filled with cries or noise, resonant on all sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃhā(only pr. p. -j/ihāna-), to start or spring from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃhṛṣṭamfn. ( hṛṣ-) greatly rejoiced, delighted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃkhyāP. -khyāti- (infinitive mood khyātum-), to count, enumerate ; to limit to a certain number ; to reckon up, calculate, add together ; to make good, restore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃkhyāf. enumeration, computation, sum, total, number etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃkhyāf. (in philosophy) exhaustive enumeration (implying exclusion of any other) , limitation to that which is enumerated on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃkhyāf. (in rhetoric) special mention or exclusive specification View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃkhyānan. enumeration, total, a number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃkhyānan. exclusive specification View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃkhyānan. a correct judgement. proper estimate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃkhyātamfn. reckoned up, enumerated, specified exclusively View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃkrīḍP. -krīḍati-, to play about, amuse one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃkṣipP. -kṣipati-, to encompass, surround View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃlihP. -leḍhi- (pr. p. -lihat-), to lick all round, lick over, lick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisamohana(!) n. idem or 'n. heaping up or sweeping together ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃspṛśP. -spṛśati-, to touch at different places, stroke View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃsṛṣṭamfn. ( sṛj-) got at from all sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃstambh(only ind.p. -stabhya-), to strengthen, comfort View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃsthitamfn. ( sthā-) standing together on every side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃsthitamfn. standing id est stopping, remaining (in a-paris-)
parisaṃstṛ(only ind.p. -stīrya-), to spread id est kindle a fire at different places View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃstu(only Passive voice pr. p. -stūyamāna-), to praise, celebrate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃśuddhamfn. ( śudh-) perfectly clean or pure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃtānam. ( tan-) a string, cord View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃtap(only ind.p. -tapya-), to be tormented or afflicted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisamūhP. A1. -ūhati-, te-, to heap or sweep together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisamūhanan. heaping up or sweeping together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisamutsukamfn. very anxious, greatly agitated or excited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃvadP. -vadati-, to speak together about, agree with regard to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃvatsaram. a whole or full year View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃvatsaramfn. a full year old (or older), inveterate, chronic (as a disease) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaṃvatsaramfn. waiting a full year View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisāntv(also written śāntv-), Caus. -sāntvayati-, te- (ind.p. -sāntvya-), to console, comfort, conciliate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisāntvanan. the act of consoling and Calcutta edition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisāntvanan. plural friendly words, flattering speech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisāntvitamfn. consoled, conciliated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisara pari-sarpa- See parisṛ-, pari-sṛp-, p.604. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaramfn. adjacent, adjoining, contiguous on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaramfn. lying near or on (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaram. position, site View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaram. verge, border, proximity, neighbourhood, environs (see parī-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaram. a veils or artery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaram. death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaram. a rule, precept View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaram. a god View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisāram. wandering about, perambulation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisārakam. (gaRa vimuktādi-) Name of a place near the sarasvatī- (see pāriś-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaraṇan. running or moving about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaraṇaśīlamfn. of a restless disposition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaraviṣayam. an adjoining place, neighbourhood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisārinmfn. wandering or running about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisarpam. going about in search of, following, pursuing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisarpam. walking about, roaming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisarpam. surrounding, encircling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisarpam. a species of serpent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisarpam. Name of a mild form of leprosy (equals vi-sarpa-) (see parīs-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisarpaṇan. crawling upon (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisarpaṇan. running to and fro, going or flying about, constantly changing one's place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisarpaṇan. a kind of disease (equals sarpaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisarpinmfn. going or moving or roaming about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisarpitamfn. (fr. Causal) crawled upon by vermin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaryāf. equals saraṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaryāf. near approach View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisaryāf. service (see parī-s-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisatyan. the full or pure truth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisauvīramind. round about (id est except) the sauvīra-s Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisāvakīyaNom. P. yati- equals sāvakam icchati- Va1rtt. 5 (see abhi-sāvakīya-under abhi-ṣu-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisiddhikāf. (fr. -siddhi-?) a kind of rice gruel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisidhCaus. -sedhayati-, to drive about (cows) (see pari-ṣidh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisīmanm. a boundary, extreme term or limit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisīramind. gaRa pari-mukhādi- (iv, 3, 58) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisīryan. a leather thong on a plough View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariskandSee pari-ṣkand-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariskannamfn. (),spilled, scattered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariskannam. = or wrong reading for next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariskhalP. -skhalati-, to reel, stagger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariskhalitan. reeling, staggering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parismāpanan. ( smi-, Causal) causing wonder, surprising View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parismāpanan. (with dambhena-) outwitting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parispandA1. -spandate- (or ti-), to tremble, throb, quiver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parispandam. throbbing, stirring, starting, arising, movement etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parispandam. keeping, maintaining (a sacred fire) (varia lectio ṣyanda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parispandam. train, retinue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parispandam. decoration of the hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parispandam. pressure, crash View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parispandanan. throbbing, vibration, motion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parispanditan. throbbing, rising, appearing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parispardhinmfn. ( spṛdh-) vying with, rivalling, emulating (in compound) (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parispharCaus. -sphārayati-, to spread, divulge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphītamfn. ( sphāy-) swollen, turgid, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphurP. -sphurati-, to throb, quiver, vibrate ; to glitter, gleam ; to burst forth, appear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphuraṇan. glancing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphuraṇan. shooting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphuraṇan. budding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphuritamfn. quivering, palpitating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphuritamfn. dispersed, reflected on all sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphuritamfn. opened, expanded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphuritamfn. shot, glanced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphūrtif. shining forth, appearing, becoming clear or manifest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphuṭP. -sphuṭati-, or -sphoṭati-, to burst open View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphuṭamfn. very clear or manifest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphuṭamfn. fully developed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisphuṭamind. very clearly or distinctly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parispṛdhf. a rival View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parispṛśP. -spṛśati- (perfect tense 3. plural -paspṛśire-), to touch, stroke ; to pursue, practise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parispṛśmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') touching View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parispṛṣṭamfn. smeared or soiled with (blood) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisP. -sarati- (perfect tense -sasāra-, -sasruḥ-; ind.p. -sṛtya-), to flow or go round, circumambulate (accusative) etc. ; to flow or walk about or to and fro View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrajf. ( sṛj-) a garland View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrajinmfn. wearing a garland View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrasāf. ( sraṃs-) rubbish, lumber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisraṣṭṛmfn. being in contact or connected with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisravam. flowing, streaming, a stream etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisravam. gliding down (garbha-p-,the birth of a child) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisravam. Rottleria Tinctoria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrāvam. flowing, efflux, effluxion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrāvam. Name of a morbid state ascribed to the overflowing of the moistures of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrāvakalpam. a kind of straining or filtering vessel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrāvaṇan. a straining or filtering vessel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrāvinmfn. flowing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrāvinm. (sc. bhagaṃ-dara-) a form of fistula of the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrāvinn. (sc. udara-) an incurable form of swollen or enlarged abdomen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisṛjCaus. -sarjayati-, to avoid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisṛpP. A1. -sarpati-, te- (ind.p. -s/arpam-), to move round about or to and fro, hover etc. ; to creep or crawl upon (See sṛpta-) ; to be near, approach, go to (accusative) : Causal See sarpita-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisṛptamfn. equals sarpita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisṛṣṭa(p/ari--) mfn. surrounded, covered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisṛtamfn. having roamed or wandered through (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisṛtamfn. spread everywhere View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisṛtam. or n. an enclosed or fenced place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisruP. -sravati-, to flow round or off, stream, trickle etc. ; (with accusative) cause to flow ; to swim or float about ; to glide or pass away (as life) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrunmatmfn. parisrut
parisrutmfn. flowing round or over, foaming, fermenting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrutf. a kind of intoxicating liquor prepared from herbs ( parisrunmat sr/un-mat- mfn.possessing it ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrutf. dropping, flowing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrutamfn. flowed or streamed round, trickled, oozed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrutāf. equals srut- f. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristaram. strewing round or heaping together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristaram. a cover, covering (varia lectio pari-cchada-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristaraṇan. equals prec. etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristaraṇīf. a particular sacred text
paristaraṇikāf. a cow killed at a funeral ceremony (the limbs of the corpse being covered with its limbs) (see anu-st/araṇī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristaraṇīyamfn. fit to be strewed around, serving for a cover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristaritṛm. one who strews or lays round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristhā pari-sthāna- See pariṣṭhā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristhāna(!) n. abode, residence, fixedness, firmness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristīrṇa( ) ( ), spread around, strewed over, covered. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristomam. a coverlet, cushion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristṛP. A1. -stṛṇoti-, ṇute-, or -stṛṇāti-, ṇīte- (perf. 3. plural -tastaruḥ- , -tastarire- ; ind.p. -stīrya- ;Ved. infinitive mood p/ariśtarītav/ai- [ see ]), to strew or lay round, enclose (as fire with grass) etc. ; to envelop, cover (literally and figuratively) ; to spread, extend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paristṛta( ), spread around, strewed over, covered. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisvāram. ( svar-) a particular mode of singing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisvidCaus. -svedayati-, to cause to sweat (by applying sudorifics) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisyandam. ( syand-; see ) a river, stream (figuratively of words) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisyandam. keeping or entertaining (a sacred fire) (varia lectio -spanda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisyandam. decoration of the hair (varia lectio -spanda-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisyanda dana- etc. See pariṣyanda-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisyandanan. dropping, oozing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisyandinmfn. flowing, streaming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pipīlikāparisarpaṇan. the running about of ants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṇḍarisrajāf. either "a lotus-wreath"(if puṇḍari-is substituted for puṇḍarīka-) or"a wreath of Hibiscus Mutabilis" (See above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃjñākaraṇaparisiṣṭan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samparistṛto scatter all round, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarisrara(?) m. (fr. Intensive of sṛ-) going or flowing apart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarisrut(?) f. (fr. idem or '(?) m. (fr. Intensive of sṛ-) going or flowing apart ' or sru-?) equals surā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saubharisaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikharisamamfn. mountain-like View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīharistotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sujanaparisevitāf. Name of a kiṃ-narī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suparisrutamfn. well filtered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparisadmfn. sitting or being above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparisadmfn. (varia lectio -ṣ/ad-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparisadyan. the sitting above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparispṛśmfn. reaching above, elevated, high View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparisthamfn. standing above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparisthāpanan. the act of placing upon or above commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparisthāyinmfn. standing higher, prominent commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparisthitamfn. staying above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaktraparispandam. "mouth-motion", speech, discourse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidvajjanaparisevitāf. Name of a kiṃ-narī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
     Apte Search  
162 results
     
akhedin अखेदिन् a.. Not wearisome, not fatigued, ˚त्वम् continuous flow of speech regarded as one of the वाग्गुणs of the Jainas.
atibhū अतिभू 1 P. 1 To spring forth, arise; शब्दश्च घोरो$तिबभूव Mb. -2 To surpass, excel; to overcome, subdue, overpower.
atyadhvan अत्यध्वन् m. A long or wearisome travelling; a long journey.
advaita अद्वैत a. [न. ब.] 1 Not dual; of one or uniform nature, equable, unchanging; ˚तं सुखदुःखयोः U.1.39. -2 Matchless, peerless, sole, only, unique. -तम् [न. त.] 1 Non-duality, identity; especially that of Brahman with the universe or with the soul, or of soul and matter; See अद्वय also. -2 The supreme or highest truth or Brahman itself. -3 N. of an Upaniṣad; अद्वैतेन solely, without any duplicity. -Comp. -आनन्दः (अद्वय˚) 1 the joy arising from a knowledge of the identity of the universe and the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of an author and Founder of the Vaiṣṇava sect in Bengal, flourished at the close of the 15th century. -वादिन् = अद्वयवादिन् q. v. above; a Vedāntin.
adhikaraṇam अधिकरणम् [कृ-ल्युदट्] 1 Placing at the head of, appointing &c. -2 Relation, reference, connection; रामाधिकरणाः कथाः Rām. referring to. -3 (In gram.) Agreement, concord, government or grammatical relation (as of subject and predicate &c.); तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.1.2.42 having the members (of the compound) in the same relation or apposition; समानाधिकरणो or व्यधिकरणो बहुर्व्रीहिः; पीताम्बरः, चक्रपाणिः &c. -4 A receptacle or subject, technically substratum ज्ञानाधिकरणम् आत्मा T. S. the soul is the substratum of knowledge. -5 Location, place, the sense of the locative case; आधारोधिकरणम् P.1.4.45; कर्तृकर्म- व्यवहितामसाक्षाद्धारयत् क्रियाम् । उपकुर्वत् क्रियासिद्धौ शास्त्रेधिकरणं स्मृतम् ॥ Hari; as गेहे स्थाल्यामन्नं पचति. -6 A topic, subject; section, article or paragraph; a complete argument treating of one subject; A chapter in Kauṭilīya Arthaśāstra. e. g. प्रथमाधिकरणम् the Sūtras of Vyāsa and Jaimini are divided into Adhyāyas, the Adhyāyas into Pādas and the Pādas into Adhikara-ṇas or sections. (According to the Mīmāṁsakas a complete Adhikaraṇa consists of five members : विषय the subject or matter to be explained, विशय or संशय the doubt or question arising upon that matter, पूर्वपक्ष the first side or prima facie argument concerning it, उत्तर or उत्तरपक्ष or सिद्धान्त the answer or demonstrated conclusion, and संगति pertinency or relevancy, or (according to others निर्णय the final conclusion); विषयो विशयश्चैव पूर्वपक्षस्तथोत्तरम् । निर्णयश्चैति सिद्धान्तः शास्त्रे$धिकरणं स्मृतम् ॥ The Vedāntins put संगति in th 3 rd place, and सिद्धान्त last; तत्र एकैकमधिकरणं पञ्चावयवम्, विषयः संदेहः संगतिः पूर्वपक्षः सिद्धान्तश्च. Generally speaking, the five members may be विषय, संशय, पूर्वपक्ष, उत्तरपक्ष and सिद्धान्त or राद्धान्त). -7 Court of justice, court, tribunal; स्वान्दोषान् कथयन्ति नाधिकरणे Mk.9.3; ˚रणे च साधनम् Dk.4. -8 Stuff, material; विप्रतिषिद्धं चानधिकरणवाचि P.II.4.13 (अद्रव्यवाचि); अधिकरणै ˚एतावत्त्वे च P.II.4.15 fixed number of things, as दश तन्तोष्ठः Sk. -9 A claim, Bhāg, 5.1.16. -1 Supremacy. -11 A government department; सर्वाधिकरणरक्षणम् Kau. A.4. -12 A gathering place प्रत्यक्षाश्च परोक्षाश्च सर्वाधिकरणेष्वथ । वृत्तेर्भरतशार्दूल नित्यं चैवान्ववेक्षणम् ॥ Mb.12.59.68. -13 A department; अश्वागारान् गजागारान् बलाधिकरणानि च Mb.12. 69.54. -णी One who superintends. -Comp. -भोजकः a court-dignitary, a judge, भीतभीता अधिकरणभोजकाः Mk.9. -मण्डपः court or hall of justice. अधिकरणमण्डपस्य मार्गमादेशय Mk.9. -लेखकः a. official recorder or scribe, who drew up sale-deeds and other documents after getting the land measured in his presence; RT.VI.38. -विचालः [अधिकरणस्य विचालः अन्यथाकरणम्] changing the quantity of any thing, increasing or decreasing it so many times; ˚विचाले च P.V.3.43; द्रव्यस्य संख्यान्तरापादने संख्याया धा स्यात्; एकं राशिं पञ्चधा कुरु Sk. -सिद्धान्तः a conclusion which involves others.
adhruṣaḥ अध्रुषः Quinsy; a kind of disease attended with fever arising from the affection of blood; शोथः स्थूलस्तो- ददाहप्रकाशो रक्ताज्ज्ञेयः सो$ध्रुषो रुग्ज्वराढ्यः Suśr. (Mar. गळसटें, घटसर्प.)
anujan अनुजन् 4 A. 1 To be born after, arise or be produced after, to follow in being born, arising &c.; पुत्रिकायां कृतायां तु यदि पुत्रो$नुजायते Ms.9.134; अथवा जायमानस्य यच्छी- लमनुजायते Mb. -2 To take after (one's parents); to be born similar to.
anubhūtiḥ अनुभूतिः f. 1 Perception, apprehension, experience. -2 (In Nyāya) Knowledge derived from four sources: namely direct perception, inference, comparison, and verbal knowledge; see Bhāṣā. P.51,52. -3 Dignity, consequence. -Comp. -प्रकाशः N. of the metrical gloss or paraphrase of the principal Upaniṣads by Mādhavāchārya. -स्वरूपाचार्यः N. of the author of the grammar Sārasvata-prakriyā.
anumitiḥ अनुमितिः f. Inference form given premises; the knowledge obtained by means of अनुमान; लिङ्गपरामर्शजन्यं ज्ञानमनुमितिः the knowledge that arises from deduction or syllogistic reasoning.
anumodaḥ अनुमोदः 1 The feeling of pleasure arising from sympathy, subsequent pleasure. -2 = अनुमोदनम् see below.
anuṣakta अनुषक्त p. p. 1 Connected with, closely related or attached to; नित्य˚क्तः प्रकृतिकोपः Mv.2 constant, everarising. -2 Clinging or adhering to (actively used); मृत्युर्जरा च व्याधिश्च दुःखं चानेककारणम् । अनुषक्तं सदा देहे Mb.; हृदि नित्यानुषक्तेन सीताशोकेन तप्यते U.4.2 constantly preying on the heart; ˚मन्दाकिनीपवित्रमेखलम् Mv.4.
anusamayaḥ अनुसमयः 1 Regular or proper connection, as of words. -2 Doing several details with reference to several things or persons. This can be done in more ways than one and hence we have three varieties of अनुसमय (a) पदार्थानुसमय i. e. doing one thing with reference to all, then doing the second in the same way and so on. (b) काण्डानुसमय i. e. doing the whole mass of details with reference to one thing first, then doing the same with the second and so on. This is also known as एकजातीयानुसमय. (c) समुदायानुसमय i. e. doing a group of details forming a composite whole (समुदाय) with reference to one, then doing it with reference to the second and so on. It may be noted that when several details are to be performed with reference to one thing or person, the details are in close proximity with the प्रधान and hence the problem of अङ्गप्रधानप्रत्यासत्ति does not arise in such cases. But when several things are to be performed with respect to several things or persons, this अङ्गप्रधानप्रत्यासत्ति can be achieved by following the पदार्थानुसमय, which, therefore, is to be preferred to the other two words. (This is known as the पदार्थानुसमयन्याय.) But when पदार्थानुसमय is found not practicable, the second mode i. e. the काण़्डानुसमय or एकजातीयानुसमय should be adopted, provided that among the details to be performed, there are none which together form a composite whole. (This is known as काण्डानुसमयन्याय.) If, however, there are among the details to be performed some details which form one or more composite wholes, they should be performed together with the first thing or person, then with the second, and so on. Thus in such cases the समुदायानुसमय should be adopted. (This is known as समुदायानुसमयन्याय.)
antara अन्तर a. [अन्तं राति ददाति, रा-क] 1 Being in the inside, interior, inward, internal (opp. बाह्य); योन्तरो यमयति Śat. Br.; ˚र आत्मा Tait. Up.; कश्चनान्तरो धर्मः S. D. अन्तरापणवीथ्यश्च नानापण्योपशोभिताः अनुगच्छन्तु Rām.7.64.3. -2 Near, proximate (आसन्न); कृष्वा युजश्चिदन्तरम् Rv.1. 1.9. -3 Related, intimate, dear, closely connected (आत्मीय) (opp. पर); तदेतत्प्रेयः पुत्रात् ...... प्रेयो$न्यस्मात्सर्व- स्मादन्तरतरं यदयमात्मा Śat. Br.; अयमत्यन्तरो मम Bharata. -4 Similar (also अन्तरतम) (of sounds and words); स्थाने$न्तरतमः P.I.1.5; हकारस्य घकारोन्तरतमः Śabdak.; सर्वस्य पदस्य स्थाने शब्दतो$र्थतश्चान्तरतमे द्वे शब्दस्वरूपे भवतः P. VIII.1.1. Com. -5 (a) Different from, other than (with abl.); यो$प्सु तिष्ठन्नद्भ्यो$न्तरः Bṛi. Ār. Up.; आत्मा स्वभावो$न्तरो$न्यो यस्य स आत्मान्तरः अन्यस्वभावः व्यवसायिनो$न्तरम् P.VI.2.166 Sk. ततो$न्तराणि सत्त्वानि स्वादते स महाबलः Rām.7. 62.5. (b) The other; उदधेरन्तरं पारम् Rām. -6 Exterior, outer, situated outside, or to be worn outside (अन्तरं बहिर्योगोपसंव्यानयोः P.I.1.36) (In this sense it is declined optionally like सर्व in nom. pl. and abl. and loc. sing.) अन्तरे-रा वा गृहाः बाह्या इत्यर्थः (चण्डालादिगृहाः); अन्तरे-रा वा शाटकाः परिधानीया इत्यर्थः Sk.; so अन्तरायां पुरि, अन्तरायै नगर्यै, नमो$न्तरस्मै अमेधसाम् Vop. -रम् 1 (a) The interior, inside; ततान्तरं सान्तरवारिशीकरैः Ki.4.29,5.5; जालान्तरगते भानौ Ms.8.132; विमानान्तरलम्बिनीनाम् R.13.33; Mk.8.5, Ku. 7.62; अपि वनान्तरं श्रयति V.4.24; लीयन्ते मुकुलान्तरेषु Ratn. 1.26, Ki.3.58; अन्तरात् from inside, from out of; प्राकारपरिखान्तरान्निर्ययुः Rām.; अन्तरे in, into; वन˚, कानन˚, प्रविश्यान्तरे &c. (b) Hence, the interior of any thing, contents; purport, tenor; अत्रान्तरं ब्रह्मविदो विदित्वा Śvet. Up. (c) A hole, an opening; तस्य बाणान्तरेभ्यस्तु बहु सुस्राव शोणितम्. -2 Soul, heart; mind; सततमसुतरं वर्णयन्त्यन्तरम् Ki.5.18 the inmost or secret nature (lit. middle space or region); लब्धप्रतिष्ठान्तरैः भृत्यैः Mu.3.13 having entered the heart; सदृशं पुरुषान्तरविदो महेन्द्रस्य V.3. -3 The Supreme Soul. -4 Interval, intermediate time or space, distance; रम्यान्तरः Ś.4.11; किंचिदन्तरमगमम् Dk.6; अल्प- कुचान्तरा V.4.49; क्रोशान्तरेण पथि स्थिताः H.4 at the distance of; बृहद् भुजान्तरम् R.3.54; अन्तरे oft. translated by between, betwixt; गीतान्तरेषु Ku.3.38 in the intervals of singing; मरणजीवितयोरन्तरे वर्ते betwixt life and death; अस्त्रयोगान्तरेषु Rām.; तन्मुहूर्तकं बाष्पसलिलान्तरेषु प्रेक्षे तावदार्यपुत्रम् U.3 in the intervals of weeping; बाष्पविश्रामो$प्यन्तरे कर्तव्य एव U.4 at intervals; स्मर्तव्योस्मि कथान्तरेषु भवता Mk.7.7 in the course of conversation; कालान्तरावर्तिशुभाशुभानि H.1 v. l. See कालान्तरम्; सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्यदन्तरम् Ms.2.17,22; द्यावापृथिव्यो- रिदमन्तरं हि व्याप्तं त्वयैकेन Bg.11.2; न मृणालसूत्रं रचितं स्तनान्तरे Ś.6.18 between the breasts; Bg.5.27; अस्य खलु ते बाणपथवर्तिनः कृष्णसारस्यान्तरे तपस्विन उपस्थिताः Ś.1; तदन्तरे सा विरराज धेनुः R.2.2;12.29. (b) Intervention (व्यवधान) oft. in the sense of 'through'; मेघान्तरालक्ष्यमि- वेन्दुबिम्बम् R.13.38 through the clouds; वस्त्रं अन्तरं व्यवधायकं यस्य स वस्त्रान्तरः P.VI.2.166 Sk.; महानद्यन्तरं यत्र तद्देशान्त- रमुच्यते; जालान्तरप्रेषितदृष्टिः R.7.9 peeping through a window; विटपान्तरेण अवलोकयामि Ś.1; क्षणमपि विलम्बमन्तरीकर्तु- मक्षमा K.36 to allow to come between or intervene; कियच्चिरं वा मैघान्तरेण पूर्णिमाचन्द्रस्य दर्शनम् U.3. -5 Room, place, space in general; मृणालसूत्रान्तरमप्यलभ्यम् Ku.1.4; न ह्यविद्धं तयोर्गात्रे बभूवाङ्गुलमन्तरम् Rām.; मूषिकैः कृते$न्तरे Y.1. 147; गुणाः कृतान्तराः K.4 finding or making room for themselves; न यस्य कस्यचिदन्तरं दातव्यम् K.266; देहि दर्शना- न्तरम् 84. room; पौरुषं श्रय शोकस्य नान्तरं दातुमर्हसि Rām. do not give way to sorrow; तस्यान्तरं मार्गते Mk.7.2 waits till it finds room; अन्तरं अन्तरम् Mk.2 make way, make way. -6 Access, entrance, admission, footing; लेभेन्तरं चेतसि नोपदेशः R.6.66 found no admission into (was not impressed on) the mind; 17.75; लब्धान्तरा सावरणे$पि गेहे 16.7. -7 Period (of time), term; मासान्तरे देयम् Ak.; सप्तैते मनवः । स्वे स्वेन्तरे सर्वमिदमुत्पाद्यापुश्चराचरम् Ms.1.63, see मन्वन्तरम्; इति तौ विरहान्तरक्षमौ R.8.56 the term or period of separation; क्षणान्तरे -रात् within the period of a moment. -8 Opportunity, occasion, time; देवी चित्रलेखामव- लोकयन्ती तिष्ठति । तस्मिन्नन्तरे भर्तोपस्थितः M.1. अत्रान्तरे प्रणम्याग्रे समुपविष्टः; Pt.1 on that occasion, at that time; अस्मिन्नन्तरे Dk.164; केन पुनरुपायेन मरणनिर्वाणस्यान्तरं संभावयिष्ये Māl.6; कृतकृत्यता लब्धान्तरा भेत्स्यति Mu.2.22 getting an opportunity; 9; यावत्त्वामिन्द्रगुरवे निवेदयितुं अन्तरान्वेषी भवामि Ś.7. find a fit or opportune time; शक्तेनापि सता जनेन विदुषा कालान्तरप्रेक्षिणा वस्तव्यम् Pt.3.12; waiting for a suitable opportunity or time; सारणस्यान्तरं दृष्ट्वा शुको रावणमब्रवीत् Rām. -9 Difference (between two things), (with gen. or in comp.) शरीरस्य गुणानां च दूरमत्यन्तमन्तरम् H.1.46; उभयोः पश्यतान्तरम् H.1.64, नारीपुरुषतोयानामन्तरं महदन्तरम् 2.39; तव मम च समुद्रपल्वलयोरिवान्तरम् M.1; Bg.13.34; यदन्तरं सर्षपशैलराजयोर्यदन्तरं वायसवैनतेययोः Rām.; द्रुमसानुमतां किमन्तरम् R.8.9;18.15; rarely with instr.; त्वया समुद्रेण च महदन्तरम् H.2; स्वामिनि गुणान्तरज्ञे Pt.1.11; difference; सैव विशिनष्टि पुनः प्रधानपुरषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K. -1 (Math.) Difference, remainder also subtraction, cf. योगोन्तरेणोनयुतो$र्धितस्तौ राशी स्मृतौ संक्रमणाख्यमेतत् ॥ Līlā. -11 (a) Different, another, other, changed, altered (manner, kind, way &c.); (Note:- that in this sense अन्तर always forms the latter part of a compound and its gender remains unaffected i. e. neuter, whatever be the gender of the noun forming the first part; कन्यान्तरम् (अन्या कन्या), राजान्तरम् (अन्यो राजा), गृहान्तरम् (अन्यद् गृहम्); in most cases it may be rendered by the English word 'another'.); इदमवस्थान्तरमारोपिता Ś.3 changed condition; K.154; Mu.5; शुभाशुभफलं सद्यो नृपाद्देवाद्भवान्तरे Pt.1.121; जननान्तरसौहृदानि &Sacute.5.2 friendships of another (former) existence; नैवं वारान्तरं विधास्यते H.3 I shall not do so again; आमोदान् हरिदन्तराणि नेतुम् Bv.1.15, so दिगन्तराणि; पक्षान्तरे in the other case; देश˚, राज˚, क्रिया˚ &c. (b) Various, different, manifold (used in pl.); लोको नियम्यत इवात्मदशान्तरेषु Ś.4.2; मन्निमित्तान्यवस्थान्तराण्यवर्णयत् Dk.118 various or different states; 16; sometimes used pleonastically with अन्यत् &c.; अन्यत्स्थानान्तरं गत्वा Pt.1. -12 Distance (in space); व्यामो बाह्वोः सकरयोस्ततयोस्ति- र्यगन्तरम् Ak.; प्रयातस्य कथंचिद् दूरमन्तरम् Ks.5.8. -13 Absence; तासामन्तरमासाद्य राक्षरीनां वराङ्गना Rām.; तस्यान्तरं च विदित्वा ibid. -14 Intermediate member, remove, step, gradation (of a generation &c.); एकान्तरम् Ms.1.13; द्वयेकान्तरासु जातानाम् 7; एकान्तरमामन्त्रितम् P.VIII.1.55; तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27 separated by one remove, See एकान्तर also. -15 Peculiarity, peculiar or characteristic possession or property; a (peculiar) sort, variety, or kind; व्रीह्यन्तरेप्यणुः Trik.; मीनो राश्यन्तरे, वेणुर्नृपान्तरे ibid.; प्रासङ्गो युगान्तरम् cf. also प्रधानपुरुषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K.37. &c. -16 Weakness, weak or vulnerable point; a failing, defect, or defective point; प्रहरेदन्तरे रिपुम्, Śabdak. सुजयः खलु तादृगन्तरे Ki.2.52; असहद्भिर्माममिमित्रैर्नित्यमन्तरदर्शिभिः Rām; परस्यान्तरदर्शिना ibid.; कीटकेनेवान्तरं मार्गयमाणेन प्राप्तं मया महदन्तरम् Mk.9; अथास्य द्वादशे वर्षे ददर्श कलिरन्तरम् Nala.7.2.; हनूमतो वेत्ति न राक्षसो$न्तरं न मारुतिस्तस्य च राक्षसो$न्तरम् Rām. -17 Surety, guarantee, security; तेन तव विरूपकरणे सुकृतमन्तरे धृतम् Pt.4 he has pledged his honour that he will not harm you; आत्मान- मन्तरे$र्पितवान् K.247; अन्तरे च तयोर्यः स्यात् Y.2.239; भुवः संज्ञान्तरयोः P.III.2.179; धनिकाधमर्णयोरन्तरे यस्तिष्ठति विश्वासार्थं स प्रतिभूः Sk. -18 Regard, reference, account; न चैतदिष्टं माता मे यदवोचन्मदन्तरम् Rām. with reference to me; त्वदन्तरेण ऋणमेतत्. -19 Excellence, as in गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6 (this meaning may be deduced from 11). -2 A garment (परिधान). -21 Purpose, object, (तादर्थ्य) तौ वृषाविव नर्दन्तौ बलिनौ वासितान्तरे Mb.1.12.41; (Malli. on R.16.82). -22 Concealment, hiding; पर्व- तान्तरितो रविः (this sense properly belongs to अन्तर्-इ q. v.). -23 Representative, substitution. क्षात्रमाचरतो मार्गमपि बन्धोस्त्वदन्तरे Mb.12.1.3. -24 Destitution, being without (विना) which belongs to अन्तरेण. (अन्तरमवकाशाव- धिपरिधानान्तर्धिभेदतादर्थ्ये । छिद्रात्मीर्यावेनाबहिरवसरमध्येन्तरात्मनि च Ak.) [cf. L. alter] -25 Space (अवकाश); प्रेक्षतामृषि- सङ्घानां बभूव न तदान्तरम् Rām.7.14.19. -26 Separation (वियोग); भार्यापत्योरन्तरम् Mb.5.35.43. -27 A move or skilful play in wrestling; अन्योन्यस्थान्तरप्रेप्सू प्रचक्राते$न्तरं प्रति Mb.9.57.11. -28 A moulding of the pedestal and the base; षडंशं चान्तरे कर्णे उत्तरांशं तदूर्ध्वके । Māna.13.121; cf. स्थानात्मीयान्यतादर्थ्यरन्ध्रान्तर्धिषु चान्तरम् । परिधाने$वधौ मध्ये$- न्तरात्मनि नपुंसके । Nm. -Comp. -अपत्या a pregnant woman. -चक्रम् a technical term in augury Bṛi. S. chap.86. -ज्ञ a. knowing the interior, prudent, wise, foreseeing; नान्तरज्ञाः श्रियो जातु प्रियैरासां न भूयते Ki.11.24 not knowing the difference. -तत् a. spreading havoc. -द a. cutting the interior or heart. -दिशा, अन्तरा दिक् intermediate region or quarter of the compass. -दृश् a. realizing the Supreme Soul (परमात्मानुसंधायिन्). -पु(पू)रुषः the internal man, soul (the deity that resides in man and witnesses all his deeds); तांस्तु देवाः प्रपश्यन्ति स्वस्यैवान्तरपूरुषः; Ms.8.85. -पूजा = अन्तर-पूजा. -प्रभवः [अन्तराभ्यां भिन्नवर्णमातापितृभ्यां प्रभवति] one of a mixed origin or caste. (अम्बष्ठ, क्षत्तृ, करण, इ.); अन्तरप्रभवाणां च धर्मान्नो वक्तुमर्हसि Ms.1.2. -प्रश्नः an inner question, one contained in and arising out of what has been previously mentioned. -शायिन् -स्थ, -स्थायिन् -स्थित a. 1 inward, internal, inherent; ˚स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केन चित् Pt. 1.221. -2 interposed, intervening, separate. -3 seated in the heart, an epithet of जीव.
antargata अन्तर्गत p. p. -गामिन् a. 1 Gone into or between, crept into (as a bad word &c.). -2 Being or seated in, included in or by, existing in, belonging to; ˚शवे ग्रामे Ms.4.18; लघुद्वीपा जम्बूद्वीपान्तर्गता एव H.3.; पार्थिवानि च भूतानि सागरान्तर्गतानि च Rām. -3 Being in the interior, hidden, concealed, internal, inward, secret, suppressed; अन्तर्गतमपास्तं मे रजसो$पि परं तमः Ku.6.6 inward; सौमित्रिरन्तर्गतबाष्पकण्ठः R.14.53. with suppressed tears; K.6; ˚तां हृदयशुद्धिम् 135 inward; अन्तर्गतं प्राणभृतां हि वेद सर्वं भवान्भावम् R.2.43 internal, seated in the breast or heart; ˚फलारम्भाः 1.59; ˚तो हृदयाभिलाषः K.143; ˚तेन चन्द्रापीडेन 198; नेत्रवक्त्रविकारैश्च लक्ष्यते$न्तर्गतं मनः inward or secret motives of the mind Pt.1.44; बाह्यैर्विभावयेल्लिङ्गैर्भावमन्तर्गतं नृणाम् Ms.8.25; ˚गतप्रार्थनम् Ś.7.2 inwardly longing (for the same). -4 Slipped out of memory, forgotten. -5 Vanished, disappeared. -6 Destroyed. -Comp. -उपमा a concealed simile (the particle of comparison being omitted.) -मनस् = अन्तर्मनस् q. v.
annam अन्नम् [अद्-क्त; अनित्यनेन, अन्-नन्; according to Yāska from अद्, अद्यते अत्ति च भूतानि; or from आ-नम्, आ आभि मुख्येन ह्येतन्नतं प्रह्वीभूतं भवति भोजनाय भूतानाम्] 1 Food (in general); अद्यते$त्ति च भूतानि तस्मादन्नं तदुच्यते Tait. Up.; मदो$सृङ्मांसमज्जास्थि वदन्त्यन्नं मनीषिणः Ms.3.8.182; अहमन्नं भवान् भोक्ता H.1.51. I am your prey &c.; चराणामन्नमचराः Ms.5.29. -2 Food as representing the lowest form in which the Supreme Soul is manifested, being the coarsest and last of the 5 vestures (कोश) in which the soul is clothed and passes from body to body in the long process of metempsychosis - "the nutrimentitious vesture or visible body in the world of sense" (स्थूल- शरीर called अन्नमयकोश). -3 Boiled rice; अन्नेन व्यञ्जनम् P. II.1.34. -4 Corn (bread corn); ता (आपः) अन्नम- सृजन्त तस्माद्यत्र क्व च वर्षति तदेव भूयिष्ठमन्नं भवति Ch. Up. 6.2.4.; आदित्याज्जायते वृष्टिर्वृष्टेरन्नं ततः प्रजाः Ms.3.76; कृत˚ 9.219;1.86,12.65. -5 Water. -6 Earth (पृथिव्या अन्नहेतुत्वादन्नशब्दवाच्यता). -7 N. of Viṣṇu. -न्नः The sun (स हि अन्नहेतुवृष्टिहेतुः). -Comp. -अकालः = अनाकाल q. v. -अत्तृ, -आदिन्, -आहारिन् eating food. -अद a. eating food. -2 having a good appetite (दीप्ताग्नि). (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. -अद्यम् proper food, food in general; कुर्यादहरहः श्राद्धमन्नाद्येनोदकेन वा Ms.3.82,4.112, 11.144. अन्नाद्येन प्रजापतिः (तृप्तः) Mb.3.2.68. -आच्छा- दनम्, -वस्त्रम् food and clothing, food and raiment, the bare necessaries of life. -आयुः (अन्नायु) consisting of, living by, food; desirous of food (अन्नबन्धनः, अन्नजीवनः). -काम a. desirous of food; स इद्भोजो यो गृहवे ददात्यन्नकामाय Rv.1.117.3. -कालः hour of dinner; meal-time. -किट्टः = ˚मल q. v. -कूटः a large heap of boiled rice. -कोष्ठकः 1 a cupboard; granary. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 the sun. -गतिः f. the passage of food, gullet (cf. बहिः- स्रोतस्). -गन्धिः dysentery, diarrhoea. -ज, जात a. produced from food as the primitive substance. -जम् rice-gruel of three days. -जा f. a hickup. -जलम् food and water, bare subsistence. -तेजस् a. having the vigour caused by food. -द, -दातृ, -दायिन्, -प्रद a. 1 giving food. वारिदस्तृप्तिमाप्नोति सुखमक्षय्यमन्नदः Ms.4.229. -2 epithet of Śiva. -दा N. of Durgā or Annapūrṇā. -दासः [अन्नेन पालितो दासः शाक. त.] a servant who works for food only, one who becomes a servant or slave by getting food only. -देवता the deity supposed to preside over articles of food. -दोषः 1 sin arising from eating prohibited food; Ms.5.4. -2 a defect in the food eaten; derangement of food or the humours of the body; आलस्यादन्नदोषाच्च मृत्युर्विप्राञ् जिघांसति Ms.5.4. -द्वेषः dislike of food, loss of appetite. -पतिः lord or possessor of food, epithet of Savitṛ, Agni, and Śiva. अन्नपते$न्नस्य नो देहि Tait. Saṁ.11.83;34.58. -पाकः cooking of food; digestion of food; (by the fire in the stomach). -पू a. purifying food, epithet of the Sun. -पूर्ण a. filled with, possessed of, food. (-र्णा) a form of Durgā (the goddess of plenty); ˚ईश्वरी N. of Durgā or a form of Bhairavī. -पेयम् = वाज- पेयम् q. v. -प्रलय a. being dissolved into food after death. -प्राशः, प्राशनम् the ceremony of giving a new-born child food to eat for the first time, one of the 16 Saṁskāras performed between the 5th and 8th month (usually in the sixth, Ms.2.34) with preliminary oblations to fire (Mar.उष्टावण); षष्ठे$न्नप्राशन मासि Ms.2.34; Y.1.12. -ब्रह्मन्, -आत्मन् m. Brahman as represented by food. -भक्त a. [अन्नार्थं भक्तः दासः] = अन्नदास q. v. -भुज् a. eating food, epithet of Śiva. -मय a. see below. -मलम् 1 excrement, faeces; P.VI.1.148 Sk. -2 spirituous liquor; सुरा वै मलमन्नानाम् Ms.11.93. -रक्षा precautions as to eating food. -रसः essence of food, chyle; food and drink, nutriment; नानाविधानन्नरसान् वन्यमूलफलाश्रयान् । तेभ्यो ददौ Rām. -वत् a. possessed of food; अन्नवान्त्सन् रफितायोपज- ग्मुषे Rv.1.117.2. -वस्त्रम् = ˚आच्छादनम् q. v. -विकारः. 1 transformation of food, assimilation. -2 disorder of the stomach caused by indigestion. -3 seminal discharge (of man); semen itself; cf. अन्नाद्रेतः संभवति. -विद् a. acquiring food; कार्षीवणा अन्नविदो न विद्यया Av.6.116.1. -व्यवहारः the law or custom relating to food; i. e. the custom of eating together or not with other persons. -शेषः leavings of food, offal. -संस्कारः consecration of food. -होमः a sacrifice (with 1 materials) connected with the Aśvamedha sacrifice.
apaṭī अपटी [अल्पः पटः पटी, न. त.] 1 A screen or wall of cloth, particularly the screen or kanāt surrounding a tent. -2 A curtain. -Comp. -क्षेपः (अपटक्षेपः) tossing aside the curtain; ˚क्षेपेण (= अकस्मात्) 'with a (hurried) toss of the curtain', frequently occurring as a stage direction and denoting precipitate entrance on the stage which arises from fear, hurry, agitation &c., as when a character tossing up the curtain suddenly enters without the usual introduction ततः प्रविशति &c.
aprakṛta अप्रकृत a. 1 Not principal or chief, incidental, occasional. -2 Not relevant to the subject under discussion, not to the point, irrelevant; see प्रकृत, प्रस्तुत; अप्रकृतं अनुसन्धा 'to beat about the bush', not to come to the point. -तम् (In Rhet.) उपमान i. e. the standard of comparison (opp. प्रकृत or उपमेय). -तः An insane person (cf. Dānasāgara.)
abhijan अभिजन् 4 A. 1 To be born to or for (a person or thing), to win, to claim as one's birth-right; स महीमभिजायते Mb.5.129.33; see also under अभिजात (1) below. -2 be born or produced, arise, spring from; कामात्क्रोधो$भिजायते Bg.2.62; स्वाभाविकं तु यन्मित्रं भाग्येनै- वाभिजायते H.1.178. -3 To be born or produced again; शुचीनां श्रीमतां गेहे योगभ्रष्टो$भिजायते Bg.6.41;13.23. -4 To be, become, be turned into; तस्याः स्पृष्ट्वैब सलिलं नरः शैलो$भिजायते Rām. -5 To be born of a high family.
abhivādaḥ अभिवादः वादनम् 1 Reverential salutation, respectful obeisance, salutation of a superior or elder by an inferior or junior, or of a teacher by his disciple. It consists in (1) rising from one's seat (प्रत्युत्त्थान); (2) clasping the feet (पादोपसंग्रह), and (3) repeating the form of salutation (अभिवाद) which includes the name or title of the person addressed, followed by the mention of the person's own name. For the different ways of performing obeisance and the merit arising therefrom see Ms.2.12-126. -2 Abuse, insulting or scurrilous speech (for अतिवाद).
abhivṛta अभिवृत 1 A. 1 To go up to, go towards, go or come near, approach; used with or without any acc.; भरतो मन्त्रिभिः सार्धमभ्यवर्तत राजवत् Rām.2.91. 38. इत एवाभिवर्तन्ते (in dramas) are coming hitherward or in this direction; श्रावस्तीमभ्यवर्तिषि Dk.116; तमर्च्यमारादभिवर्तमानम् R.2.1.; यतो यतः षट्चरणो$भिवर्तते Ś.1.23 turns. -2 To attack, assail, rush upon or towards, turn towards (inimically or to attack); नाना- प्रहरणैः क्रुद्धस्तत्सैन्यं सो$भ्यवर्तत Rām T.27.4; वदनं मधुकरो$ भिवर्तते Ś.1; अयमेकचरो$भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3. -3 To face, encounter, stand opposite to. -4 To stretch or extend towards; दीर्घारण्यानि दक्षिणां दिशमभिवर्तन्ते U.2. -5 (a) To turn up, arise, begin. (b) To appear, commence; सरष्वाश्चोत्तरे तीरे राज्ञो यज्ञो$भ्यवर्तत Rām.1.14.1; break (as day). -6 To be, exist, chance to be. -7 To produce for one (dat.). -Caus. 1 To carry over, transport. -2 To overcome, to be master of.
abhyutthita अभ्युत्थित p. p. 1 Risen, arisen, gone up. -2 Blazing, flaming (fire); R.1.53. -3 Elevated, exalted.
amarṣa अमर्ष a. Not enduring or bearing. -र्षः 1 Nonendurance, tolerance, impatience; अमर्षप्रभवो रोषः सफलो मे भविष्यति Rām.5.62.33. अमर्षशून्येन जनस्य जन्तुना न जातहार्देन न विद्विषादरः Ki.1.33; jealousy, jealous anger; किं नु भवतस्तातप्रतापोत्कर्षे$प्यमर्षः U.5. In Rhet. अमर्ष is one of the 33 minor feelings or व्यभिचारिभाव. See S. D.; R. G. thus defines it : परकृतावज्ञादिनानापराध- जन्यो मौनवाक्पारुष्यादिकारणभूतश्चित्तवृत्तिविशेषो$मर्षः. -2 Anger, passion, wrath; पुत्रवधामर्षोद्दीपितेन गाण्डीविना Ve.2; हर्षामर्ष- भयोद्वेगैः Bg.12.15. सामर्ष angry, indignant; सामर्षम् angrily. -3 Impetuosity, violence. -4 Determination of purpose. -र्षा Intolerance; यत्र सङ्गीतसन्नादैर्नदद्गुहममर्षया Bhāg.8.2.6. -Comp. -ज a. arising from anger or impatience. -हासः an angry laugh, sarcastic sneer. अमर्षण amarṣaṇa र्षित rṣita र्षिन् rṣin र्षवत् rṣavat अमर्षण र्षित र्षिन् र्षवत् a. 1 Impatient, intolerant, unforgiving; विशेषात्परिपूर्णस्य याति शत्रोरमर्षणः आभि- मुख्यम् Pt.1.326. -2 Angry, indignant, passionate; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53; अभिमन्युवधामर्षितैः पाण्डुपुत्रैः Ve.4. -3 Impetuous, determined.
arati अरति a. 1 Dissatisfied, discontented. -2 Dull, languid, restless. -तिः f. 1 Absence of pleasure or amusement; अरतिर्जनसंसदि Bg.13.1. regarded as arising from the longings of love, स्वाभीष्टवस्त्वलाभेन चेतसो या$नवस्थितिः । अरतिः सा S. D.; one of the ten states of love-lorn persons (अनङ्गदशा); Mb.12.3.48. -2 Pain, distress; भृशमरतिमवाप्य तत्र Ki.1.49. -3 Anxiety, regret, uneasiness, agitation; संधत्ते भृशमरतिं हि सद्वियोगः Ki.5.51. -4 Dissatisfaction, discontent. -5 Languor, dullness. -6 A bilious disease. -तिः [ऋ-अति] 1 Anger, passion. -2 Ved. Going, moving quickly. -3 Moving flame. -4 Occupying, attacking. -5 Servant, manager, assistant. -6 A master. -7 An intelligent being.
arka अर्क a. [अर्च्-घञ्-कुत्वम् Uṇ.3.4.]. Fit to be worshipped (अर्चनीय). -र्कः 1 A ray of light, a flash of lightning (Ved.). -2 The sun; आविष्कृतारुणपुरःसर एकतो$र्कः Ś.4.2. -3 Fire. य एवमेतदर्कस्यार्कत्वं वेद Bṛi. Up. 1.2.1. -4 A crystal; पुष्पार्ककेतकाभाश्च Rām.2.94.6. -5 Copper. -6 Sunday. -7 Membrum virile. एवा ते शेपः सहसायमर्को$ङ्गेनाङ्गं संसमकं कृणोतु Av.6.72.1. -8 N. of the sun-plant, Calatropis Gigantea (Mar. रुई), a small tree with medicinal sap and rind; अर्कस्योपरि शिथिलं च्युतमिव नवमल्लिकाकुसुमम् Ś.2.9; यमाश्रित्य न विश्रामं क्षुधार्ता यान्ति सेवकाः । सो$र्कवन्नृपतिस्त्याज्यः सदापुष्पफलो$पि सन् Pt.1.51. अर्के चेन्मधु विन्देत ŚB. on MS. -9 N. of Indra. -1 A sort of religious ceremony. -11 Praise, hymn; praising, extolling, song of praise. -12 A singer (Ved. in these two senses). -13 A learned man. -14 An elder brother. -15 Food (अर्कम् also). -16 N. of Viṣṇu. -17 A kind of decoction. -18 The seventh day of a month. -19 The उत्तरा- फल्गुनी asterism. -2 The number 12. -21 The sunstone (सूर्यकान्त); मसारगल्वर्कमयैर्विभङ्गैर्विभूषितं हेमनिबद्धचक्रम् Mb.12.46.33. cf. अर्को$र्कपर्णे स्फटिके ताम्रे सूर्ये दिवस्पतौ । ज्येष्ठभ्रातरि शुक्ले$र्कपादपे च पुमान् भवेत् ॥ Nm. -Comp. -अंशः, -कला a digit or 12th part of the sun's disc. -अश्मन् m. -उपलः 1 the sun-stone, heliotrope, girasol. -2 a sort of crystal or ruby. -आह्वः the swallow wort. -इन्दुसंगमः the time of conjunction of the sun and moon (दर्श or अमावास्या). -कान्तः A class of eleven storeyed buildings; Māna.29.25-34. -कान्ता 1 N. of a plant commonly called हुड्हुडिया. -2 sun's wife. -3 sun's shadow. -कुण्डतीर्थम् N. of a Tīrtha; Skanda P. -क्षेत्रम् 1 the field of the sun; the sign Leo, presided over by the sun. -2 N. of a holy place in Orissa. -ग्रहः The eclipse of the sun; Bṛi. S. -ग्रीवः N. of the Sāman. -चन्दनः a kind of red sandal (रक्तचन्दन). -चिकित्सा Arka's work on medical science. -जः epithet of Karṇa, Yama, Sugrīva. (-जौ) the two Aśvins regarded as the physicians of Heaven. -तनयः 'a son of the sun', an epithet of Karṇa, Yama, Manu Vaivasvata, Manu Sāvarṇi and Saturn; see अरुणात्मज. (-या) N. of the rivers Yamunā and Tāpti. -त्विष् f. light of the sun. -दिनम्, -वासरः Sunday. -दुग्धम् milky sap or exudation of Arka. -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः, -सूनुः N. of Saturn, Karṇa or Yama. -नयन a. one whose eyes are difficult to be gazed at. (-नः) an epithet of Virat Puruṣa. -नामन् m. the red arka tree. -पत्रः, -पर्णः N. of the plant अर्क. (-त्रा) a kind of birthwort (सुनन्दा, अर्कमूला) with wedge-shaped leaves. (-त्रम्, -र्णम्) the leaf of the अर्क plant. -पादपः N. of a plant (निम्ब); another tree (आकन्द). -पुष्पम् a flower of arka -पुष्पाद्यम् N. of a Sāman. (-ष्पी), -पुष्पिका N. of a plant (कुटुम्बिनी) -पुष्पोत्तरम् N. of a Sāman. -प्रकाश a. Bright like the sun; Mb. -प्रिया N. of a plant (जव). -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 N. of Buddha Śākyamuni, meaning सूर्यवंश्यः, cf. शुद्धोदनो नाम नृपो$र्कबन्धुः Bu. Ch.9.9. -2 a lotus (the sun-lotus). -भम् 1 an asterism influenced by the sun. -2 the sign Leo. -3 उत्तराफल्गुनीनक्षत्र. -भक्ता = ˚कान्ता q. v. -मण्डलम् disc of the sun. -मूलः, -ला = ˚पत्रा; विलिखति वसुधामर्कमूलस्य हेतोः Bh.2.1. -रेतोजः Revanta, the son of Sūrya. -लपणम् Saltpetre. -वर्षः a solar year. -वल्लभः 1 N. of a plant (बन्धूक; Mar. दुपारी). -2 a lotus. -विवाहः marriage with the arka plant (enjoined to be performed before a man marries a third wife, who thus becomes his fourth); चतुर्थादिविवाहार्थं तृतीयो$र्कं समुद्वहेत् Kāśyapa. -वेधः N. of a tree (तालीशपत्र). -व्रतः, -तम् 1 a vow performed on माघशुक्लसप्तमी. -2 the law or manner of the sun; when a king exacts taxes from his subjects only to add to their material comforts and happiness, just as the sun draws up water during 8 months of the year, only to give it back increased a thousandfold, he is said to follow अर्कव्रत, अष्टौ मासान् यथादित्यस्तोयं हरति रश्मिभिः । तथा हरेत्करं राष्ट्रान्नित्यमर्कव्रतं हि तत् ॥ Ms.9.35; cf. R.1.18 (the point of comparison may also be the imperceptible way in which the sun absorbs water, see Pt.1.221). -शोकः Ved. brilliancy of rays. -सातिः f. 1 finding of rays. -2 poetical inspiration; finding out hymns; रपत् कविरिन्द्रार्कसातौ Rv.1. 174.7. -सोदरः 'brother of the sun', an epithet of Airāvata. -हिता = ˚कान्ता q. v.
arthaḥ अर्थः [In some of its senses from अर्थ्; in others from ऋ-थन् Uṇ.2.4; अर्थते ह्यसौ अर्थिभिः Nir.] 1 Object, purpose, end and aim; wish, desire; ज्ञातार्थो ज्ञातसंबन्धः श्रोतुं श्रोता प्रवर्तते, सिद्ध˚, ˚परिपन्थी Mu.5; ˚वशात् 5.8; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि सत्यर्थे Dk.117 if it be necessary; Y.2.46; M.4.6; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translated by 'for', 'intended for', 'for the sake of', 'on account of', 'on behalf of', and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; अर्थेन तु नित्य- समासो विशेष्यनिघ्रता च Vārt.; सन्तानार्थाय विधये R.1.34; तां देवतापित्रतिथिक्रियार्थाम् (धेनुम्) 2.16; द्विजार्था यवागूः Sk.; यज्ञार्थात्कर्मणो$न्यत्र Bg.3.9. It mostly occurs in this sense as अर्थम्, अर्थे or अर्थाय and has an adverbial force; (a) किमर्थम् for what purpose, why; यदर्थम् for whom or which; वेलोपलक्षणार्थम् Ś.4; तद्दर्शनादभूच्छम्भोर्भूयान्दारार्थ- मादरः Ku.6.13; (b) परार्थे प्राज्ञ उत्सृजेत् H.1.41; गवार्थे ब्राह्मणार्थे च Pt.1.42; मदर्थे त्यक्तजीविताः Bg.1.9; (c) सुखार्थाय Pt.4.18; प्रत्याख्याता मया तत्र नलस्यार्थाय देवताः Nala.13.19; ऋतुपर्णस्य चार्थाय 23.9. -2 Cause, motive, reason, ground, means; अलुप्तश्च मुनेः क्रियार्थः R. 2.55 means or cause; अतो$र्थात् Ms.2.213. -3 Meaning, sense, signification, import; अर्थ is of 3 kinds:-- वाच्य or expressed, लक्ष्य or indicated (secondary), and व्यङ्ग्य or suggested; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ K. P.1; अर्थो वाच्यश्च लक्ष्यश्च व्यङ्ग्यश्चेति त्रिधा मतः S. D.2; वागर्थाविव R.1.1; अवेक्ष्य धातोर्गमनार्थमर्थवित् 3.21. -4 A thing, object, substance; लक्ष्मणो$र्थं ततः श्रुत्वा Rām.7.46.18; अर्थो हि कन्या परकीय एव Ś.4.22; that which can be perceived by the senses, an object of sense; इन्द्रिय˚ H.1.146; Ku.7.71; R.2.51; न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुः Nir.; इन्द्रियेभ्यः परा ह्यर्था अर्थेभ्यश्च परं मनः Kaṭh. (the objects of sense are five : रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द); शब्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -5 (a) An affair, business, matter, work; प्राक् प्रतिपन्नो$यमर्थो$- ङ्गराजाय Ve.3; अर्थो$यमर्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18; अर्थो$र्था- नुबन्धी Dk.67; सङ्गीतार्थः Me.66 business of singing i. e. musical concert (apparatus of singing); सन्देशार्थाः Me. 5 matters of message, i. e. messages; (b) Interest, object; स्वार्थसाधनतत्परः Ms.4.196; द्वयमेवार्थसाधनम् R.1. 19;2.21; दुरापे$र्थे 1.72; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121; माल- विकायां न मे कश्चिदर्थः M.3 I have no interest in M. (c) Subject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.); त्वामव- गतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1 will acquaint you with the matter; उत्तरो$यं लेखार्थः ibid.; तेन हि अस्य गृहीतार्था भवामि V.2 if so I should know its contents; ननु परिगृहीतार्थो$- स्मि कृतो भवता V.5; तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4 made acquainted with; त्वया गृहीतार्थया अत्रभवती कथं न वारिता 3; अगृहीतार्थे आवाम् Ś.6; इति पौरान् गृहीतार्थान् कृत्वा ibid. -6 Wealth, riches, property, money (said to be of 3 kinds : शुक्ल honestly got; शबल got by more or less doubtful means, and कृष्ण dishonestly got;) त्यागाय संभृतार्थानाम् R.1.7; धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखम् ibid.; सस्यार्थास्तस्य मित्राणि1.3; तेषामर्थे नियुञ्जीत शूरान् दक्षान् कुलोद्गतान् Ms.7.62. -7 Attainment of riches or worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four ends of human existence, the other three being धर्म, काम and मोक्ष; with अर्थ and काम, धर्म forms the well-known triad; cf. Ku.5.38; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. -8 (a) Use, advantage, profit, good; तथा हि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैकफला गुणाः R.1.29 for the good of others; अर्थान- र्थावुभौ बुद्ध्वा Ms.8.24 good and evil; क्षेत्रिणामर्थः 9.52; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः सांप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46; also व्यर्थ, निरर्थक q. v. (b) Use, want, need, concern, with instr.; को$र्थः पुत्रेण जातेन Pt.1 what is the use of a son being born; कश्च तेनार्थः Dk.59; को$र्थस्तिरश्चां गुणैः Pt.2.33 what do brutes care for merits; Bh.2.48; योग्येनार्थः कस्य न स्याज्ज- नेन Ś.18.66; नैव तस्य कृतेनार्थो नाकृतेनेह कश्चन Bg.3.18; यदि प्राणैरिहार्थो वो निवर्तध्वम् Rām. को नु मे जीवितेनार्थः Nala.12. 65. -9 Asking, begging; request, suit, petition. -1 Action, plaint (in law); अर्थ विरागाः पश्यन्ति Rām.2.1. 58; असाक्षिकेषु त्वर्थेषु Ms.8.19. -11 The actual state, fact of the matter; as in यथार्थ, अर्थतः, ˚तत्वविद्, यदर्थेन विनामुष्य पुंस आत्मविपर्ययः Bhāg.3.7.1. -12 Manner, kind, sort. -13 Prevention, warding off; मशकार्थो धूमः; prohibition, abolition (this meaning may also be derived from 1 above). -14 Price (perhaps an incorrect form for अर्घ). -15 Fruit, result (फलम्). तस्य नानुभवेदर्थं यस्य हेतोः स रोपितः Rām.6.128.7; Mb.12.175.5. -16 N. of a son of धर्म. -17 The second place from the लग्न (in astr.). -18 N. of Viṣṇu. -19 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); अर्थ इति अपूर्वं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.2. -2 Force (of a statement or an expression); अर्थाच्च सामर्थ्याच्च क्रमो विधीयते । ŚB. on MS.5.1.2. [अर्थात् = by implication]. -21 The need, purpose, sense; व्यवधानादर्थो बलीयान् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.23. -22 Capacity, power; अर्थाद्वा कल्पनैकदेशत्वात् । Ms.1.4.3 (where Śabara paraphrases अर्थात् by सामर्थ्यात् and states the rule: आख्यातानामर्थं ब्रुवतां शक्तिः सहकारिणी ।), cf. अर्थो$भिधेयरैवस्तुप्रयोजननिवृत्तिषु । मोक्षकारणयोश्च...... Nm. -Comp. -अतिदेशः Extension (of gender, number &e.) to the objects (as against words), i. e. to treat a single object as though it were many, a female as though it were male. (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 1.2.58.3;6.3.34.7). -अधिकारः charge of money, office of treasurer ˚रे न नियोक्तव्यौ H.2. -अधिकारिन् m. a treasurer, one charged with financial duties, finance minister. -अनुपपत्तिः f. The difficulty of accounting for or explaining satisfactorily a particular meaning; incongruity of a particular meaning (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 4.3.42.2). -अनुयायिन् a. Following the rules (शास्त्र); तत्त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām.5.51.21. -अन्वेषणम् inquiry after a matter. -अन्तरम् 1 another or different meaning. -2 another cause or motive; अर्थो$यम- र्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18. -3 A new matter or circumstance, new affair. -4 opposite or antithetical meaning, difference of meaning. ˚न्यासः a figure of speech in which a general proposition is adduced to support a particular instance, or a particular instance, to support a general proposition; it is an inference from particular to general and vice versa; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः । (1) हनूमानब्धिमतरद् दुष्करं किं महात्मनाम् ॥ (2) गुणवद्वस्तुसंसर्गाद्याति नीचो$पि गौरवम् । पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Kuval.; cf. also K. P.1 and S. D.79. (Instances of this figure abound in Sanskrit literature, especially in the works of Kālidāsa, Māgha and Bhāravi). -अन्वित a. 1 rich, wealthy. -2 significant. -अभिधान a. 1 That whose name is connected with the purpose to be served by it; अर्थाभिधानं प्रयोजनसम्बद्धमभिधानं यस्य, यथा पुरोडाश- कपालमिति पुरोडाशार्थं कपालं पुरोडाशकपालम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1. 26. -2 Expression or denotation of the desired meaning (वार्त्तिक 3.1.2.5.). -अर्थिन् a. one who longs for or strives to get wealth or gain any object. अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् । आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी Bg.7.16. -अलंकरः a figure of speech determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on sound (opp. शब्दालंकार). अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र mentions (verse 29) fourteen types of अर्थालंकारs as follows:- उपमारूपकोत्प्रेक्षाः समासोक्तिरपह्नुतिः । समाहितं स्वभावश्च विरोधः सारदीपकौ ॥ सहोक्तिरन्यदेशत्वं विशेषोक्तिर्विभावना । एवं स्युरर्थालकारा- श्चतुर्दश न चापरे ॥ -आगमः 1 acquisition of wealth, income; ˚गमाय स्यात् Pt.1. cf. also अर्थागमो नित्यमरोगिता च H. -2 collection of property. -3 conveying of sense; S. D.737. -आपत्तिः f. [अर्थस्य अनुक्तार्थस्य आपत्तिः सिद्धिः] 1 an inference from circumstances, presumption, implication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, according to the Mīmāṁsakas. It is 'deduction of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, heard, or proved'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance पीनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' and 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of his 'eating by night'. पीनत्वविशि- ष्टस्य देवदत्तस्य रात्रिभोजित्वरूपार्थस्य शब्दानुक्तस्यापि आपत्तिः. It is defined by Śabara as दृष्टः श्रुतो वार्थो$न्यथा नोपपद्यते इत्यर्थ- कल्पना । यथा जीवति देवदत्ते गृहाभावदर्शनेन बहिर्भावस्यादृष्टस्य कल्पना ॥ Ms.1.1.5. It may be seen from the words दृष्टः and श्रुतः in the above definition, that Śabara has suggested two varieties of अर्थापत्ति viz. दृष्टार्थापत्ति and श्रुता- र्थापत्ति. The illustration given by him, however, is of दृष्टार्थापत्ति only. The former i. e. दृष्टार्थापत्ति consists in the presumption of some अदृष्ट अर्थ to account for some दृष्ट अर्थ (or अर्थs) which otherwise becomes inexplicable. The latter, on the other hand, consists in the presumption of some अर्थ through अश्रुत शब्द to account for some श्रुत अर्थ (i. e. some statement). This peculiarity of श्रुतार्थापत्ति is clearly stated in the following couplet; यत्र त्वपरिपूर्णस्य वाक्यस्यान्वयसिद्धये । शब्दो$ध्याह्रियते तत्र श्रुतार्थापत्ति- रिष्यते ॥ Mānameyodaya p.129 (ed. by K. Raja, Adyar, 1933). Strictly speaking it is no separate mode of proof; it is only a case of अनुमान and can be proved by a व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति; cf. Tarka. K.17 and S. D.46. -2 a figure of speech (according to some rhetoricians) in which a relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the the subject in hand, or vice versa; it corresponds to what is popularly called कैमुतिकन्याय or दण्डापूपन्याय; e. g. हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुण्ठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43.; S. D. thus defines the figure:- दण्डापूपिकन्यायार्थागमो$र्थापत्तिरिष्यते. -उत्पत्तिः f. acquisition of wealth; so ˚उपार्जनम्. -उपक्षेपकः an introductory scene (in dramas); अर्थोपक्षेपकाः पञ्च S. D.38. They are विष्कम्भ, चूलिका, अङ्कास्य, अङ्कावतार, प्रवेशक. -उपमा a simile dependent on sense and not on sound; see under उपमा. -उपार्जनम् Acquiring wealth. -उष्मन् m. the glow or warmth of wealth; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4. -ओघः, -राशिः treasure, hoard of money. -कर (-री f.), -कृत a. 1 bringing in wealth, enriching; अर्थकरी च विद्या H. Pr.3. -2 useful, advantageous. -कर्मन् n. 1 a principal action (opp. गुणकर्मन्). -2 (as opposed to प्रतिपत्तिकर्मन्), A fruitful act (as opposed to mere disposal or प्रतिपत्ति); अर्थकर्म वा कर्तृ- संयोगात् स्रग्वत् । MS.4.2.17. -काम a. desirous of wealth. (-˚मौ dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. ह्रत्वार्थकामास्तु गुरूनिहैव Bg.2.5. -कार्ष्यम् Poverty. निर्बन्धसंजातरुषार्थकार्घ्यमचिन्तयित्वा गुरुणाहमुक्तः R.5.21. -काशिन् a. Only apparently of utility (not really). -किल्बिषिन् a. dishonest in money-matters. -कृच्छ्रम् 1 a difficult matter. -2 pecuniary difficulty; व्यसनं वार्थकृच्छ्रे वा Rām.4.7.9; Mb.3.2.19; cf. also Kau. A.1.15 न मुह्येदर्थकृच्छ्रेषु Nīti. -कृत्यम् doing or execution of a business; अभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4. -कोविद a. Expert in a matter, experienced. उवाच रामो धर्मात्मा पुनरप्यर्थकोविदः Rām.6.4.8. -क्रमः due order or sequence of purpose. -क्रिया (a) An implied act, an act which is to be performed as a matter of course (as opposed to शब्दोक्तक्रिया); असति शब्दोक्ते अर्थक्रिया भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.12. (b) A purposeful action. (see अर्थकर्मन्). -गत a. 1 based on the sense (as a दोष). -2 devoid of sense. -गतिः understanding the sense. -गुणाः cf. भाविकत्वं सुशब्दत्वं पर्यायोक्तिः सुधर्मिता । चत्वारो$र्थगुणाः प्रोक्ताः परे त्वत्रैव संगताः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 21. -गृहम् A treasury. Hariv. -गौरवम् depth of meaning; भारवेरर्थगौरवम् Udb., Ki.2.27. -घ्न a. (घ्नी f.) extravagant, wasteful, prodigal; सुरापी व्याधिता धूर्ता वन्ध्यार्थघ्न्य- प्रियंवदा Y.1.73; व्याधिता वाधिवेत्तव्या हिंस्रार्थघ्नी च सर्वदा Ms.9.8. -चित्रम् 'variety in sense', a pun, Kāvya-prakāśa. -चिन्तक a. 1 thinking of profit. -2 having charge of affairs; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् charge or administration of (royal) affairs; मन्त्री स्यादर्थचिन्तायाम् S. D. -जात a. 1 full of meaning. -2 wealthy (जातधन). (-तम्) 1 a collection of things. -2 large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk.63, Ś.6; ददाति च नित्यमर्थजातम् Mk.2.7. -3 all matters; कवय इव महीपाश्चिन्तयन्त्यर्थजातम् Śi.11.6. -4 its own meaning; वहन्द्वयीं यद्यफले$र्थजाते Ki.3.48. -ज्ञ a. knowing the sense or purpose; अर्थज्ञ इत्सकलं भद्रमश्नुते Nir. -तत्त्वम् 1 the real truth, the fact of the matter; यो$र्थतत्त्वमविज्ञाय क्रोधस्यैव वशं गतः H.4.94. -2 the real nature or cause of anything. -द a. 1 yielding wealth; Dk.41. -2 advantageous, productive of good, useful. -3 liberal, munificent Ms.2.19. -4 favourable, compliant. (-दः) N. of Kubera. -दर्शकः 'one who sees law-suits'; a judge. -दर्शनम् perception of objects; कुरुते दीप इवार्थदर्शनम् Ki.2.33; Dk.155. -दूषणम् 1 extravagance, waste; H.3.18; Ms.7.48. -2 unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due. -3 finding fault with the meaning. -4 spoiling of another's property. -दृश् f. Consideration of truth; क्षेमं त्रिलोकगुरुरर्थदृशं च यच्छन् Bhāg.1.86.21. -दृष्टिः Seeing profit; Bhāg. -दोषः a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four doṣas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष; for definitions &c. see K. P.7. अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र who mentions eight types of doṣas as follows: अष्टार्थदोषाः विरस, -ग्राम्य, -व्याहत, -खिन्नताः । -हीना, -धिका, सदृक्साम्यं देशादीनां विरोधि च ॥ 17 -द्वयविधानम् Injunction of two ideas or senses; विधाने चार्थद्वयविधानं दोषः ŚB. on MS.1.8.7. -नित्य a. = अर्थ- प्रधान Nir. -निबन्धन a. dependent on wealth. -निश्चयः determination, decision. -प्रतिः 1 'the lord of riches', a a king; किंचिद् विहस्यार्थपतिं बभाषे R.2.46;1.59;9.3;18.1; Pt.1.74. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -पदम् N. of the Vārt. on Pāṇini; ससूत्रवृत्त्यर्थपदं महार्थं ससंग्रहं सिद्ध्यति वै कपीन्द्रः Rām.7.36.45. -पर, -लुब्ध a. 1 intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous. -2 niggardly, parsimonious; हिंस्रा दयालुरपि चार्थपरा वदान्या Bh.2.47; Pt.1.425. -प्रकृतिः f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these 'sources' is five :-- बीजं बिन्दुः पताका च प्रकरी कार्यमेव च । अर्थप्रकृतयः पञ्च ज्ञात्वा योज्या यथाविधि S. D.317.) -प्रयोगः 1 usury. -2 administration of the affairs (of a state) -प्राप्त a. derived or understood from the sense included as a matter of course, implied; परिसमाप्तिः शब्दार्थः । परिसमाप्त्यामर्थप्राप्तत्वादारम्भस्य । ŚB. on MS.6.2.13. -˚त्वम् Inplication. -बन्धः 1 arrangement of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; संचिन्त्य गीतक्षममर्थबन्धम् Ś.7.5; ललितार्थबन्धम् V.2.14 put or expressed in elegant words. -2. connection (of the soul) with the objects of sense. -बुद्धि a. selfish. -बोधः indication of the (real) import. -भाज् a. entitled to a share in the division of property. -भावनम् Deliberation over a subject (Pātañjala Yogadarśana 1.28). -भृत् a. receiving high wages (as a servant). -भेदः distinction or difference of meaning; अर्थभेदेन शब्दभेदः. -मात्रम्, -त्रा 1 property, wealth; Pt.2. -2 the whole sense or object. -युक्त a. significant, full of यस्यार्थयुक्तं meaning; गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति Ku.1.13. -लक्षण a. As determined by the purpose or need (as opposed to शब्दलक्षण); लोके कर्मार्थलक्षणम् Ms.11.1.26. -लाभः acquisition of wealth. -लोभः avarice. -वशः power in the form of discrimination and knowledge. अर्थवशात् सप्तरूपविनिवृत्ताम् Sāvk.65. -वादः 1 declaration of any purpose. -2 affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, exegesis; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. (It usually recommends a विधि or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; स्तुतिर्निन्दा परकृतिः पुराकल्प इत्यर्थवादः Gaut. Sūt.; said by Laugākṣi to be of 3 kinds :- गुणवादो विरोधे स्यादनु वादो$वधारिते । भूतार्थवादस्तद्धानादर्थ- वादस्त्रिधा मतः; the last kind includes many varieties.) -3 one of the six means of finding out the tātparya (real aim and object) of any work. -4 praise, eulogy; अर्थवाद एषः । दोषं तु मे कंचित्कथय U.1. -विकरणम् = अर्थ- विक्रिया change of meaning. -विकल्पः 1 deviation from truth, perversion of fact. -2 prevarication; also ˚वैकल्प्यम् -विज्ञानम् comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding (धीगुण). -विद् a. sensible, wise, sagacious. भुङ्क्ते तदपि तच्चान्यो मधुहेवार्थविन्मधु Bhāg.11.18.15. विवक्षतामर्थविदस्तत्क्षणप्रतिसंहृताम् Śi. -विद्या knowledge of practical life; Mb.7. -विपत्तिः Failing of an aim; समीक्ष्यतां चार्थविपत्तिमार्गताम् Rām.2.19.4. -विभावक a. money-giver; विप्रेभ्यो$र्थविभावकः Mb.3.33. 84. -विप्रकर्षः difficulty in the comprehension of the sense. -विशेषणम् a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D.49. -वृद्धिः f. accumulation of wealth. -व्ययः expenditure; ˚ज्ञ a. conversant with money-matters. -शब्दौ Word and sense. -शालिन् a. Wealthy. -शास्त्रम् 1 the science of wealth (political economy). -2 science of polity, political science, politics; अर्थशास्त्रविशारदं सुधन्वानमुपाध्यायम् Rām.2.1.14. Dk.12; इह खलु अर्थशास्त्रकारास्त्रिविधां सिद्धिमुपवर्णयन्ति Mu.3; ˚व्यवहारिन् one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu.5. -3 science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt.1. -शौचम् purity or honesty in money-matters; सर्वेषां चैव शौचानामर्थशौचं परं स्मृतं Ms. 5.16. -श्री Great wealth. -संस्थानम् 1 accumulation of wealth. -2 treasury. -संग्रहः, -संचयः accumulation or acquisition of wealth, treasure, property. कोशेनाश्रयणी- यत्वमिति तस्यार्थसंग्रहः R.17.6. कुदेशमासाद्य कुतो$र्थसंचयः H. -संग्रहः a book on Mīmāṁsā by Laugākṣi Bhāskara. -सतत्त्वम् truth; किं पुनरत्रार्थसतत्त्वम् । देवा ज्ञातुमर्हन्ति MBh. or P.VIII.3.72. -समाजः aggregate of causes. -समाहारः 1 treasure. -2 acquisition of wealth. -संपद् f. accomplishment of a desired object; उपेत्य संघर्ष- मिवार्थसंपदः Ki.1.15. -संपादनम् Carrying out of an affair; Ms.7.168. -संबन्धः connection of the sense with the word or sentence. -संबन्धिन् a. Concerned or interested in an affair; Ms.8.64. -साधक a. 1 accomplishing any object. -2 bringing any matter to a conclusion. -सारः considerable wealth; Pt.2.42. -सिद्ध a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words), inferable from the connection of words. -सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. द्वारमिवार्थसिद्धेः R.2.21. -हानिः Loss of wealth -हारिन् a. stealing money Ks. -हर a. inheriting wealth. -हीन a. 1 deprived of wealth, poor. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical. -3 failing.
āyāsaka आयासक a. [आ-यस्-ण्वुल्] Causing fatigue, wearisome; troublesome; एतस्माद्विरमेन्द्रियार्थगहनादायासकात् Bh.3.58.
ālambanam आलम्बनम् 1 Depending on or from, hanging from. -2 Support, prop, stay; एतदालम्बनं श्रेष्ठमेतदालम्बनं परम् Kaṭh. Up.2.17. Ki.2.13; जातस्य नदीतीरे तस्यापि तृणस्य जन्मसाफल्यम् । यत्सलिलमज्जनाकुलजनहस्तावलम्बनं भवति ॥ Pt.1.28.; sustaining, supporting; Me.4. -3 Receptacle, abode; U.6.1 (v. l.). -4 Reason, cause. -5 Base. -6 (In Rhet.) That on which a रस or sentiment, as it were, hangs, person or thing with reference to which a sentiment arises, the natural and necessary connection of sentiment with the cause which excites it. The causes (विभाव) giving rise to a Rasa are classified as two :-- आलम्बन and उद्दीपन; e. g. in the Bībhatsa sentiment stinking flesh &c. is the आलम्बन of the Rasa, and the attendant circumstances which enhance the feeling of loathing (the worms &c. in the flesh) are its उद्दीपनानि (exciters); for the other Rasas see S. D.21-238. -8 The mental exercise practised by the Yogin in endeavouring to bring before his thoughts the gross form of the Eternal. -9 Silent repetition of a prayer. -1 (With Buddhists) The five attributes of things corresponding to five senses, i. e. रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द. 11 Dharma or law corresponding to manas.
āviś आविश् 6 U. 1 To enter; गौरीगुरोर्गह्वरमाविवेश R.2. 26,3.28. -2 To take possession of, possess, affect; मूढमाविशन्ति न पण्डितम् H.1.3; so भयम्, मोहः, क्रोधः &c. -3 To go towards, approach. -4 To go or attain to a particular state; सुखम्, मन्युम् &c. -5 To arise. -Caus. 1 To cause to enter; मष्यावेशित चेतसाम् Bg.12.7. -2 To possess; K.17.
āhvayaḥ आह्वयः 1 A name, appellation (as last member of comp.); काव्यं रामायणाह्वयम् Rām.; चक्रसाह्वयम्, चरणाह्वयाः; वृद्धेरप्याह्वया इमे Ak. -2 A law-suit arising from a dispute about games with animals, as cock-fighting &c.; (one of the 18 titles of law); पणपूर्वकपक्षिमेषादि- योधनं आह्वयः Rāghavānanda on Ms.8.7.
i इ I. 2 P. (In Dhātup. written as इण्) (एति, इयाय, अगात्, एतुम्, इत) 1 To go, go to or towards, come to or near; शशिनं पुनरेति शर्वरी R.8.56; ईयुर्भरद्वाजमुनेर्निकेतम् Bk. 3.4. -2 To arrive at, reach, obtain, attain to, go to or be reduced to a particular state, fall into; निर्बुद्धिः क्षयमेति Mk.1.14 goes to (ruin, is ruined; so वशम्, शत्रुत्वम्, शूद्रताम् &c.). -3 To return. -4 To go away, retire; elapse, pass. -5 To spring from, come or arise from. -6 To undertake anything (with acc.); सत्रमायन् Vāj. -7 To ask, beg. -8 To be; to appear. -9 To be employed in, go on with, be in a particular condition or relation, with a part. or instr.; कृषन्तो ह स्म वै वपन्तो यन्ति Śat. Br.; गवामयनेनेयुः Kāty. -1 To thrive, prosper. II.1 U. = अय् q. v. III.4 Ā. 1 To come, appear. -2 To run, wander. -3 To go quickly or repeatedly. -4 To ask, request. -Caus. To cause to go or come. [cf. L. eo; Gr. eimi with एमि].
indraḥ इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.] 1 The lord of gods. -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः. -4 A prince, king. -5 The pupil of the right eye. -6 N. of the plant कुटज. -7 Night. -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष. -9 N. of the 26th Yoga. -1 The human or animal soul. -11 A vegetable poison. -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra. -13 Greatness. -14 The five objects of senses. -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī. -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, prosperous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses. Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage impressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, grandson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.]. -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion. -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4. -अरिः an Asura or demon. -अवसानः a desert. -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed). -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष). -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127. (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse). -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes. -3 a diamond. (-धा) a kind of leech. -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra. -2 a throne in general. -3 a foot of five short syllables. -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods. -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga. -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra. -ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6. -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds). -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68). -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर. -2 a rock. (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra. -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3. -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata. -कूटः N. of a mountain -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (-ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water. -केतुः Indra's banner. -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3. -2 a platform. -3 a projection of the roof of a house. -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24. -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain. -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति. -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1. -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood. -चापम्, -धनुस् n. 1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4. -2 the bow of Indra -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.) -च्छदः A necklace of pearls having 18 strings. -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings. -जः N. of Vālī. -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित). -जननम् Indra's birth. -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work). -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7. -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव] 1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8. -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. -3 deception, cheating. -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15. -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (-कः) a juggler, conjurer. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is represented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra. -तापनः the thundering of clouds. -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton. -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura. -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru. -द्युति Sandal -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Terminalia Arjuna (अर्जुन). -2 The plant कुटज. -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India). -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6. -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra. -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22. -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी. -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra. -2 the number one thousand. -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79. -नीलकः an emerald. -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची. -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी). -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain. -2 a blue mountain. -पुत्रा N. of अदिति. -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head. -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (-ता) the asterism Puṣya. -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv. -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63. -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt. -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī. -भेषजम् dried ginger. -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra. -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog. -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4. -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8. -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I. -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree. -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive baldness of the head. -2 loss of beard. -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise. -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra. -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host). -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी. -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg). -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6. -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11. -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6. -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga-vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33. -वाह् a. carrying Indra. -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree. -वृद्धा a kind of abscess. -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone. -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distributes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34. -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified. -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35. -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥ -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप). -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br. -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9. -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali. -2 an epithet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2. -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys. -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree. -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी). -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23. -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host. -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2. -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्तुत् m. -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1. -हस्तः a kind of medicament.
iva इव ind. 1 Like, as (showing उपमा or comparison); वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ R.1.1; वैनतेय इव विनतानन्दनः K.5. -2 As if, as it were (denoting उत्प्रेक्षा); पश्यामीव पिनाकिनम् Ś.1.6. लिम्पतीव तमोङ्गानि वर्षतीवाञ्जनं नभः Mk.1.34. -3 Little, somewhat, perhaps; कडार इवायम् G. M. -4 (Added to interrogative words), 'Possibly', 'I should like to know', 'indeed'; विना सीतादेव्या किमिव हि न दुःखं रघुपतेः U.6.3; क इव of what sort, what like; क इव कालः Māl.2; what a long time has elapsed. -5 इव is frequently used with adverbs, especially with such as involve restriction, by way of emphasis in the sense of even or just so, just, exactly, quite, indeed, very; मुहूर्तमिव but for a moment; किंचिदिव just a little bit; so ईषदिव, नाचिरादिव, &c.; (इव is considered by grammarians as forming compounds with the word after which it stands; इवेन समासो विभक्त्यलोपश्च Vārt. on P.II.4.71. Sk.). -Comp. -उपमा f. A simile in which इव is used. Bk.1.41 is given as an illustration of इवोपमा.
īr ईर् 2 Ā. (इर्ते, ईराञ्चक्रे, ऐरिष्ट, ईरितुम्, ईर्ण); also 1 P. (p. p. ईरित) 1 To go, move, shake (trans. also). -2 To rise, arise or spring from. -3 To go away, retire. -4 To agitate, elevate; raise one's voice. -1 U. or -Caus. (ईरयति, ईरित) 1 To agitate, throw, cast; Śi.8. 39; discharge, dart, hurl; ऐरिरच्च महाद्रुमम् Bk.15.52; R.15.2. -2 To excite, prompt, urge; क्षेमंकरे$र्थे मुहुरीर्यमाणः Bk.12.6. -3 To cause to rise, produce. -4 To utter, pronounce, proclaim, say, repeat; Māl.1.25; इतीर- यन्तीव तया निरैक्षि N.14.21; Śi.9.69; Ki.1.26; R.9.8; निबोध चेमां गिरमीरितां मया. -5 To cause to go, set in motion, move, shake; वातेरितपल्लवाङ्गुलिभिः Ś.1; अपरागसमीरणेरितः Ki.2.5; Śi.8.2. -6 To draw towards, attract; उद्धतैरिव परस्परसङ्गादीरितान्युभयतः कुचकुम्भैः Śi.1.32. -7 To employ, use. -8 To bring to life, revive. -9 To elevate. -To raise oneself (Ā).
uccar उच्चर् 1 P. 1 To go upwards, to rise; बाष्पमुच्चरति Mbh.; K.14. -2 To ascend (as the sun); issue or go forth, go up; बलैश्चलच्चरणविधूतमुच्चरद्धनावलीः Śi.17.52; Māl. 5.21. -3 To arise, appear forth, rise (as a voice), to be heard; उच्चचार निनदोम्भसि तस्याः R.9.73;15.46;16. 87; कोलाहलध्वनिरुदचरत् K.27; U.2; Ratn.1. -4 To empty the body by evacuations, void one's excrement; तिरस्कृत्योच्चरेत्काष्ठलोष्टपत्रतृणादिना Ms.4.49. -5 To emit (sounds), utter, pronounce; शब्द उच्चरित एव मामगात् R.11.73. -6 (Used in the Ātm.) (a) To quit, leave. (b) To sin against, to unfaithful (to a husband or wife), transgress against; धर्ममुच्चरते Sk. (c) To violate or transgress in general, stray or deviate from; पान- शौण्डाः पथः क्षीबा वृन्दैरुदचरन्त च Bk.8.31. (d) To rise up to, ascend (trans.); यो मघोनि दिवमुच्चरमाणे N.5.48; Śi.17 52. -Caus. 1 To cause to issue. -2 To utter, pronounce, declare. -3 To void one's excrement. -4 To emit.
ucchri उच्छ्रि [उद्-श्रि] U. 1 To rise, be erected. (Ā.) -2 To arise, erect, lift up. -3 To praise, extol. -Caus. 1 To increase; विजयसहजमस्त्रैर्वीर्यमुच्छ्राययिष्यन् Mv.1.8. -2 To raise, erect; उर्ध्वमेनामुच्छ्रापय Vāj.23.26. उच्छ्र ucchra (च्छ्रा cchrā) यः yḥ उच्छ्र (च्छ्रा) यः [उद्-श्रि अच् घञ् वा] 1 Rising (of a planet &c.); शक्रपाते तथोच्छ्रये Y.1.147. -2 Raising, erecting. -3 Height, elevation (physical and moral); श्रृङ्गेच्छ्रायैः कुमुदविशदैर्यो वितत्य स्थितः खम् Me.6; K.15; Ki.7.27;8.23,17.61; Śi.4.1,8.22. -4 Growth, increase, intensity; गुण˚ Ki.8.21,16.1; नीतोच्छ्रायम् 5.31,14.21. -5 Pride. -6 The upright side of a triangle. -7 A kind of pillar (Junāgadh Rock Inscription of Rudradāman, Ep. Ind. Vol. III). -यी (उच्छ्रायी) Plank. -Comp. -उपेत a. possessing height, high, lofty, elevated.
utthā उत्था 1 P. [उद्-स्था] 1 To get up, stand, rise, raise oneself; उत्तिष्ठेत्प्रथमं चास्य Ms.2.194; R.9.59; Śi.9.39. -2 To get up from, leave, give up or cease from; अनाशनादुत्तिष्ठति Pt.4. -3 To rise, come up (as the sun &c.). -4 To rebound (as a ball); कराभिघातोत्थितकन्दुकेयम् R.16.83, -5 To come forth, arise, spring or originate from, accrue from; ग्रामाच्छतमुत्तिष्ठति Mbh; यदुत्तिष्ठति वर्णेभ्यो नृपाणां क्षयि तत्फलम् Ś.2.14; अन्यदमृतादुत्थितम् K.136; उदतिष्ठन् प्रशंसावाचः Dk.49 shouts of applause burst forth (were heard); असंशयं सागरभागुदस्थात् N.22.44. -6 To rise, increase in strength or power, grow, (as an enemy, disease &c.); (Ātm.) उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यमिच्छता Śi.2.1 (= Pt.1.234.) -7 To become animated, rise (from the dead) मृतोत्थिता; Ku.7.4. -8 To be active or brave, rise up; हृदयदौर्बल्यं त्यक्त्वोत्तिष्ठ Bg.2.3,37; Mv.2; Pt.3.21. -9 To make efforts; take pains, strive, try; उत्तिष्ठमानं मित्रार्थे कस्त्वां न बहु मन्यते Bk.8.12; 2.18; Mv.4.6; मुक्तावुत्तिष्ठते जनः Ki.11.13; उदस्थित ऋतौ Śi.14.17. -1 To excel, surpass. -Caus. (उत्थापयति) 1 To cause to stand up, raise, lift up; उत्थाप्यते ग्रावा H.3.35; R.14.59; raise or throw up (as dust); R.7.39. -2 To instigate, excite, rouse to action; त्वामुत्थापयति द्वयम् Śi.2.57,12; Kām.5.4; H.3.85; Dk.17. -3 To arouse, awaken, raise to life, make alive; प्राणो हीदं सर्वमुत्थापयति Śat. Br. -4 To support, feed, aid; अत्र परिकरोत्थापितो$र्थान्तरन्यासालङ्कारः Malli. on Ki.8.4.
uttha उत्थ a. [उद्-स्था-क] (Used only at the end of comp.) 1 Born or produced from, arising, springing up, or originating from; दरीमुखोत्थेन समीरणेन Ku.1.8; भवत्संभा- वनोत्थाय परितोषाय मूर्च्छते 6.59; R.12.82; आनन्दोत्थं नयनसलिलम् Me.v.1; Pt.1.274. -2 Standing up, coming up or forth. -त्थः Arising, coming forth.
utthāna उत्थान a. Causing to arise or spring up. -नम् 1 The act of rising or standing up, getting up; शनैर्यष्टयुत्थानम् Bh.3.9. -2 Rising (as of luminaries); इन्दुं नवोत्थानमि- वेन्दुमत्यै R.6.31 newly risen. -3 Rise, origin. -4 Resurrection. -5 (a) Effort, exertion, activity; मेदच्छेद- कृशोदरं लघु भवत्युत्थानयोग्यं वपुः Ś.2.5; ˚शीलः Dk.153 disposed to work; Mv.6.23; यद्युत्थानं भवेत्सह Ms.9.215, effort (for money), acquisition of property. (b) Manly exertion, manhood, Mb.1.2.6; राज्ञो हि व्रतमुत्थानम् Kau. A.1.19. also अर्थस्य मूलमुत्थानम् -5 Energy. उत्थानेन सदा पुत्र प्रयतेथा युधिष्ठिर । न हयुत्थानमृते दैवं राज्ञामर्थं प्रसाधयेत् ॥ Mb.12.56.14. -6 Joy, pleasure. -7 War, battle. -8 An army. -9 Evacuating (by stool &c.). -1 A book. -11 A court-yard. -12 A shed where sacrifices are offered. -13 A term, limit, boundary. -14 Business (cares &c.) of a family or realm. -15 Reflection. -16 Proximate cause of a disease. -17 Awakening. -18 A monastery. -19 Readiness of the army for fight; युद्धानुकूलव्यापार उत्थानमिति कीर्तितम् Śukra.1.325. -Comp. -एकादशी the eleventh day in the light fortnight of Kārttika when Viṣṇu rises from his four month's sleep (also called प्रबोधिनी) -वीरः A man of action, one who makes effort; Mb. -शीलिन् a. Industrious; Mb.2.
utthita उत्थित p. p. 1 Risen or rising (as from a seat); वचो निशम्योत्थितमुत्थितः सन् R.2.61,7.1,3.61; Ku.7.61; बिल्वोत्थितां भूमिमिवोरगाणाम् Śi.1.15. -2 Raised, gone up; पांशुः Śi.5.11; R.6.33; Śi.4.1,17.7. -3 Rescued, saved, Ratn.4. -4 Born, produced, sprung up, arisen; वचः R.2.61,12.49; broken out (as fire); अग्निः Ratn.4.14; हृदये$ग्निरिवोत्थितः R.4.2. burst into a flame. -5 Striving, active, diligent; Kām.1.17;8.49. -6 Increasing, growing (in strength), advancing. -7 Bounded up, rebounded; पतिता उत्थिता Mu.1. -8 Occurring. -9 High, lofty, eminent. -1 Extended, stretched; आपर्वभाग˚ Ś.4.5. -11 An epithet of a Pragātha consisting of ten Pādas. -तम् Rising, arising; शुनं नो अस्तु चरितमुत्थितं च Av.3.15.4. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः the palm of the hand with the fingers extended.
utpad उत्पद् 4 Ā. 1 To be born or produced, arise, originate, spring up; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; वायोर्ज्योतिरुत्पद्यते Ms.1.77. -2 To occur, happen; उदपादि चास्य मनसि K.132 it occurred to his mind; युद्धमुत्पत्स्यते महत् Mb.; उत्पन्नावसरमर्थित्वम् M.3. for which an occasion has presented itself; Ms.5.48. -Caus. 1 To produce, beget, cause, effect, bring about, prepare; वस्त्राण सदैवो- त्पादयति Pt.2; Ms.1.63,2.147,9.6; so दुःखम्, दोषम्, भयम्, शङ्काम् &c. -2 To bring forward.
utpanna उत्पन्न p. p. 1 Born, produced, arisen. -2 Risen, gone up. -3 Acquired, gained. -4 Effected, accomplished. -5 Occurred. -6 Known, ascertained. -Comp. -अधिकारः remention, restatement; समाने पूर्ववत्त्वादुत्पन्ना- धिकारः स्यात् । MS.7.1.13. (where शबर explains उत्पन्ना- धिकार as अनुवाद); Also 7.3.9. -तन्तु a. having a line of descendants. -भक्षिन् a. living from hand to mouth, (eating what is earned). -विनाशिन् a. perishing as soon as born.
utprekṣā उत्प्रेक्षा 1 Conjecture, guess. -2 Disregarding, carelessness, indifference. -3 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, 'Poetical fancy', which consists in supposing उपमेय and उपमान as similar to each other in some respects and in indicating, expressly or by implication, a probability of their identity based on such similarity; it is the imagining of one object under the character of another; संभावनमथोत्प्रेक्षा प्रकृतस्य परेण यत् K. P.1; e. g. लिम्पतीव तमो$ङ्गानि वर्षतीवाञ्जनं नभः Mk.1.34; स्थितः पृथिव्या इव मानदण्डः Ku.1.1. It is usually expressed by इव, or by words like मन्ये, शङ्के, ध्रुवम्, प्रायः, नूनम् &c. (see Kāv.2.234); cf. S. D.686-692 and R. G. under उत्प्रेक्षा also. -4 A parable. -5 An ironical comparison. -अवयवः A kind of simile -Comp. -वल्लभः N. of a poet.
utsavaḥ उत्सवः [उद्-सू-अप्] 1 A festival, joyous or festive occasion, jubilee; रत˚ Ś.6.2; ताण्डव˚ festive or joyous dance. U.3.18 (v. l.); Ms.3.59. -2 Joy, merriment, delight, pleasure; स कृत्वा विरतोत्सवान् R.4.78,16.1; Mv.3.41; Ratn.1.23; Śi.2.61; पराभवोप्युत्सव एव मानिनाम् Ki.1.41. -3 Height, elevation. -4 Wrath, -5 Wish, rising of a wish. तावुभौ नरशार्दूलौ त्वद्दर्शनकृतोत्सवौ Rām.5.35.23. -6 A section of a book. -7 Enterprise. -8 An undertaking, beginning. -Comp. -उदयम् The height of the vehicle animal in comparison with that of the principal idol; मूलबेरवशं मानमुत्सवोदयमीरितम् (Māna-sāra.64.91-93). -विग्रहः Image for procession (Kondividu Inscription of Kriṣṇarāya). -सङ्केताः (m. pl.) N. of a people, a wild tribe of the Himālaya; शरैरुत्सवसङ्केतान् स कृत्वा विरतोत्सवान् R.4.78.
udi उदि 2 P. 1 To rise (as a star, cloud &c.) (fig. also); come up; उदेति पूर्वं कुसुमं ततः फलम् Ś.7.3; उदेति सविता ताम्रस्ताम्र एवास्तमेति च Subhāś; Māl.2.1; Ki.2.36; Bk.6.11,8.35,18.2; to be seen, appear. -2 To be produced, come out or arise from, spring or proceed from; उदितदयः Dk.13; पुण्यः कृशानोरुदियाय धूमः R.7.26; उदितश्रियम् 1.93 v. l.; Ś.1.25. -3 To go out, escape. -4 To start up; एवमुद्यन्प्रभावेण R.17.77. -5 To rise up against; संयुगे सांयुगीनं तमुद्यन्तं प्रसहेत कः Ku.2.57; य एनमुदीयाद्रथी Mb.
udīr उदीर् 2 A. [उद्-ईर्] 1 To rise (sound &c.); उदैरत रणितानि Dk.123 were heard. -2 To start (to go or come). -3 To move upwards, ascend, go up. -4 To arise, originate. -Caus. 1 To cause to rise or move. -2 To utter, pronounce, speak; गिरमुदीरयति K.13; U.5,6; उदीरितो$र्थः पशुनापि गृह्यते Pt.1.43; so आलोकशब्दम् R.2.9. -3 To call, name; स भीमरूपः शिव इत्युदीर्यते Ku.5.77. -4 To put forth; यदशोकोयमुदीरयिष्यति R.8.62. -5 To cast, throw, roll down (as dice); उदीरयामास सलीलमक्षान् R.6.18; to discharge, drive forward. -6 To raise, throw up; उदीरितं रजः Śi.12.8; उदैरयच्छिः Dk.13 expanded its hood. -7 To display, manifest, make visible, cause; तिसृभिस्त्वमवस्थाभिर्महिमानमुदीरयन् Ku.2.6; Śi.11.7. -8 To bring about, effect; विधिने- वार्थमुदीरितं प्रयत्नः Ki.13.28. -9 To rouse, excite, stimulate; उदीरितेन्द्रियः Ku.4.41; समुत्पपाताथ सदस्युदीरितो द्विजातिमुख्यै- र्हविषेव पावकः Rām.5.47.2; लोभात्क्रोधः प्रभवति परदोषैरुदीर्यते Mb.12.163.7. -pass. 1 To be cast or thrown upwards, excited, uttered &c. -2 To sound. -3 To issue forth.
ude उदे P. [उद्-आ-इ II. P.] To go up, rise, arise from, come up; Rv.6.51.1; स ह प्रातः सभाग उदेयाय Ch. Up.5.3.6.
udgam उद्गम् 1 P. 1 To rise or go up, ascend (as a star &c.); असह्यवातोद्गतरेणुमण्डला Ṛs.1.1. v. l. -2 To shoot up, dart upwards, appear; अचिरोद्गतपल्लवम् V.4.23; Ṛs..6.18; so उद्गतशृङ्गो वत्सः वयोतिपातोद्गतवातवेपिते Ki. -3 To rise or spring from, proceed, originate, arise; इत्युद्गताः पौरवधूमुखेभ्यः शृण्वन् कथाः R.7.16; Amaru.96. -4 To go out, break out, depart (as life &c.). -5 To be famous or wellknown, spread; उन्नाभ इत्युद्गतनामधेयः R.18.2.
udbhū उद्भू 1 P. 1 To arise, spring up, be produced from; उद्भून्मुरजध्वनिः, अन्तरीक्षात्सरस्वती &c. see उद्भव below. -2 To occur, take place; उदभवत्तीव्रो दुर्भिक्षः Ks.27.94. -3 To ascend, go up, mount. -4 To suffice. -5 To rise in arms, revolt, rebel. -Caus. 1 To cause to exist, create, produce; मायां मयोद्भाव्य परीक्षितोसि R.2.62. -2 To proclaim; माहात्म्यम् K.19. -3 To use, employ. -4 To raise, elevate. -5 To consider, think; Vikra.9.19.
udbhavaḥ उद्भवः 1 Production, creation, birth, generation (lit. and fig.); इति हेतुस्तदुद्भवे K. P.1; Y.3.8; the place or object of origin; मृत्युः सर्वहरश्चाहमुद्भवश्च भविष्यताम् Bg.1.34; oft. at the end of comp. in the sense of 'springing or arising from', 'produced from'; ऊरूद्भवा V.1.3; मणिराकरोद्भवः R.3.18. -2 Source, origin; उद्भवो यशसः K.54. -3 N. of Viṣṇu; उद्भवः क्षोभणो देवः V. Sah. -Comp. -कर a. productive. -क्षेत्रम् birth-place.
udyā उद्या 2 P. 1 To go up, rise, ascend; क्रमशस्ते पुनस्तस्य चापात्सममिवोद्ययुः R.12.47; पतत्युद्याति Gīt.4. -2 To originate, spring, arise; इति मतिरुदयासीत् पक्षिणः प्रेक्ष्य भैमीम् N.2.19.
unnam उन्नम् 1 P. 1 (a) To rise, appear; उन्नम्योन्नम्य लीयन्ते दरिद्राणां मनोरथाः Pt.2.95. (b) To hang over, arise, impend; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.4,5 and untimely storm impends; बहलोन्नमदम्बुधराः Māl.9.18. (c) To rise, ascend, go up (fig. also); उन्नमति नमति वर्षति गर्जति मेघः Mk.5. नम्रत्वेनोन्नमन्तः Bh.2.69. -2 To bend up, raise, elevate, erect; द्यौरुन्ननामेव दिशः प्रसेदुः Ki.16.35. -Caus. (नमयति) 1 To bend upwards, raise, erect; मुखमुन्नमय्य Ku.7.23; Ś.3.25; R.1.41. -2 (fig.) To elevate, raise to eminence; उन्नमय बन्धुवर्गम् K.19.
unmiṣ उन्मिष् 6 P. 1 To open the eyes; उम्मिमेष तदा मुनिः Bhāg; Bg.5.9; Dk.111. -2 To open (as the eyes); प्रलयान्तोन्मिषिते विलोचने Ku.4.2. -3 To open, bloom, be expanded (as lotuses); उन्मिषदुत्पलवन K.22. -4 To rise, peep up (as stars); उन्मिषत्सु ग्रहग्रामणीषु K.176. -5 To shine, glitter, flash; as तेजस् -6 To arise, originate; उन्मिषद्रोमहर्ष, उन्मिषत्तोषम् &c.
upajan उपजन् 4 Ā. 1 To be born or produced, originate, arise, grow; उष्मणश्चोपजायन्ते Ms.1.45; H. Pr.38; संरास्तेषूपजायते Bg.2.62;14.11. -2 To happen, take place, become visible, appear; प्राणविपत्तिरुपजायते K.16. -3 To be or become, be or exist; सतीत्वमुपजायते Pt.1. 138. -4 To be born again; सर्गे$पि नोपजायन्ते Bg.14.2; Y.3.256. -Caus. (जनयति) To produce, cause, rouse; उत्तराप्रलापोपजनितकृपः K.175.
upamā उपमा 1 Resemblance, similarity, equality; स्फुटोपमं भूतिसितेन शम्भुना Śi.1.4,17.69; Ki.6.23; इहोपमा सताम् Pt.2.8 the same is the case with the good. -2 (In Rhet.) Comparison of two objects different from each other, simile, comparison; साधर्म्यमुपमा भेदे K. P.1; or सादृश्यं सुन्दरं वाक्यार्थोपस्कारकमुपमालंकृतिः R. G.; or उपमा यत्र सादृश्यलक्ष्मीरुल्लसतिः द्वयोः । हंसीव कृष्ण ते कीर्तिः स्वर्गङ्गायवगाहते ॥ Chandr.5.3; Kāv.2.14; उपमा कालिदासस्य Subhāṣ. (Daṇdin mentions 32 varieties of उपमा; see Kāv.2.15-5; as to words expressive of उपमा see 2.57-65); see K. P.1 ad loc also. -3 The standard of comparison (उपमान); यथा दीपो निवातस्थो नेङ्गते सोपमा स्मृता Bg.6.19; (आत्मानमुपमां कृत्वा स्वेषु दारेषु रम्यताम् Rām.5.21.8; see ˚द्रव्य below; mostly at the end of comp., 'like', 'resembling'; बुबुधे न वुधोपमः R.1.47; so स्वर्गोपम, अमरोपम, अनुपम &c. -4 A likeness (as a picture, portrait &c. -5 Heresy, irreligious doctrine; विधर्भः परधर्मश्च आभास उपमा छलः । अधर्मशाखाः पञ्चेमा धर्मज्ञो$धर्मवत्त्यजेत् ॥ Bhāg.7.15.12. -Comp. -द्रव्यम् any object used for a comparison; सर्वोपमाद्रव्यसमुच्चयेन Ku.1.49. -रूपकम् a figure in Rhetoric being a mixture of simile and metaphor. -व्यतिरेकः A particular figure combining comparison and contrast.
upamānam उपमानम् 1 Comparison, resemblance; जातास्तदूर्वो- रुपमानबाह्याः Ku.1.36. -2 The standard of comparison, that with which anything is compared; one of the four requisites of an उपमा; उपमानममूद्विलासिनां Ku.4.5; उपमानस्यापि सखे प्रत्युपमानं वपुस्तस्याः V.2.3; Śi.2.49. -3 (In Nyāya Phil.) Analogy, recognition of likeness, considered as one of the four kinds of pramāṇas or means of arriving at correct knowledge. It is defined as प्रसिद्धसाधर्म्यात् साध्यसाधनम्; or उपमितिकरण- मुपमानं तच्च सादृश्यज्ञानात्मकम् Tarka. K. तन्न विश्वसनीयं वो राक्षसानां रणाजिरे । एतेनैवोपमानेन नित्यं जिह्मा हि राक्षसाः ॥ Rām.6. 5.54. -4 A particle of comparison. -Comp. -उपमेयभावः relation between the subject of comparison and the standard of comparison. -चिन्तामणिः m. N. of a philosophical work.
upamitiḥ उपमितिः f. 1 Resemblance, comparison, similarity; पल्लवोपमितिसाम्यसपक्षम् S. D.; तदाननस्योपमितौ दरिद्रता N.1.24. -2 (In Nyāya Phil.) Analogy, inference, deduction, knowledge of things derived from analogy, a conclusion deduced by means of an उपमान; प्रत्यक्षमप्यनुमितिस्तथोप- मितिशब्दजे Bhāṣā P.52. -3 A figure of speech = उपमा q. v. -4 A likeness, picture.
upameya उपमेय pot. p. Fit to be likened or compared, comparable with; (with instr. or in comp.); भूयिष्ठ- मासीदुपमेयकान्तिः गुहेन R.6.4;18.34,37; अन्तःपुरं चैककुलो- पमेयम् Ku.7.2; Ch. P.29 v. l. -यम् The subject of comparison, that which is compared उपमानोपमेयत्वं यदेकस्यैव वस्तुनः Chandr.5.7,9. -Comp. -उपमा a figure of speech in which the उपमान and उपमेय are compared to each other with a view to imply that the like of them does not exist; reciprocal comparison; विपर्यास उपमेयोपमानयोः K. P.1; e. g. कमलेव मतिर्मतिरिव कमला तनुरिव विभा विभेव तनुः । &c.
upamātiḥ उपमातिः f. 1 Comparison. -2 Killing. -3 Approaching with a prayer, addressing. -तिः m. Granting wealth (Sāy.), approaching in a friendly way; affable, an epithet of Agni (B. and R.). -Comp. -वनि a. destroyer of an enemy (Sāy.); मा नो$हिर्बुध्न्यो रिषे धादस्माकं भूदुपमातिवनिः Rv.5.41.16. one who receives addresses in a friendly way (?).
upasthā उपस्था 1 U. (cf. P.I.3.25-6. and Vārt.1) 1 To stand near; fall to one's share; नादत्तमुपतिष्ठति Pt.2. 127 remain; विष्टभ्य पादावुपतिष्ठते श्रीः Mu.4.13. -2 To come near, approach; मामुपतिष्ठस्व Mu.1 come to me; रामं मुनिरुपस्थितः R.15.76; Ku.2.64; Pt.1. राजद्वारम् U.1; R.1.45,87;2.39,15.15. -3 To wait or attend upon, serve; नाटकेनोपस्थातव्यमस्माभिः Ś.1. We must wait upon (serve) (the audience) with a play; Ms.2.48,3.189; पुरा शक्रमुपस्थाय R.1.75,14.24; U.1. -4 To approach with prayers, worship (said to be Ātm. only in this sense); ये सूर्यमुपतिष्ठन्ते मन्त्रैः Bk.8.13; न त्र्यम्बकादन्यमुपस्थि- तासौ 1.3; Ku.2.3; R.4.6,1.63,17.1,18.22; Māl.; U.2,3,7; सख्येन मामुपतिष्ठते treats me as a friend. -5 To be or remain near, stay with. -6 To go to with the desire of getting (P. or Ā.); प्रभुमुपतिष्ठति-ते Sk. -7 To approach for intercourse; कं रहस्युपतिष्ठसे Bk.5.68; पतिमुपतिष्ठते नारी Vop. -8 To meet, join (as a river) (Ā.); गङ्गा यमुनामुपतिष्ठते Sk. -9 To form friendship with, make a friend of; रथिकानुपतिष्ठते Sk.; उपस्थितैवमुक्ते तं सखायं राघवः पितुः Bk.6.42; सन्तमुपतिष्ठते साधुः Vop. -1 To approach with hostile intentions. -11 To lead to, go to or reach (Ā.) (as a way); पन्थाः स्रुघ्नमुपतिष्ठते Sk. (प्राप्नोति); Ms.3.76. -12 To pass over to, devolve upon, fall to the share of; मूलपुरुषावसाने संपदः परमुपतिष्ठन्ति Ś.6; Ki.13.69; वीरसूरिति शब्दो$यं तनयात्त्वामुपस्थितः M.5. 16, applies to you; R.8.2; विपदुत्पत्तिमतामुपस्थिता 8.83 awaits or falls to the lot of. -13 To occur, arise; be got; अहो$स्माकं भोजनमुपस्थितम् H.1. -14 To be present (Ā.); स्मृत्युपस्थितौ श्लोकौ U.6; भोजनकाले उपतिष्ठते Sk. -15 To stand under for support. -16 To resort to; वेशमुपतिष्ठन्ति Dk.6. -17 To conciliate. -Caus. (-स्थाप- यति) 1 To provide, present with, furnish with; to get ready, prepare; अस्खलितसुखसंपातं रथमुपस्थापय U.1; सबाणासनं रथम् Ś.2. -2 To place upon or near. -3 To produce.
lṝ लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.
audayika औदयिक a. (-की f.) [उदय-ठञ्] One of the five different states of the soul (with Jainas), when actions arise and exert an inherent influence on the future.
aupamika औपमिक a. (-की f.) [उपमा-ठक्] 1 Serving for a simile or comparison. -2 Shown by a simile.
aupamyam औपम्यम् [उपमा-ष्यञ्] Comparison, resemblance, analogy; आत्मौपम्येन भूतेषु दयां कुर्वन्ति साधवः H.1.12; करका ˚सुभगः U.3.4. v. l.
kara कर a. (-रा or -री) [करोति, कीर्यते अनेन इति, कृ-कॄ-अप्] (Mostly at the end of comp.) Who or what does, makes or causes &c.; दुःख˚, सुख˚, भय˚ &c. -रः 1 A hand; करं व्याधुन्वत्याः पिबसि रतिसर्वस्वमधरम् Ś.1.24. -2 A ray of light, beam; यमुद्धर्तुं पूषा व्यवसित इवालम्बितकरः V.4.34; also प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्वमेति बहुसाधनता । अवलम्ब- नाय दिनभर्तुरभून्न पतिष्यतः करसहस्रमपि Śi.9.6 (where the word is used in sense 1 also). -3 The trunk of an elephant; सेकः सीकरिणा करेण विहितः U.3.16; Bh.3.2. -4 A tax, toll, tribute; युवा कराक्रान्तमहीमृदुच्चकैरसंशयं संप्रति तेजसा रविः Śi.1.7; (where कर means 'ray' also) (ददौ) perhaps in this sense the word is used in neuter gender also. निर्ल्लज्जो मम च करः कराणि भुङ्क्ते Pañch.2.3. अपरान्तमहीपालव्याजेन रघवे करम् R.4.58; Ms.7.128. -5 Hail. -6 A particular measure of length equal to 24 thumbs. -7 The asterism called हस्त. -8 A means or expedient. -9 A doer. -Comp. -अग्रम् 1 the forepart of the hand; कराग्रे वसते लक्ष्मीः. -2 the tip of an elephant's trunk. -आघातः a stroke or blow with the hand. -आमर्दः, -आमलकः Myrobalan (Mar. करवंद). -आरोटः a finger-ring. -आलम्बः supporting with the hand, giving a helping hand. -आस्फोटः 1 the chest. -2 a blow with the hand. -3 slapping the hands together. -ऋद्धिः f. 1 a cymbal. -2 a small musical instrument. -कच्छपिका f. कूर्ममुद्रा in yoga. -कण्टकः, -कम् a finger-nail. -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like hand, beautiful hand; करकमलवितीर्णैरम्बुनीवारशष्पैः U.3.25. -कलशः, -शम् 1 the hollow of the hand (to receive water). -किसलयः, -यम् 1 'sprout-like hand', a tender hand; करकिसलयतालैर्मुग्धया नर्त्यमानम् U.3.19; Ṛs.6.3. -2 a finger. -कुड्मलम् the finger. -कृतात्मन् (Living from hand to mouth) destitute; Mb.13. -कोषः the cavity of the palms, hands hollowed to receive water; ˚पेयमम्बु Ghaṭ.22. -ग्रहः, -ग्रहणम् 1 levying a tax. -2 taking the hand in marriage. -3 marriage. -ग्राहः 1 a husband. -2 a tax-collector. -घर्षणः, -घर्षिन् m. the churning-stick. -च्छदः the teak tree. -च्छदा N. of a tree (सिन्दूरपुष्पी; Mar. शेंद्री). -जः a fingernail; तीक्ष्णकरजक्षु- ण्णात् Ve.4.1; Śi.11.37; Bv.1.15; Amaru.85. (-जम्) a kind of perfume. -जालम् a stream of light. -तलः the palm of the hand; वनदेवताकरतलैः Ś.4.5; करतलगतमपि नश्यति यस्य तु भवितव्यता नास्ति Pt.2.128. ˚आमलकम् (lit.) an āmalaka fruit (fruit of the Myrobalan) placed on the palm of the hand; (fig.) ease and clearness of perception, such as is natural in the case of a fruit placed on the palm of the hand; करतलामलकफलवदखिलं जगदालोकयताम् K.43. ˚स्थ a. resting on the palm of the hand; -तलीकृ To take in the palm of the hand; ततः करतलीकृत्य व्यापि हालाहलं विषम् Bhāg.8.7.43. -तालः, -तालकम् 1 clapping the hands; स जहास दत्तकरतालमुच्चकैः Śi.15.39. -2 a kind of musical instrument, perhaps a cymbal. -तालिका, -ताली 1 clapping the hands; उच्चाटनीयः करता- लिकानां दानादिदानीं भवतीभिरेषः N.3.7. -2 beating time by clapping the hands. -तोया N. of a river. -द a. 1 paying taxes. -2 tributary; करदीकृताखिलनृपां मेदिनीम् Ve. 6.18. -3 giving the hand to help &c. -दक्ष a. handy, dexterous. -पत्रम् 1 a saw; तत्क्रूरदन्तकरपत्रनिकृत्तसत्त्वम् Mv.5. 29. -2 playing in water. ˚वत् m. the palm tree. -पत्रकम् a saw. -पत्रिका splashing water about while bathing or sporting in it. -पल्लवः 1 a tender hand. -2 a finger. cf. ˚किसलय. -पालः, -पालिका 1 a sword. -2 a cudgel. -पात्रम् 1 splashing water about while bathing. -2 the hand hollowed to hold anything. -पात्री A cup made of leather. -पीडनम् marriage; cf. पाणिपीडन. -पुटः 1 the hands joined and hollowed to receive anything. -2 A box, chest with a lid; तेषां रक्षणमप्यासीन्महान्करपुट- स्तथा Mb.14.65.16. -पृष्ठम् the back of the hand. -बालः, -वालः 1 sword; अघोरघण्टः करवालपाणिर्व्यापादितः Māl.9; म्लेच्छनिवहनिधने कलयसि करवालम् Gīt.1, Śi.13.6. -2 a finger-nail. -भारः a large amount of tribute. -भूः a finger-nail. -भूषणम् an ornament worn round the wrist, such as a bracelet. -मर्दः, -मर्दी, -मर्दकः N. of a plant (Carissa carandus; Mar. करवंद) -मालः smoke. -मुक्तम् a kind of weapon; see आयुध. -रुहः 1 a finger-nail; अनाघ्रातं पुष्पं किसलयमलूनं कररुहैः Ś.2.11; Me.98. -2 a sword. -वालिका a small club. -वीरः, -वीरकः 1 a sword or scimitar. -2 a cemetery. -3 N. of a town in the S. M. country. -4 a kind of tree. (Mar. कण्हेर, अर्जुनसादडा); Rām.5.2.1. Māna.18.242.3. (-रा) red arsenic. (-री) 1 a woman who has borne a son, a mother. -2 N. of Aditi. -3 a good cow. (-रम्) the flower of the tree. मल्लिका, करवीरम्, बिसम्, मृणालम् Mbh. on P.IV.3.166. -शाखा a finger. -शीकरः water thrown out by an elephant's trunk. -शूकः a finger-nail. -शोथः swelling of the hands. -सादः 1 weakness of the hand. -2 the fading of rays. -सूत्रम् a marriage string worn round the wrist. -स्थालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्वनः clapping of the hands.
karman कर्मन् -m. Viśvakarmā; शक्रस्य नु सभा दिव्या भास्वरा कर्मनिर्मिता Mb.2.7.1. -n. [कृ-मनिन् Uṇ.4.144] 1 Action, work, deed. -2 Execution, performance; प्रीतो$स्मि सो$हं यद् भुक्तं वनं तैः कृतकर्मभिः Rām.5.63.3. -3 Business, office, duty; संप्रति विषवैद्यानां कर्म M.4. -4 A religious rite (it may be either नित्य, नैमित्तिक or काम्य). -5 A specific action, moral duty. -6 (a) Performance of religious rites as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of Brahman (opp. ज्ञान); अपरो दहृने स्वकर्मणां ववृते R.8.2. (b) Labour, work. -7 Product, result. -8 A natural or active property (as support of the earth). -9 Fate, the certain consequence of acts done in a former life; कर्मायत्तं फलं पुंसां बुद्धिः कर्मानुसारिणी Bh.2.89,94. -1 (In gram.) The object of of an action; कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म P.I.4.49. -11 (In Vaiś. Phil.) Motion considered as one of the seven categories of things; (thus defined:-- एकद्रव्यमगुणं संयोगविभागेष्वनपेक्षकारणं कर्म Vaiś. Sūtra. (It is five-fold:-- उत्क्षेपणं ततो$वक्षेपणमाकुञ्चनं तथा । प्रसारणं च गमनं कर्माण्येतानि पञ्च च ॥ Bhāṣā P.6.) -12 Organ of sense. प्रजापतिर्ह कर्माणि ससृजे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -13 Organ of action; कर्माणि कर्मभिः कुर्वन् Bhāg.11.3.6. -14 (In Astr.) The tenth lunar mansion. -15 Practice, training; सर्वेषां कर्मणा वीर्यं जवस्तेजश्च वर्धते Kau. A.2.2. -Comp. -अक्षम a. incapable of doing anything. -अङ्गम् part of any act; part of a sacrificial rite (as प्रयाज of the Darśa sacrifice). -अधिकारः the right of performing religious rites. -अनुरूप a. 1 according to action or any particular office. -2 according to actions done in a previous existence. -अनुष्ठानम् practising one's duties. -अनुसारः consequence of, or conformity to, acts. -अन्तः 1 the end of any business or task. -2 a work, business, execution of business. -3 a barn, a store of grain &c. Ms.7.62 (कर्मान्तः इक्षुधान्यादिसंग्रहस्थानम् Kull.) -4 cultivated ground. -5 a worker; कच्चिन्न सर्वे कर्मान्ताः Rām.2.1.52. -अन्तरम् 1 difference or contrariety of action. -2 penance, expiation. -3 suspension of a religious action. -4 another work or action; कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि Bhāg.1.9.1. -अन्तिक a. final. (-कः) a servant, workman, Rām.1.13.7. -अपनुत्तिः f. removing, sending away of कर्म; जन्मकर्माप- नुत्तये Bhāg.12.2.17. -अर्ह a. fit or suitable to an act or the rite. (-र्हः) a man. -आख्या f. Name received from the act performed; तस्मात् छिन्नगमनो$श्वो$पि छाग इति कर्माख्या भविष्यति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.37. -आजीवः one who maintains himself by some profession (as that of an artisan &c.) -आत्मन् a. endowed with the principles of action, active; कर्मात्मनां च देवानां सो$सृजत्प्राणिनां प्रभुः Ms.1.22. (-m.) the soul. -आयतनम् see कर्मेन्द्रियम्; शव्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः । गत्युक्त्युत्सर्गशिल्पानि कर्मायतनसिद्धयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -आशयः receptacle or accumulation of (good and evil) acts; निर्हृत्य कर्माशयमाशु याति परां गतिम् Bhāg.1.46.32. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of action, as distinguished from ज्ञानेन्द्रिय; (they are :- वाक्पाणिपादपायूपस्थानि; Ms.2.99; see under इन्द्रिय also) कर्मेन्द्रियाणि संयम्य Bg.3.6,7. -उदारम् any valiant or noble act, magnanimity, prowess. -उद्युक्त a. busy, engaged, active, zealous. -करः 1 a hired labourer (a servant who is not a slave); आ तस्य गोः प्रतिदानात् कर्मकारी आगबीनः कर्मकरः Mbh. on P.V.2.14. कर्मकराः स्थपत्यादयः Pt.1; Śi.14.16. -2 Yama. -कर्तृ m. (in gram.) an agent who is at the same time the object of the action; e. g. पच्यते ओदनः, it is thus defined:- क्रियमाणं तु यत्कर्म स्वयमेव प्रसिध्यति । सुकरैः स्वैर्गुणैः कर्तुः कर्मकर्तेति तद्विदुः ॥ न चान्तरेण कर्मकर्तारं सकर्मका अकर्मका भवन्ति Mbh. on P.I.3.27 -काण्डः, -ण्डम् that department of the Veda which relates to ceremonial acts and sacrificial rites and the merit arising from a due performance thereof. -कारः 1 one who does any business, a mechanic, artisan (technically a worker not hired). -2 any labourer in general (whether hired or not). -3 a black-smith; हरिणाक्षि कटाक्षेण आत्मानमवलोकय । न हि खङ्गो विजानाति कर्मकारं स्वकारणम् ॥ Udb. -4 a bull. -कारिन् m. a labourer, artisan, workman. -कार्मुकः, -कम् a strong bow. -कीलकः a washerman. -कृत्यम् activity, the state of active exertion; यः प्रथमः कर्मकृत्याय जज्ञे Av.4.24.6. -क्षम a. able to perform any work or duty; आत्मकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R.1.13. -क्षेत्रम् the land of religious acts, i. e. भरतवर्ष; Bhāg.5.17.11. cf. कर्मभूमि. -गतिः f. the course of fate; अथ कर्मगतिं चित्रां दृष्ट्वा$स्य हसितं मया Ks.59.159. -गृहीत a. caught in the very act (as a thief.). -ग्रन्थिः f. a term in Jaina metaphysics connoting 'weakness in the form of वासनाs produced by अज्ञान'. -घातः leaving off or suspending work. -च(चा)ण्डालः 1 'base in deed', a man of very low acts or deeds; Vasiṣṭha mentions these kinds :-- असूयकः पिशुनश्च कृतघ्नो दीर्घरोषकः । चत्वारः कर्मचाण्डाला जन्मतश्चापि पञ्चमः ॥ -2 one who commits an atrocious deed; अपूर्वकर्मचण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुच्च माम् U.1.46. -3 N. of Rāhu. -चेष्टा active exertion, action. कर्मचेष्टास्वहः Ms.1.66. -चोदना 1 The motive impelling one to ritual acts. ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Bg.18.18. -2 any positive rule enjoining a religious act. -च्छेदः The loss caused by absence on duty; Kau. A.2.7. -जः a. resulting from an act; सिद्धिर्भवति कर्मजा Bg.4.12. कर्मजा गतयो नॄणामुत्तमाधममध्यमाः Ms.12.3. (-जः) 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 the Kali age. -3 the banian tree. -4 the effect arising from human acts :-- संयोग, विभाग &c. -5 heaven. -6 hell. -ज्ञ a. one acquainted with religious rites. -त्यागः renunciation of worldly duties or ceremonial acts. -दुष्ट a. corrupt in action, wicked, immoral, disrespectable. -देवः a god through religious action; ये शतं गन्धर्वलोक आनन्दाः स एकः कर्मदेवानामानन्दः Bṛi. Up.4.3.33. -दोषः 1 sin, vice; अवेक्षेत गतीर्नॄणां कर्मदोष- समुद्भवाः Ms.6.61,95. -2 an error, defect, or blunder (in doing an act); कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1,14. -3 evil consequence of human acts. -4 discreditable conduct. -धारयः N. of a compound, a subdivision of Tatpuruṣa, (in which the members of the compound are in apposition) तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.I. 2.42. तत्पुरुष कर्म धारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. -ध्वंसः 1 loss of fruit arising from religious acts. -2 disappointment. -नामन् (in gram.) a participal noun. -नामधेयम् N. of an act or sacrifice. These names are not arbitrary or technical such as गुण and वृद्धि but are always significant; सर्वेष्वेव कर्मनामधेयेषु अर्थसमन्वयेनानुवाद- भूतो नामशद्बो वर्तते, न लौकिकार्थतिरस्कारेण परिभाषामात्रेण वृद्धिगुणवत् ŚB. on MS.1.6.41. -नाशा N. of a river between Kaśi and Bihar. -निश्चयः a decision of action; न लेमे कर्मनिश्चयम् Bm.1.648. -निषद्या a manufactory; Kau. A.2.4. -निष्ठ a. devoted to the performance of religious acts; अग्निर्वीरं श्रुत्यं कर्मनिष्ठाम् Rv.1.8.1; Ms.3.134. -न्यासः renunciation of the result of religious acts. -पथः 1 the direction or source of an action. -2 the path of religious rites (opp. ज्ञानमार्ग). -पाकः ripening of actions, reward of actions done in a former life; Pt.1.372. -प्रवचनीयः a term for certain prepositions, particles, or adverbs when they are not connected with verbs and govern a noun in some case; literally-the term means, 'Concerned with the setting forth of an action'. According to Indian grammarians it means 'that which spoke of an action (क्रियां प्रोक्तवन्तः)' e. g. आ in आ मुक्तेः संसारः is a कर्मप्रवचनीय; so अनु in जपमनु प्रावर्षत् &c; कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीया इति Mbh. on P.I.4.83. cf. उपसर्ग, गति and निपात also. -फलम् 1 fruit or reward of actions done in a former life; (pain, pleasure); न मे कर्मफले स्पृहा Bg.4.14;5.12;6.1; ˚फलत्याग Bg.12.11,18.2; ˚फलत्यागिन् Bg.18.11; ˚फलप्रेप्सुः Bg.18.27; ˚फलसंयोग Bg.5.14; ˚फलहेतु Bg.2.47. एवं संचिन्त्य मनसा प्रेत्य कर्मफलोदयम् Ms.11.231. -2 the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola (Mar. कर्मर); also कर्मरङ्ग. -बन्धः, -बन्धनम् confinement to repeated birth, as the consequence of religious acts, good or bad (by which the soul is attached to worldly pleasures &c.); बुद्ध्या युक्तो यथा पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यति Bg.2.39. -भूः, -भूमिः f. 1 the land of religious rites, i. e. भरतवर्ष, this world (a place for man's probation); प्राप्येमां कर्मभूमिम् Bh.2.1; K.174,319. -2 ploughed ground. -मासः the Calendar month of thirty days. -मीमांसा the Mīmāṁsā of ceremonial acts; see मीमांसा. -मूलम् a kind of sacred grass called कुश. -युगम् the fourth (the present) age of the world, i. e. the Kaliyuga. -योगः 1 performance of actions, worldly and religious rites; कर्मयोगेन योगिनाम् Bg.3.3;3.7;5.2;13.24. -2 active exertion, industry; Ms.1.115. -वचनम् (with Buddhists) the ritual. -वज्रः an epithet of a Śūdra. -वशः fate considered as the inevitable result of actions done in a former life. -वाटी a lunar day (तिथि). -विपाक = कर्मपाक. -शाला a work-shop. -शील, -शूर a. assiduous, active, laborious; cf. कर्म- शीलस्तु कर्मठे । Nm. -शौचम् humility. -श्रुतिः f. The word expressive of the act; कर्मश्रुतेः परार्थत्वात् MS.11. 2.6. (read या अत्र कर्मश्रुतिः दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यामिति सा परार्था तृतीया-योगात् &c. शबर). -सङ्गः attachment to worldly duties and their results. तन्निबध्नाति ... कर्मसङ्गेन Bg.14.7. -सचिवः a minister. -संन्यासिकः, -संन्यासिन् m. 1 a religious person who has withdrawn from every kind of worldly act. -2 an ascetic who performs religious deeds without looking to their reward. -साक्षिन् m. 1 an eyewitness; वह्निर्विवाहं प्रति कर्मसाक्षी Ku.7.83. -2 one who witnesses the good or bad actions of man; आदित्य भो लोककृताकृतज्ञ लोकस्य सत्यानृप- कर्मसाक्षिन् Rām.3.63.16. (There are nine divinities which are said to witness and watch over all human actions; सूर्यः सोमो यमः कालो महाभूतानि पञ्च च । एते शुभाशुभ- स्येह कर्मणो नव साक्षिणः ॥) -सिद्धिः f. accomplishment of any business or desired object; success. स्वकर्मसिद्धिं पुनरा- शशंसे Ku. -स्थानम् a public office, a place of business.
kalpita कल्पित a. Arranged, made, fashioned, formed; उत्सृज्य कुसुमशयनं नलिनीदलकल्पितस्तनावरणम् Ś.3.21; see क्लृप् caus. -तः An elephant armed or caparisoned for war.
kasanaḥ कसनः Cough (कास). -Comp. -उत्पाटनः 'cough relieving', the plant Gendarussa vulgaris (Mar. अडूळसा)
kāvya काव्य a. [कवि-यण्] 1 Possessed of the qualities of a sage or a poet. -2 Praiseworthy, fit to be described -3 Prophetic, inspired, poetical; अशंसीत् काव्यः कविः Rv.8.8.11. -व्यः N. of Śukra, preceptor of the Asuras; Mb.1.76.6; दानवेन्द्रैर्हतं दूरात् काव्यः कचमजीवयत् Bm.1.289. -व्या 1 Intelligence. -2 A female fiend; -व्याः m. (pl.) A class of manes; Ms.3.199. -व्यम् 1 A poem; महाकाव्यम्; मेघदूतं नाम काव्यम् &c. -2 Poetics, poetry, a poetical composition. (काव्य is defined by writers on Poetics in different ways; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ सगुणावनलङ्कृती पुनः क्वापि K. P.1; वाक्यं रसात्मकं काव्यम् S. D.1; रमणीयार्थप्रतिपादकः शब्दः काव्यम् R. G.; शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्ना पदावली Kāv.1.1; निर्दोषा लक्षणवती सरीतिर्गुणभूषिता । सालङ्काररसा$नेकवृत्तिर्वाक् काव्यनामभाक् ॥ Chandr.1.7.) -3 Happiness, welfare. -4 Wisdom; काव्यानि वदतां तेषां संयच्छामि वहामि च Mb.12.124.34. -5 Inspiration. (The purposes of a Kāvya as mentioned by Mammaṭa are :-- काव्यं यशसे$र्थकृते व्यवहारविदे शिवेतरक्ष- तये । सद्यःपरनिर्वृतये कान्तासंमिततयोपदेशयुजे ॥ K. P.1.) -Comp. -अर्थः a poetical thought or idea. ˚आपत्तिः Necessary conclusion; a figure of speech; Kuval.59. ˚चौरः a robber of the ideas of another poet, a plagiarist; यदस्य दैत्या इव लुण्ठनाय काव्यार्थचौराः प्रगुणीभवन्ति Vikr.1.11. -अलङ्कारः N. of a work on poetics by Vāmana. -आदर्शः N. of a work on poetics by Daṇḍin. -चौरः a stealer of other men's poems. -प्रकाशः N. of a work on Rhetorics by Mammaṭa. -मीमांसकः a rhetorician, critic. -मीमांसा N. of a work on Rhetorics by Rāja-śekhara. -रसिक a. one who has a taste for and can appreciate the beauties of poetry. -लिङ्गम् Poetic Reason, a figure of speech; thus defined:- काव्यलिङ्गं हेतो- र्वाक्यपदार्थता K. P.1; e. g. जितो$सि मन्द कन्दर्प मच्चित्ते$स्ति त्रिलोचनः Chandr.5.119. -हास्यम् a farce.
kumbhilaḥ कुम्भिलः 1 A thief who breaks into a house. -2 A plagiarist. -3 A wife's brother. -4 A child of an imperfect impregnation or born at undue seasons.
kuraraḥ कुररः (लः) 1 An osprey; Y.1.174. -2 The plant Capparis Aphylla (Mar. पेंढ, वाघंटी, करील); Rām. 3.6.21.
gandhaḥ गन्धः [गन्ध्-पचाद्यच्] 1 Smell, odour; गन्धमाघ्राय चोर्व्याः Me.21; अपघ्नन्तो दुरितं हव्यगन्धैः Ś.4.8; R.12.27. (गन्ध is changed to गन्धि when as the last member of a Bah. comp. it is preceded by उद्, पूति, सु, सुरभि, or when the compound implies comparison; सुगन्धि, सुरभिगन्धि, कमलगन्धि मुखम्; शालिनिर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38; आहुति˚ 1.53; also when गन्ध is used in the sense of 'a little'). -2 Smell considered as one of the 24 properties or guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas; it is a property characteristic of पृथिवी or earth which is defined as गन्धवती पृथ्वी T. S. -3 The mere smell of anything, a little, a very small quantity; घृतगन्धि भोजनम् Sk. -4 A perfume, any fragrant substance; एषा मया सेविता गन्धयुक्तिः Mk.8; Y.1. 231; Mu.1.4. -5 Sulphur. -6 Pounded sandal wood. -7 Connection, relationship. -8 A neighbour. -9 Pride, arrogance; as in आत्तगन्ध humbled or mortified. -1 An epithet of Śiva. -11 A sectarial mark on the forehead. -12 Similarity (सादृश्य); डुण्डुभानहिगन्धेन न त्वं हिंसितुमर्हसि Mb.1.1.3. -न्धम् 1 Smell. -2 Black aloewood. -Comp. -अधिकम् a kind of perfume. -अपकर्ष- णम् removing smells. -अम्बु n. fragrant water. -अम्ला the wild lemon tree. -अश्मन् m. sulphur. ...... गन्धा- श्मानं मनःशिलाम् । Śiva. B.3.19. -अष्टकम् a mixture of 8 fragrant substances offered to deities, varying in kind according to the nature of the deity to whom they are offered. Generally sandal, camphor, saffron, उशीर, cyperus pertenuis (Mar. नागरमोथा), गोरोचन, देवदार and a flower are used in the mixture. -आखुः the musk-rat. -आजीवः a vendor of perfumes. -आढ्य a. rich in odour, very fragrant; स्रजश्चोत्तमगन्धाढ्याः Mb. (-ढ्यः) the orange tree. (-ढ्यम्) sandal-wood. -इन्द्रियम् the organ of smell. -इभः, -गजः, -द्विपः, -हस्तिन् m. 'the scentelephant', an elephant of the best kind; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । स वै गन्धगजो नाम नृपतेर्विजयावहः ॥ Pālakāpyam; शमयति गजानन्यान्गन्धद्विपः कलभो$पि सन् V.5. 18; R.6.7;17.7; गन्धेन जेतुः प्रमुखागतस्य गन्धद्विपस्येव मतङ्गजौघः । Ki.17.17. -उत्तमा spirituous liquor. -उदम् scented water; Bhāg.9.11.26. -उपजीविन् m. one who lives by perfumes, a perfumer. -ओतुः (forming गन्धोतु वार्तिक or गन्धौतु) the civet cat. -कारिका 1 a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes. -2 a female artisan living in the house of another, but not altogether subject to another's control. -कालिका, -काली f. N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa; Mb.1. -काष्ठम् aloe-wood. -कुटी 1 a kind of perfume. (-टिः, -टी) -2 The Buddhist temple, any chamber used by Buddha; पुण्योद्देशवशाच्चकार रुचिरां शौद्धोदनेः श्रद्धया । श्रीमद्गन्धकुटीमिमामिव कुटीं मोक्षस्य सौख्यस्य च ॥ (An inscription at Gayā V.9. Ind. Ant. Vol.X). -केलिका, -चेलिका musk. -ग a. 1 taking a scent, smelling. -2 redolent. -गजः see गन्धेभ. -गुण a. having the property of odour. -घ्राणम् the smelling of any odour. -चरा f. The fourth stage of must of an elephant; Mātaṅga L.9.15. -जलम् fragrant water; सिक्तां गन्धजलैः Bhāg.1.11.14. -ज्ञा the nose. -तूर्यम् a musical instrument of a loud sound used in battle (as a drum or trumpet). -तैलम् 1 a fragrant oil, a kind of oil prepared with fragrant substances. -2 sulphur-butter. -दारु n. aloe-wood. -द्रव्यम् a fragrant substance. -द्वार a. perceptible through the odour. -धारिन् a. bearing fragrance. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -धूलिः f. musk. -नकुलः the musk-rat. -नालिका, -नाली the nose. -निलया a kind of jasmine. -पः N. of a class of manes. -पत्रा, -पलाशी a species of zedoary. -पलाशिका turmeric. -पालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पाषाणः sulphur. -पिशाचिका the smoke of burnt fragrant resin (so called from its dark colour or cloudy nature, or perhaps from its attracting demons by fragrance). -पुष्पः 1 the Vetasa plant. -2 The Ketaka plant. (-ष्पम्) 1 a fragrant flower. -2 flowers and sandal offered to deities at the time of worship. -पुष्पा an indigo plant. -पूतना a kind of imp or goblin. -फली 1 the Priyañgu creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -बन्धुः the mango tree. -मातृ f. the earth. -मादन a. intoxicating with fragrance. (-नः) 1 a large black bee. -2 sulphur. -3 an epithet of Rāvaṇa. (-नः, -नम्) N. of a particular mountain to the east of Meru, renowned for its fragrant forests (-नम्) the forest on this mountain. -मादनी spirituous liquor. -मादिनी lac. -मार्जारः the civet cat. -मुखा, -मूषिकः, -मूषी f. the musk rat. -मृगः 1 the civet cat. -2 the musk-deer. -मैथुनः a bull. -मोदनः sulphur. -मोहिनी a bud of the Champaka tree. -युक्तिः f. preparation of perfumes. -रसः myrrh (Mar. रक्त्याबोळ); लाक्षां गन्धरसं चापि ...... Śiva. B.3.2. ˚अङ्गकः turpentine. -राजः a kind of jasmine. (-जम्) 1 a sort of perfume. -2 sandal-wood. -लता the Priyañgu creeper. -लोलुपा 1 a bee. -2 a fly or gnat. -वहः the wind; रात्रिंदिवं गन्धवहः प्रयाति Ś.5.4; दिग्दक्षिणा गन्धवहं मुखेन Ku.3.25. -वहा the nose. -वाहः 1 the wind; देहं दहन्ति दहना इव गन्धवाहाः Bv.1.14. -2 the musk-deer. -वाही the nose. -विह्वलः wheat. -वृक्षकः, -वृक्ष the Śāla tree. -व्याकुलम् a kind of fragrant berry (कक्कोल.) -शुण़्डिनी the musk-rat. -शेखरः musk. -सारः 1 sandal. -2 a kind of jasmine. -सुखी, -सूयी the musk shrew. -सोमम् the white water-lily. -हस्तिन् m. a scent-elephant; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । तं गन्धहस्तिनं प्राहुर्नृपतोर्विजयावहम् ॥ Pālakāpyam. -हारिका a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes; cf. गन्धकारिका.
gṛham गृहम् [गृह्यते धर्माचरणाय, ग्रह् गेहार्थे क Tv.] 1 A house, dwelling, habitation, mansion; न गृहं गृहमित्याहुर्गृहिणी गृह- मुच्यते Pt.4.81,5.15; पश्य वानरमूर्खेण सुगृही निर्गृहीकृतः Pt. 1.39. -2 A wife; (the first quotation in 1 is sometimes erroneously cited as an illustration). -3 The life of a householder; न हि सति कुलधुर्ये सूर्यवंश्या गृहाय R.7. 71,5.1; Mv.4.28. -4 A sign of the zodiac. -5 A name or appellation. -6 A square (in chess or any other game). -हाः (m. pl.) 1 A house, dwelling; इमे नो गृहाः Mu.1; स्फटिकोपलविग्रहा गृहाः शशभृद्भित्तनिरङ्कभित्तयः N.2.74; तत्रागारं धनपतिगृहानुत्तरेणास्मदीयम् Me.77. -2 A wife; अथावलोकको$गच्छद्गृहानेकः परावसुः Mb.3.138.4. -3 The inhabitants of a house, family; the life of a householder; गृहानुत्सृज्य यो राजन् मोक्षमेवाभिपद्यते Mb.12.16.29. -हः Ved. An assistant, or servant; गृहो याम्यरंकृतो देवेभ्यो हव्यवाहनः Rv.1.119.13. In comp. oft. rendered by 'domestic', 'household' or 'tame'; e. g. ˚कपोतः 'a tame pigeon'; ˚कार्याणि-कर्माणि 'household duties'; ˚ शकु- न्तिका 'tame bird'; छद्मना परिददामि मृत्यवे सौनिको गृहशकुन्तिका- मिव U.1.45 &c. -Comp. -अक्षः a loophole, eyelet-hole, a round or ablong window. -अधिपः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a house-holder. -2 a regent of a sign of the zodiac. संशयस्थः see अनुपात. -अयनिकः a house-holder. -अर्थः domestic affairs, any household matter; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरि- ष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -अभिपालिन् m. a watchman. -अम्लम् a kind of sour-gruel. -अवग्रहणी the threshold. -अश्मन् m. a flat ablong stone upon which condiments are ground (Mar. पाटा). -आगत a. one who has come to a house. (-तः) a guest. -आचारः household or domestic business; U.2. -आरम्भः building a house; गृहारम्भातिदुःखाय Bhāg.11.9.15. -आरामः, -वाटी, -वाटिका a garden attached to a house. -आशया, -आश्रया the betel-tree. -आश्रमः the order of a householder, the second stage in the religious life of a Bāhmaṇa; see आश्रम; Ms.6.1. -आश्रमिन् m. a householder; Bhāg.1.8.7. -ईश्वरी a housewife; दिष्ट्या गृहेश्वर्यसकृन्मयि त्वया कृतानुवृत्तिर्भवमोचनी खलैः Bhāg.1.6.54. -उत्पातः any domestic nuisance. -उपकरणम् a domestic utensil, anything required for household use; एकदा निर्गता क्रेतुं गृहोपकरणानि सा Ks.2.15. -कच्छपः = गृहाश्मन् q. v. -कन्या, -कुमारी the plant Aloe Perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड). -कपोतः, -तकः a tame or domestic pigeon; Śi.4.52. -करणम् 1 household affairs. -2 house-building. -कर्तृ m. 1 'a house-builder,' a kind of sparrow. -2 a carpenter; गृहकर्ता भवानेव देवानां हृदयेप्सितम् Rām.7.5.19. -कर्मन् n. 1 household affairs. -2 a domestic rite. ˚करः, ˚कारः, ˚दासः a menial, domestic servant; शंभुस्वयंभुहरयो हरिणेक्षणानां येनाक्रियन्त सततं गृहकर्मदासाः Bh.1.1. -कलहः domestic feuds, intestine broils. -कारकः a housebuilder, mason; करोति तृणमृत्काष्ठैर्गृहं वा गृहकारकः Y.3.146. -कारिन् m. 1 a housebuilder. -2 a kind of wasp. -कुक्कुटः a domestic cock. -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम् household affairs; सदा प्रहृष्टया भाव्यं गृहकार्येषु दक्षया Ms.5.15. -गोधा, -गोधिका the small house-lizard. -चुल्ली a house with two rooms contiguous to each other, but one facing west, the other east; Bṛi. S.53.4. -चेतस् a. thinking only of one's house; Bhāg.9.11.17. -छिद्रम् 1 a family-secret or scandal. -2 family dissensions; आयुर्वित्तं गृहच्छिद्रं मन्त्रमैथुनभेषजम् H.1.123. -ज, -जात a. born in the house (a slave &c.); Bṛi.5.61.7; Ms. 8.415. -जनः family, members of a family, especially the wife; Mu.1. -जालिका deceit, disguise. -ज्ञानिन् (also गृहेज्ञानिन्) 'wise only in the inside of the house', inexperienced, stupid, foolish. -तटी a terrace in front of the house. -दारु n. a house-post; नरपतिबले पार्श्वायाते स्थितं गृहदारुवत् Mk.4.3. -दाहः setting a house on fire, incendiarism. -दासः a domestic slave. -दासी a female domestic slave; एकदा गृहदासीषु यशोदा नन्दगेहिनी । कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि ॥ Bhāg.1.9.1. -दीप्तिः f. the splendour or ornament of a house, a virtuous woman; प्रजनार्थं महाभागाः पूजार्हा गृहदीप्तयः Ms.9.26. -देवता the goddess of a house; (pl.) a class of household deities; Ks.4.74. -देहली the threshold of a house; यासां बलिः सपदि मद्गृहदेहलीनाम् Mk.1.9. -नमनम् wind. -नाशनः a wild pigeon. -नीडः a sparrow, -पतिः 1 a householder; बामं गृहपतिं नय Rv.6.53.2; a man who has entered on the second stage of life, one who, after having completed his studies, is married and settled. -2 a sacrificer. -3 the virtue of a householder; i. e. hospitality. -4 Ved. an epithet of Agni. -5 the maintenance of the sacred and perpetual fire. -6 the head or judge of a village; Mk.2; Dk.8. -पत्नी Ved. 'the mistress of a house', the wife of the householder; गृहान् गच्छ गृहपत्नी यथासः Rv.1.85.26. -पालः 1 the guardian of a house. -2 a housedog; आस्ते$वमत्योपन्यस्तं गृहपाल इवाहरन् Bhāg.3.3.15. -पिण्डी f. the basement of a building; Kāmikāgama 55.2-21. -पोतकः the site of a house, the ground on which it stands and which surrounds it. -पोषणम् maintenance of a household; तेन चास्य नियुक्ताभूत्स्वभार्या गृहपोषणे Ks.2.55. -प्रवेशः a solemn entrance into a house according to prescribed rites. -बभ्रुः a domestic ichneumon. -बलिः a domestic oblation, offering of the remnants of a meal to all creatures, such as animals, supernatural beings, and particularly household deities; Ms.3.265. ˚प्रियः a crane. ˚भुज् m. 1 a crow. -2 a sparrow; नीडारम्भैर्गृहबलि- भुजामाकुलग्रामचैत्याः Me.23. ˚देवता a deity to whom a domestic oblation is offered. -भङ्गः 1 one who is driven from his house, an exile. -2 destroying a house. -3 breaking into a house. -4 failure, ruin or destruction of a house, firm &c. -भञ्जनम् 1 breaking down or destroying a house. -2 causing the decay or ruin of a family. -भद्रकम् an audience-hall. -भर्तृ m. the master of a house; Bṛi. S. 53.58. -भूमिः f. the site of a house. -भेदिन् a. 1 prying into domestic affairs. -2 causing domestic quarrels. -भोजिन् m. an inmate of the same house, tenant; तस्मा- दप्यग्रहारान्ये जगृहुर्गृहभोजिनः Rāj. T.5.43. -मणिः a lamp. -माचिका a bat. -मार्जनी a female servant of the house; सख्योपेत्याग्रहीत्पाणिं यो$हं तद्गृहमार्जनी Bhāg.1.83.11. -मृगः a dog. -मेघः a multitude of houses; Rām.5. -मेध a. 1 one who performs the domestic rites or sacrifices; गृह- मेधास आ गत मरुतो माप भूतन Rv.7.59.1. -2 connected with the duties of a householder. (-धः) 1 a householder. -2 a domestic sacrifice; Bhāg.2.6.19. -मेधिन् m. a householder, a married Brāhmaṇa who has a household; (गृहैर्दारैर्मेधन्ते संगच्छन्ते Malli.); प्रजायै गृहमेधिनाम् R.1. 7; see गृहपति above. (-नी) 1 the wife of a householder, a house-wife; न व्यचष्ट वरारोहां गृहिणीं गृहमेधिनीम् Bhāg.4. 26.13. -2 the intellect based on the Sattva quality. -यज्ञः see गृहमेधः; Mb.1.18.5. -यन्त्रम् a stick or other instrument to which, on solemn occasions, flags are fastened; गृहयन्त्रपताकाश्रीरपौरादरनिर्मिता Ku.6.41. -रन्ध्रम् family-dissensions. -वाटिका, -वाटी a garden attached to a house. -वित्तः the owner of a house. -व्रत a. devoted to home. मतिर्न कृष्णे परतः स्वतो वा मिथो$भिपद्येत गृहव्रतानाम् Bhāg.7.5.3. -शायिन् m. a pigeon. -शुकः 1 a domestic parrot, one kept for pleasure; Amaru.16. -2 a domestic poet; आयातेन शुकैः सार्धं दत्ता गृहशुकेन यः । मुक्ताः प्राप्य प्रतिष्ठायां चक्रे ख्यातां शुकावलीम् ॥ Rāj. T.5.31. -संवेशकः a house-builder by profession; Ms.3.163. -सार property; गृहीतसारमेनं सपुत्रकलत्रं संयम्य Mu.1. -स्थः a householder, one who has entered on the stage of a house-holder; संकटा ह्याहिताग्नीनां प्रत्यवायैर्गृहस्थता U.1.9; see गृहपति above and Ms.3.68;6.9. ˚आश्रमः the life of a householder; see गृहाश्रम. ˚धर्मः the duty of a householder. -स्थूणा the pillar of a house.
candra चन्द्र a. [चन्द् णिच् रक्] Ved. 1 Glittering, bright, shining (as gold). -2 Lovely, beautiful. -न्द्रः 1 The moon; यथा प्रह्लादनाच्चन्द्रः R.4.12; हृतचन्द्रा तमसेव कौमुदी 8. 37; न हि संहरते ज्योत्स्नां चन्द्रश्चाण्डालवेश्मनि H.1.61; मुख˚, वदन˚ &e.; पर्याप्तचन्द्रेव शरत्त्रियामा Ku.7.26 (for mythological account see सोम). -2 The moon, as a planet. -3 Camphor; विलेपनस्याधिकचन्द्रभागताविभावनाच्चापललाप पाण्डुताम् N.1.51. -4 The eye in a peacock's tail. -5 Water. -6 Gold (n. also). -7 A lovely or agreeable phenomenon -8 A spot similar to the moon. -9 The symbol or mark of a Visarga. -1 A reddish kind of pearl. -11 The fifth lunar mansion. -12 The number 'one' (used at the end of comp. चन्द्र means 'excellent', 'eminent' or 'illustrious'; as पुरुषचन्द्रः 'a moon of men', an excellent or illustrious man). -न्द्रा 1 Small cardamoms. -2 An open hall only furnished with a roof. -3 An awning, a canopy. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 Viṣṇu. -2 a moon-beam. -अर्धः the half moon; Pt.4. ˚चूडामणिः, ˚मौलिः, ˚शेखरः epithet of Śiva. -आतपः 1 moon-light. -2 awning. -3 an open hall only furnished with a roof. -आत्मजः, -औरसः, -जः, -जातः, -तनयः, -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः the planet Mercury. -आतपः the moon-light; चन्द्रातपमिव रसतामुपेतम् K. -आदित्यौ 1 The moon and the sun. -2 N. of curls on the forehead of a horse; चन्द्रादित्यौ ललाटस्थौ नृपाणां जयवर्धनौ Śālihotra of Bhoja 25. -आनन a. moon-faced. (-नः) an epithet of Kārtikeya. -आपीडः an epithet of Śiva. -आभासः 'false moon', an appearance in the sky reembling the real moon. -आह्वयः camphor. -इष्टा a lotus plant, or a collection of lotuses, blossoming during the night. -उदयः 1 moon-rise. -2 awning. -3 a mercurial preparation used in medicine. (-या) a kind of medicine for the eyes. -उपलः the moon stone. -कला 1 a digit of the moon; राहोश्चन्द्रकलामिवाननचरीं दैवात्समासाद्य मे Māl.5.28. -2 the crescent before or after the new moon. -3 A cattle-drum. -4 A kind of fish; L. D. B. -कान्तः, -मणिः the moon-stone (supposed to ooze away under the influence of the moon); द्रवति च हिमश्मावुद्गते चन्द्रकान्तः U.6.12; Śi.4.58; Amaru.57; Bh.1.21; Māl.1.24. (-तः, -तम्) the white eatable water-lily blossoming during the night. (-तम्) sandal-wood. -कान्ता 1 a night. -2 the wife of the moon. -3 moonlight. -कान्तिः f. moon-light. -n. silver. -कुल्या N. of a river in Kashmir; अवतारयतस्तस्य चन्द्रकुल्याभिधां नदीम् Rāj. T.1.318. -क्षयः the new-moon-day or the last day of a lunar month (अमा) when the moon is not visible. -गृहम् the fourth sign of the zodiac, Cancer. -गोलः the world of the moon, lunar sphere. ˚रथः a deceased progenitor, the manes. -गोलिका moon-light. -ग्रहणम् an eclipse of the moon. -चन्चला a small fish. -चूडः, -मौलिः, -शेखरः, -चूडामणिः epithets of Śiva; ('having the moon for his crest', 'moon-crested'); रहस्युपालभ्यत चन्द्र- शेखरः Ku.5.58,86; R.6.34; नखेन कस्य धन्यस्य चन्द्रचूडो भविष्यति Udb. -दाराः (m. pl.) 'the wives of the moon', the 27 lunar mansions mythologically regarded as so many daughters of Dakṣa and married to the moon. -द्युतिः sandal-wood. -f. moon-light. -नामन् m. camphor. -निभ a. bright, handsome. -निर्णिज् a. having a brilliant garment; पतरेव चचरा चन्द्रनिर्णिक् Rv.1.16.8. -पञ्चागम् the luni-solar calendar. -पादः a moon-beam; नियमितपरिखेदा तच्छिरश्चन्द्रपादैः Me. 7; Māl.3.12. -प्रज्ञप्तिः f. N. of the sixth Upāṅga of the Jainas. -प्रभा moon-light. -प्रासादः An apartment at the house-top; Ks. -बाला 1 large cardamoms. -2 moon-light. -बिन्दु the sign for the nasal () -बुध्न a. having a bright standing ground; चन्द्रबुध्नो मदवृद्धो मनीषिभिः Rv.1.52.3. -भस्मन् n. camphor. -भागा N. of a river in the south. -भासः a sword; see चन्द्रहास. -भूति n. silver. -मणिः the moon-stone -मण्डलम् 1 the orb or disc of the moon. -2 the lunar sphere. -3 a halo round the moon. -मुखी a moon-faced (i. e. lovely) woman. -रेखा, -लेखा the digit or streak of the moon; अथवा रत्नाकराद् ऋते कुतश्चन्द्रलेखायाः प्रसूतिः Nāg.2. -रेणुः a plagiarist. -लोकः the world of the moon. -लोहकम्, -लौहम्, -लौहकम् silver. -वंशः the lunar race of kings, the second great line of royal dynasties in India. -वदन a. a moon-faced. -वल्ली, -वल्लरी The soma plant; L. D. B. -व्रतम् 1 a kind of vow or penance = चान्द्रायण q. v. -2 a regal property or virtue. -विहंगमः A kind of bird; L. D. B. -शाला 1 a room on the top (of a house &c.); चन्द्रशाला शिरोगृहम् Amar.; वियद्गतः पुष्पकचन्द्रशालाः क्षणं प्रतिश्रुन्मुखराः करोति R.13.4. -2 moonlight. -शालिका a room on the top of a house. -शिला the moon-stone; प्रह्लादिता चन्द्रशिलेव तूर्णम् Bk.11.15; ननु भणामि एषा सा चन्द्रमणिशिलेति Nāg.2. -संज्ञः camphor. -संभव N. of Budha or Mercury. (-वा) small cardamoms. -सालोक्य attainment of the lunar heaven. -हन् m. an epithet of Rāhu. -हासः 1 a glittering sword. -2 the sword of Rāvaṇa; हे पाणयः किमिति वाञ्छथ चन्द्रहासम् B. R.1.56,61. -3 N. of a king of Kerala, son of Sudhārmika. [He was born under the Mūla asterism and his left foot had a redundant toe; for this his father was killed by his enemies, and the boy was left an orphan in a state of destitution. After much exertion he was restored to his kingdom. He became a friend of Krisna and Arjuna when they came to the South in the course of their wanderings with the sacrificial horse.] (-सम्) silver.
janman जन्मन् n. [जन् भावे मनिन्] 1 Birth; तां जन्मने शैलवधूं प्रपेदे Ku.1.21. -2 Origin, rise, production, creation; आकरे पद्मरागाणां जन्म काचमणेः कुतः H. Pr.44; Ku.5.6; (at the end of comp.) arising or born from; सरलस्कन्धसंघट्ठजन्मा दवाग्निः Me.53. -3 Life, existence; पूर्वेष्वपि हि जन्मसु Ms.9.1;5.38; Bg.4.5. -4 Birthplace. -5 Nativity. -6 A father, giver of birth, progenitor; Ś.7.18. -7 Natal star. -8 (In astr.) N. of the first mansion or Nakṣatra. -9 A creature, being. -1 People. -11 The people of a household. -12 Kind, race. -13 Nature; property, quality. -14 Custom, manner. -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 the regent of a constellation under which a person is born (in astrology); होराजन्माधिपयोर्जन्मर्क्षे वाशुभो राज्ञः Bṛi. S.34.11. -अन्तरम् 1 another life. -2 the preceding life, former birth; मनो हि जन्मान्तरसंगतिज्ञम् R.7.15. -3 regeneration. -4 the other world. -अन्तरीय a. belonging to or done in another life; जन्मान्तरीयैः साम्राज्यं मया प्रापीति चिन्तयन् Rāj. T.6.85. -अन्धः a. born blind. -अष्टमी the eighth day of the dark fortnight of Srāvaṇa, the birth-day of Kṛisna. -आस्पदम् birthplace. -ईशः = 2 जन्माधिप; -कीलः an epithet of Vi&snu. -कुण्डली a diagram in a horoscope in which the positions of different planets at the time of one's birth are marked. -कृत् m. a father. -क्षेत्रम् birth-place. -तिथिः m., f., -दिनम्, -दिवसः birth-day; सुखाय तज्जन्मदिनं बभूव Ku.1.23. -दः a father. -नक्षत्रम्, -भम् the natal star. -नामन् n. the name received on the 12th day after birth. -पः the regent of a planet under which a person is born. -पत्रम्, -पत्रिका a horoscope. -पादपः a family-tree; उत्तराः कुरवो$विक्षंस्तद्भयाज्जन्मपादपान् Rāj. T.4.175. -प्रतिष्ठा 1 a birth-place. -2 a mother; Ś.6 (between verses 9th and 1th). -भाज्, भृत् m. a creature, living being; मोदन्तां जन्मभाजः सततम् Mk.1.6. -a. one whose life is fruitful; अहो भोजपते यूयं जन्मभाजो नृणामिह Bhāg.1.82. 29. -भाषा a mother-tongue; यत्र स्त्रीणामपि किमपरं जन्मभाषा- वदेव प्रत्यावासं विलसति वचः संस्कृतं प्राकृतं च Vikr.18.6. -भूमिः f. birth-place, native country. -योगः a horoscope. -रोगिन् a. sickly from birth. -लग्नम्, -राशिः the sign of the zodiac under which a person is born. -वर्त्मन् n. the vulva. -वसुधा native country; पश्यद्भिर्जन्मवसुधाम् Rāj. T.4.147. -शोधनम् discharging the obligations derived from birth. -साफल्यम् attainment of the ends of existence; एतद्धि जन्मसाफल्यं ब्राह्मणस्य विशेषतः Ms.12.93. Pt.1.28. -स्थानम् 1 birth-place, native country, home. -2 the womb. -हेतुः cause of birth, author of one's being; पितरस्तासां केवलं जन्महेतवः R.1.24.
jāta जात p. p. [जन् कर्तरि क्त] 1 Brought into existence, engendered, produced. -2 Grown, arisen. -3 Caused, occasioned. -4 Felt, affected by, oft. in comp.; ˚दुःख &c. -5 Apparent, clear. -6 Become, present. -7 Happened. -8 Ready at hand, collected; see जन्. -तः 1 A son, male offspring (in dramas often used as a term of endearment; अयि जात कथयितव्यं कथय U.4 'dear boy', 'oh my darling &c.'). -2 A living being. -ता A daughter, mostly used in addressing; जाते 'dear child' -तम् 1 A creature, living being. -2 Production, origin; धन्यः कुन्तीसुतो राजा सुजातं चास्य धीमतः Mb. 7.12.12. -3 Kind, sort, class, species. -4 A collection of things forming a class; निःशेषविश्राणितकोशजातम् R.5.1 all that goes to form wealth, i. e. every kind of property; so कर्मजातम् the whole aggregate of actions; सुख˚ everything included under the name of सुख or pleasure; अपत्यजातम् 'the brood of young ones'; Ś.5.22. -5 A child, a young one. -6 Individuality, specific condition. -Comp. -अपत्या a mother. -अमर्ष a. vexed, enraged. -अश्रु a. shedding tears. -इष्टिः f. a sacrifice performed at the birth of a child. ˚न्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which the fruit of an act shall accrue to some one else than the performer if it is so directly declared by श्रुति (even against the general rule viz. शास्त्रफलं प्रयोक्तरि). From this it follows that such an act must be performed so as not to cause destruction of one to whom the fruit is to accrue. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर in connection with the वैश्वानरेष्टि, whose fruit accrues to the son and which has to be performed only after the performance of the birth-rite to avoid the son's starvation to death. Read MS.4.3.38-39 and शबरs भाष्य thereon. -अक्षः a young bullock. -कर्मन् n. a ceremony performed at the birth of a child; Ms.2.27,29; R.3.18. -कलाप a. having a tail (as a peacock). -काम a. enamoured. -कौतूहल a. being eagerly desirous. -दन्त a. having teeth growing; जातदन्तस्य वा कुर्युर्नाम्नि वापि कृते सति Ms.5. 7. -पक्ष a. having wings; अजातपक्ष unfledged. -पाश a. fettered. -पुत्रा a woman who has borne a son or sons. -प्रत्यय a. inspired with confidence. -प्रेत a. born and dead, Pt.1. -मन्मथ a. fallen in love. -मात्र a. just born. -रूप a. beautiful, brilliant. (-पम्) 1 gold; पुनश्च याचमानाय जातरूपमदात् प्रभुः Bhāg.1.17.39; अप्याकरसमुत्पन्ना मणिजातिरसंस्कृता । जातरूपेण कल्याणि न हि सं- योगमर्हति ॥ M.5.18; N.1.129. -2 the form in which a person is born, i. e. nakedness. -3 the thorn apple. ˚धर a. naked. -विद्या Ved. knowledge of the origin and nature of all things. -विभ्रम a. 1 confounded. -2 precipitate. -वेदस् m. an epithet of fire (or of the sun); विप्रेभिरस्तोष्ट जातवेदाः Rv.1.77.5; Ku.2.46; Śi.2.51; R.12.14;15.72; Ki.13.11; the word is variously explained; cf. Nir. --जातवेदाः कस्मात् जातानि वेद, जातानि वै नं विदुः, जाते जाते विद्यते इति वा, जातवित्तो वा जातधनो, जातविद्यो वा जातप्रज्ञानो यत्तज्जातः पशूनविन्दतेति तज्जात- वेदसो जातवेदस्त्वमिति ब्राह्मणम्. -वेदसी an epithet of Durgā. -वासगृहम्, -वेश्मन् m. the lying-in-chamber.
jayanam जयनम् [जि करणे ल्युट्] Conquering, subduing. -2 Armour for cavalry, elephants &c. -Comp. -युज् 1 caparisoned. -2 victorious.
tīkṣṇa तीक्ष्ण a. [तिज्-क्स्न Uṇ.3.18.] 1 Sharp (in all senses), pungent; तीक्ष्णा नारुंतुदा बुद्धिः Śi. 2.19. -2 Hot, warm (as rays); विवस्वता तीक्ष्णतरांशुमालिनी Ṛs.1.18. -3 Fiery, passionate. -4 Hard, forcible, strong (as उपाय); आश्रयो धार्तराष्ट्राणां मानी तीक्ष्णपराक्रमः Mb.12.1.2. -5 Rude, cross. -6 Severe, harsh, rough, strict; तीक्ष्ण- श्चैव मृदुश्च स्यात्कार्यं वीक्ष्य महीपतिः Ms.7.14. -7 Injurious, inauspicious. -8 Keen. -9 Intelligent, clever. -1 Zealous, vehement, energetic. -11 Devoted, self-abandoning. -12 Unfriendly, unfavourable. -13 Devout, ascetic, pious. -क्ष्णः 1 Nitre. -2 Long pepper. -3 Black pepper. -3 Black mustard. -क्ष्णम् 1 Iron. -2 Steel. -3 Heat, pungency. -4 War, battle. -5 Poison. -6 Death. -7 A weapon. -8 Sea-salt. -9 Haste. -1 Anything sharp (as words &c.). -11 Plague, pestilence. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 the sun; श्वेताभ्र इव तीक्ष्णांशु ददृशुः कुरुपाण्डवाः Mb.6.16.23. -2 fire. -अग्निः dyspepsia, heartburn. -आयसम् steel. -उपायः a forcible means, strong measure. -कण्टकः N. of several plants; (such as Cuparis Aphylla, Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ, नेवती, धोत्रा इ.) -कन्दः the onion. -कर्मन् a. active, zealous, energetic. (-n.) a clever work. (-m.) a sword. -कल्कः coriander. -तण्डुला long pepper. -तैलम् 1 spirituous liquor. -2 the resin of the Sāla tree. -दंष्ट्रः a tiger. -दंष्ट्रकः a leopard. -धारः a sword. -पुष्पम् cloves. -पुष्पा 1 the clove tree. -2 the Ketaka plant. -फलम् 1 coriander. -2 black mustard, -बुद्धि a. sharp-witted, acute, clever, shrewd. -मञ्जरी the betel-plant. -मार्गः a sword; सासृग्राजिस्तीक्ष्णमार्गस्य मार्गः Śi.18.2. -रश्मिः the sun. -रसः 1 salt-petre. -2 any poisonous liquid, a poison; शत्रु- प्रयुक्तानां तीक्ष्णरसदायिनाम् Mu.1,2. -लौहम् steel. -शूकः barley. -सारः iron.
tulanam तुलनम् [तुल्-ल्युट्] 1 Weight. -2 Lifting, weighing; तुलनं चाद्रिराजस्य Mk.9.2. -3 Comparing, likening &c. -ना 1 Comparison, equalness with; कुचौ किंचिन्मीलत्कमल- तुलनां कन्दलयतः P. R.2.16. -2 Weighing. -3 Lifting, raising. -4 Rating, assessing, estimating. -5 Examining.
dayā दया [दय् भिदा-भावे अङ्] Pity, tenderness, compassion, mercy, sympathy; निर्गुणेष्वपि सत्त्वेषु दयां कुर्वन्ति साधवः H.1. 6; R.2.11; यत्नादपि परक्लेशं हर्तुं या हृदि जायते । इच्छा भूमि- सुरश्रेष्ठ सा दया परिकीर्तिता ॥. -Comp. -कर a. kind, sympathetic. (-रः) an epithet of Śiva. -कूटः, -कूर्चः epithets of Buddha. -वीरः 1 (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroic compassion; the sentiment of heroism arising out of compassion; e. q. Jīmūtavāhana's remark to Garuḍa in Nāg.:-- शिरामुखैः स्यन्दत एव रक्तमद्यापि देहे मम मांसमस्ति । तृप्तिं न पश्यामि तथापि तावत् किं भक्षणात्त्वं विरतो गरुत्मन् ॥ cf. also R. G. under दयावीर -2 a. Very merciful man.
dānam दानम् [दा-ल्युट्] 1 Giving, granting, teaching, &c. (in general); giving in marriage (cf. कन्यादान). -2 Delivering, handing over. -3 A gift, donation, present; Ms.2.158; दातव्यमिति यद्दान दीयते$नुपकारिणे Bg.17.2; Y.3.274. -4 Liberality, charity, giving away as charity, munificence; R.1.69; दानं भोगो नाशस्तिस्रो गतयो भवन्ति वित्तस्य Bh.2.43; दानं हि उत्सर्गपूर्वकः परस्य स्वत्वसम्बन्धः ŚB. on MS.4.1.3; ननु दानमित्युच्यते स्वत्वनिवृत्तिः परस्वत्वा- पादनम् च । ŚB. on MS.6.7.1. -5 Ichor or the uicej that exudes from the temples of an elephant in rut; स दानतोयेन विषाणि नागः Śi.4.63; Ki.5.9; V.4.25; Pt.2.75 (where the word has sense 4 also); R.2.7;4.45;5.43. -6 Bribery, as one of the four Upāyas or expedients of overcoming one's enemy; see उपाय. -7 Cutting, dividing. -8 Purification, cleaning. -9 Protection. -1 Pasture. -11 Adding; addition. -नः Ved. 1 Distribution (of food), meal, especially a sacrificial meal. -2 Part, possession, share. -3 A distributor. -Comp. -काम a. liberal. -कुल्या the flow of rut from an elephant's temples. -तोयम् दानवारि q. v. -धर्मः alms-giving, charity. -पतिः 1 an exceedingly liberal man. -2 Akrūra, a friend of Kṛiṣṇa; Bhāg.1.36.29. -पत्रम् a deed of gifts. -पात्रम् 'a worthy recipient', a Brāhmaṇa fit to receive gifts. -पारमिता perfection of liberality. -प्राति- भाव्यम् security for payment of a debt. -भिन्न a. made hostile by bribes; लुब्धानुजीविकैरेष दानभिन्नैर्निहन्यते H.4.39. -वज्रः an epithet of the Vaiśyas or men of the third tribe; वैश्या वै दानवज्राश्च Mb.1.17.52. -वर्षिन् an elephant in rut, infatuated elephant; दानवर्षी कृताशंसो नागराज इवाबभौ Ki.15.45. -वार् n. libation of water. -वारि n., ichor flowing from the temples of elephants. -वीरः 1 a very liberal man. -2 (In Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of liberality, the sentiment of chivalrous liberality, e. g. Paraśurāma who gave away the earth with its seven continents; cf. the instance given in R. G. under दानवीरः:-- कियदिदमधिकं मे यद् द्विजायार्थयित्रे कवचमरमणीयं कुण्डलं चार्पयामि । अकरुणमवकृत्य द्राक्कृ- पाणेन निर्यद् बहलरुधिरधारं मौलिमावेदयामि ॥ -व्यत्यासः giving to a wrong person. -शाला hall for almsgiving. -शील, -शूर, -शौण्ड a. exceedingly liberal or munificent; निर्गुणो$पि विमुखो न भूपतेर्दानशौण्डमनसः पुरो$भवत् Śi.14.46.
dvandvam द्वन्द्वम् [द्वौ द्वौ सहाभिव्यक्तौ; cf. P.VIII.1.15. Sk.] 1 pair, couple. -2 A couple of animals (including even men) of different sexes, i. e. male and female; द्वन्द्वानि भावं क्रियया बिवव्रुः Ku.3.35; Me.45; न चेदिदं द्वन्द्वम- योजयिष्यत् Ku.7.66; R.1.4; Ś.2.15;7.27; अल्पं तुल्य- शीलानि द्वन्द्वानि सृज्यन्ते Pratimā 1. -3 A couple of opposite conditions or qualities, (such as सुख and दुःख; शीत and उष्ण); बलवती हि द्वन्द्वानां प्रवृत्तिः K.135; द्वन्द्वैरयोजयच्चेमाः सुख- दुःखादिभिः प्रजाः Ms. 1.26;6.81; सर्वर्तुनिर्वृतिकरे निवसन्नुपैति न द्वन्द्वदुःखमिह किंचिदकिंचनो$पि Śi.4.64. -4 A strife, contention, quarrel, dispute, fight. -5 A duel; Rām.6. 43.15. -6 Doubt, uncertainty. -7 A fortress, stronghold. -8 A secret. -9 A secret, or lonely place; द्वन्द्वे ह्येतत् प्रवक्तव्यं हितं वै यद्यवेक्षसे Rām.7.13.11. -न्द्वः 1 (In gram.) One of the four principal kinds of compounds, in which two or more words are joined together which, if not compounded, would stand in the same case and be connected by the copulative conjunction `and'; चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P.II.2.29; द्वन्द्वः सामासिकस्य च Bg.1.33; उभय- पदप्रधानो द्वन्द्वः Kāśikā 38. -2 A kind of disease. 3 (in music) A kind of measure. -4 The sign Gemini of the zodiac. -Comp. -आलापः a dialogue between two persons. -गर्भ a. (A बहुव्रीहि compound) having a द्वन्द्व compound within it. e. g. बृहद्रथन्तरे सामनी यस्य इति बृहद्रथन्तरसामा, where बृहद्रथन्तरे is a द्वन्द्व compound; ŚB. on MS.1.6.4. (opp. अनेकपदबहुव्रीहि). -चर, -चारिन् a. living in couples. (-m.) the ruddy goose; दयिता द्वन्द्वचरं पतत्त्रिणम् R.8.56;16.63. -ज, -दोषोत्थ a. 1 produced from morbid affection of two humours. -2 arising from a quarrel. -3 arising from a couple. -दुःखम् pain arising from opposite alternations (as heat and cold &c.); सर्वर्तु- निर्वृतिकरे निवसन्नुपैति न द्वन्द्वदुःखमिह किंचिदकिंचनो$पि Śi.4.64. -भावः antagonism, discord. -भिन्नम् separation of the sexes. -भूत a. 1 forming a couple. -2 doubtful, uncertain. -मोहः trouble caused by doubt. -युद्धम् a duel, a single combat.
dharmaḥ धर्मः [ध्रियते लोको$नेन, धरति लोकं वा धृ-मन्; cf. Uṇ 1. 137] 1 Religion; the customary observances of a caste, sect, &c. -2 Law, usage, practice, custom, ordinance, statue. -3 Religious or moral merit, virtue, righteousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्ग- सारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38, and see त्रिवर्ग also; एक एव सुहृद्धर्मो निधने$प्यनुयाति यः H.1.63. -4 Duty, prescribed course of conduct; षष्ठांशवृत्तेरपि धर्म एषः Ś.5.4; Ms.1.114. -5 Right, justice, equity, impartiality. -6 Piety, propriety, decorum. -7 Morality, ethics -8 Nature. disposition, character; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; प्राणि˚, जीव˚. -9 An essential quality, peculiarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5.45; Pt.1.34. -1 Manner, resemblance, likeness. -11 A sacrifice. -12 Good company, associating with the virtuous -13> Devotion, religious abstraction. -14 Manner, mode. -15 An Upaniṣad q. v. -16 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava. -17 N. of Yama, the god of death. -18 A bow. -19 A drinker of Soma juice. -2 (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar mansion. -21 An Arhat of the Jainas. -22 The soul. -23 Mastery, great skill; दिव्यास्त्रगुणसंपन्नः परं धर्मं गतो युधि Rām.3.31.15. -र्मम् A virtuous deed. -Comp. -अक्षरम् (pl.) holy mantras; a formula of faith; धर्माक्षराण्युदाहरामि Mk.8.45-46. -अङ्गः (-ङ्गा f.) the Indian crane. -अधर्मौ m. (du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion; धर्माधर्मौ सपदि गलितौ पुण्यपापे विशीर्णे. ˚विद् m. a Mīmāṁsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action. -अधिकरणम् 1 administration of the laws. 1 a court of justice. (-णः) a judge. -अधिकरणिकः, -अधिकारिन् m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary. -अधिकरणिन् m. a judge, magistrate. -अधिकारः 1 superintendence of religious affairs; Ś1. -2 administration of justice. -3 the office of a judge. -अधि- ष्ठानम् a court of justice. -अध्यक्षः 1 a judge. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अनुष्ठानम् acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct. -अनुसारः conformity to virtue or justice. -अपेत a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (-तम्) vice, immorality, injustice. -अयनम् course of law, law-suit. -अरण्यम् a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; धर्मारण्यं प्रविशति गजः Śi.1.32. -अर्थौः religious merit and wealth; धर्मार्थौ यत्र न स्याताम् Ms.2.112. -अर्थम् ind. 1 for religious purposes. -2 justly, according to justice or right. -अलीक a. having a false character. -अस्तिकायः (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. अस्तिकाय. -अहन् Yesterday. -आगमः a religious statute, lawbook. -आचार्यः 1 a religious teacher. -2 a teacher of law or customs. -आत्मजः an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v. -आत्मता religiousmindedness; justice, virtue. -आत्मन् a. just righteous, pious, virtuous. (-m.) a saint, a pious man. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. righteous, virtuous; धर्माश्रयं पापिनः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -आसनम् the throne of justice, judgmentseat, tribunal; न संभावितमद्य धर्मासनमध्यासितुम् Ś.6; धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः an epithet of Yama; पितॄणामिव धर्मेन्द्रः Mb.7.6.6. -ईप्सु a. wishing to gain religious merit; Ms.1.127. -उत्तर a. 'rich in virtue,' chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -उपचायिन् a. religious; यच्च वः प्रेक्षमाणानां सर्व- धर्मोपचायिनाम् Mb.5.137.16. -उपदेशः 1 instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. आर्षं धर्मोपदेशं च वेदशास्त्राविरोधिना । यस्तर्केणानुसंधत्ते स धर्मं वेद नेतरः ॥ Ms.12.16. -2 the collective body of laws. -उपदेशकः 1 a teacher of the law. -2 a spiritual teacher, a Guru. -कथकः an expounder of law. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम्, -क्रिया 1 any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite. -2 virtuous conduct. -कथादरिद्रः the Kali age. -काम a. 1 devoted to virtue. -2 observing duty or right. -कायः 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 a Jaina saint. -कारणम् Cause of virtue. -कीलः 1 a grant, royal edict or decree. -2 husband. -कृत् a. observing duty, acting justly. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a pious man. धर्मा- धर्मविहीनो$पि धर्ममर्यादास्थापनार्थं धर्ममेव करोतीति धर्मकृत् Bhāg. -केतुः an epithet of Buddha. -कोशः, -षः the collective body of laws or duties; धर्मकोषस्य गुप्तये Ms.1.99. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् any act of religion, any moral or religious rite. -क्षेत्रम् 1 Bhāratavarṣa (the land of religion). -2 N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. (-त्रः) a virtuous or pious man. -गुप्त a. observing and protecting religion. (-प्तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रन्थः a sacred work or scripture. -घटः a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha; एष धर्मघटो दत्तो ब्रह्माविष्णुशिवात्मकः । अस्य प्रदानात् सफला मम सन्तु मनोरथाः ॥ -घ्न a. immoral, unlawful. -चक्रः 1 The wheel or range of the law; Bhddh. Jain. -2 a Buddha. ˚मृत् m. a Buddha or Jaina. -चरणम्, -चर्या observance of the law, performance of religious duties; शिवेन भर्त्रा सह धर्मचर्या कार्या त्वया मुक्तविचारयेति Ku.7.83; वयसि प्रथमे, मतौ चलायां बहुदोषां हि वदन्ति धर्मचर्याम् Bu. Ch.5.3. चारिन् a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; स चेत्स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्त- रायो भवसि R.3.45. (-m.) an ascetic. चारिणी 1 a wife. -2 a chaste or virtuous wife. cf. सह˚; इयं चोर्वशी यावदायुस्तव सहधर्मचारिणी भवत्विति V.5.19/2. -चिन्तक a. 1 studying or familiar with duty. -2 reflecting on the law. -चिन्तनम्, चिन्ता study of virtue, consideration of moral duties, moral reflection. -च्छलः fraudulent transgression of law or duty. -जः 1 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms.9.17. -2 N. of युधिष्ठिर; Mb.15.1.44. -जन्मन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -जिज्ञासा inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; अथातो धर्मजिज्ञासा Jaimini's Sūtra. -जीवन a. one who acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (-नः) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their religious rites; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms.7.141;8.179;1.127. -2 just, righteous, pious. -त्यागः abandoning one's religion, apostacy. -दक्षिणा a fee for instruction in the law. -दानम् a charitable gift (made without any self-interest.) पात्रेभ्यो दीयते नित्यमनपेक्ष्य प्रयोजनम् । केवलं धर्मबुद्ध्या यद् धर्मदानं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.262. -दुघा a cow milked for religious purposes only. -द्रवी N. of the Ganges. -दारा m. (pl.) a lawful wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl. 6.18. -द्रुह् a. voilating the law or right; निसर्गेण स धर्मस्य गोप्ता धर्मद्रुहो वयम् Mv.2.7. -द्रोहिन् m. a demon. -धातुः an epithet of Buddha. -ध्वजः -ध्वजिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; Bhāg.3.32.39. -नन्दनः an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -नाथः a legal protector, rightful master. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निबन्धिन् a. pious, holy. -निवेशः religious devotion. -निष्ठ a. devoted to religion or virtue; श्रीमन्तः पान्तु पृथ्वीं प्रशमित- रिपवो धर्मनिष्ठाश्च भूपाः Mk.1.61. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 discharge or fulfilment of duty. -2 moral or religious observance; -पत्नी a lawful wife; R.2.2,2,72;8.7; Y.2.128. -पथः the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct. -पर a. religious-minded, pious, righteous. -परिणामः rise of righteous conduct in the heart (Jainism); cf. also एतेन भूतेन्द्रियेषु धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा व्याख्याताः Yoga-darśana. -पाठकः a teacher of civil or religious law; Ms.12.111. -पालः 'protector of the law', said metaphorically of (दण्ड) 'punishment or chastisement', or 'sword'. -पाडा transgressing the law, an offence against law. -पुत्रः 1 a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure. -2 an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -3 any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son. -प्रचारः (fig.) sword. -प्रतिरूपकः a counterfeit of virtue; Ms.11.9. -प्रधान a. eminent in piety; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् Ms.4.243. -प्रवक्तृ m. 1 an expounder of the law, a legal adviser. -2 a religious teacher, preacher. -प्रवचनम् 1 the science of duty; U.5.23. -2 expounding the law. (-नः) an epithet of Buddha. -प्रेक्ष्य a. religious or virtuous (धर्मदृष्टि); Rām.2.85.16. -बाणिजिकः, -वाणिजिकः 1 one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant. -2 one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit. -बाह्यः a. contrary to religion or what is right. -भगिनी 1 a lawful sister. -2 a daughter of the spiritual preceptor. -3 a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister or discharging the same religious duties एतस्मिन्विहारे मम धर्मभगिनी तिष्ठति Mk.8.46/47. -भागिनी a virtuous wife. -भाणकः a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c. -भिक्षुकः a mendicant from virtuous motives; Ms. 11.2. -भृत् m. 1 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king. -2 a virtuous person. -भ्रातृ m. 1 a fellow religious student, a spiritual brother. -2 any one regarded as a brother from discharging the same religious duties. वानप्रस्थयतिब्रह्मचारिणां रिक्थभागिनः । क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः ॥ Y.2.137. -महामात्रः a minister of religion, a minister in charge of religious affairs. -मूलम् the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas. -मेघः a particular Samādhi. -युगम् the Kṛita age; अथ धर्मयुगे तस्मिन्योगधर्ममनुष्ठिता । महीमनुचचारैका सुलभा नाम भिक्षुकी Mb.12.32.7. -यूपः, -योनिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रति a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरसा विना R.1.23. -रत्नम् N. of a Jaina स्मृतिग्रन्थ prepared by Jīmūtavāhana. -राज् -m. an epithet of Yama. -राज a. धर्मशील q. v.; धर्मराजेन जनकेन महात्मना (विदेहान् रक्षितान्) Mb.12.325 19. -राजः an epithet of 1 Yama. -2 Jina. -3 युधिष्ठिर. -4 a king. -राजन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -राजिका a monument, a stūpa (Sārnāth Inscrip. of Mahīpāla; Ind. Ant. Vol.14, p.14.) -रोधिन् a. 1 opposed to law, illegal, unlawful. -2 immoral. -लक्षणम् 1 the essential mark of law. -2 the Vedas. (-णा) the Mīmāṁsā philosophy. -लोपः 1 irreligion, immorality. -2 violation of duty; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नातामिमां स्मरन् R. 1.76. -वत्सल a. loving piety or duty. -वर्तिन् a. just, virtuous. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वादः discussion about law or duty, religious controversy; अनुकल्पः परो धर्मो धर्मवादैस्तु केवलम् Mb.12.165.15. -वासरः 1 the day of full moon. -2 yesterday. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama). -विद् a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). ˚उत्तमः N. of Viṣṇu. -विद्या knowledge of the law or right. -विधिः a legal precept or injunction; एष धर्मविधिः कृत्स्नश्चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य कीर्तितः Ms.1.131. -विप्लवः violation of duty, immorality. -विवेचनम् 1 judicial investigation; यस्य शूद्रस्तु कुरुते राज्ञो धर्मविवेचनम् । तस्य सीदति तद्राष्ट्रं पङ्के गौरिव पश्यतः ॥ Ms.8.21. -2 dissertation on duty. -वीरः (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:-- सपदि विलयमेतु राज्यलक्ष्मीरुपरि पतन्त्वथवा कृपाणधाराः । अपहरतुतरां शिरः कृतान्तो मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् ॥ स च दानधर्मयुद्धैर्दयया च समन्वितश्चतुर्धा स्यात् S. D. -वृद्ध a. advanced in virtue or piety; न धर्मवृद्धेषु वयः समीक्ष्यते Ku.5.16. -वैतंसिकः one who gives away money unlawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous. -व्यवस्था m. judicial decision, decisive sentence. -शाला 1 a court of justice, tribunal. -2 any charitabla institution. -शासनम्, शास्त्रम् a code of laws, jurisprudence; न धर्मशास्त्रं पठतीति कारणम् H.1.17; Y.1.5. [मनुर्यमो वसिष्ठो$त्रिः दक्षो विष्णुस्तथाङ्गिराः । उशना वाक्पतिर्व्यास आपस्तम्बो$ थ गौतमः ॥ कात्यायनो नारदश्च याज्ञवल्क्यः पराशरः । संवर्तश्चैव शङ्खश्च हारीतो लिखितस्तथा ॥ एतैर्यानि प्रणीतानि धर्मशास्त्राणि वै पुरा । तान्येवातिप्रमाणानि न हन्तव्यानि हेतुभिः ॥] -शील a. just, pious, virtuous. -शुद्धिः a correct knowledge of the law; प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15. -संहिता a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājñavalkya, &c.). -संगः 1 attachmet to justice or virtue. -2 hypocrisy. -संगीतिः 1 discussion about law. -2 (with Buddhists) a council. -सभा a court of justice. -समयः a legal obligation; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -सहायः a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties. -सूः m. the fork-tailed shrike. -सूत्रम् a book on पूर्वमीमांसा written by Jaimini. -सेतुः an epithet of Śiva. -सेवनम् fulfilment of duties. -स्थः a judge; धर्मस्थः कारणैरेतैर्हीनं तमिति निर्दिशेत् Ms.8.57. -स्थीय a. Concerning law; धर्मस्थीयं तृतीयं प्रकरणम् Kau. A.3. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Buddha.
nindanam निन्दनम् निन्दा [निन्द्-भावे-ल्युट् अ वा] 1 Blame, censure, reproof, reproach, abuse, reviling, defamation; व्याजस्तुतिर्मुखे निन्दा K. P.1; पर˚, वेद˚. -2 Injury, wickedness. -Comp. -उपमा a comparison which involves reproofs; Kāv.2.3. -स्तुतिः f. 1 ironical praise, irony. -2 overt praise.
nir निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also. -Comp. -अंश a. 1 whole, entire. -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property. -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः 1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā. -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal. -3 the equatorial region. -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate. -अग्नि a. having lost or neglected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1. -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remainder. -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, independence. -अघ a. sinless, blameless. -अङ्ग a. 1 having no parts. -2 deprived of expedients or resources. -अजिन a. skinless. -अञ्जन a. 1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52. -2 unstained, untinged. -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3. -4 simple, artless. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of the Supreme Being. (-ना) 1 the day of full moon. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, unrivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (-यः) the Supreme Being. -अत्यय a. 1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53. -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61. -3 completely successful. -अधिष्ठान a. 1 supportless. -2 independent. -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way. -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (-शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness. -अनुग a. having no followers. -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7. -अनुनासिक a. not nasal. -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences. -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless. -अनुरोध a. 1 unfavourable, unfriendly. -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1. -अन्तर a. -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25. -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66. -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76. -4 coarse, gross. -5 faithful, true (as a friend). -6 not hidden from view. -7 not different, similar, identical. -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341. -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (-रम्) ind. 1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly. -2 without intervening space or interval. -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11. -4 immediately. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or practice. -अन्तराल a. 1 without an intervening space, close. -2 narrow. -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry. -अन्वय a. 1 having no progeny, childless. -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198. -3 not agreeing with the context (as a word in a sentence). -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical. -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332. -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय. -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7. -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।). -अपत्रप a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold. -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blameless. (-धः) innocence. -अपवर्त a. 1 not turning back. -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms. -अपवाद a. 1 blameless. -2 not admitting of any exception. -अपाय a. 1 free from harm or evil. -2 free from decay, imperishable. -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2. -अपेक्ष a. 1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39. -2 disregarding, taking no notice of. -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82. -4 careless, negligent, indifferent -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41. -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5. -7 without purpose. (-क्षा) indifference, disregard. -अपेक्षित a. 1 disregarded. -2 regardless. -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent. -अभिभव a. 1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace. -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled. -अभिमान a. 1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism. -2 void of self-respect. -3 unconscious. -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7. -अभिसंधानम् absence of design. -अभ्र a. cloudless. -अमर्ष a. 1 void of anger, patient. -2 apathetic. -अम्बर a. naked. -अम्बु a. 1 abstaining from water. -2 waterless, destitute of water. -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (-लम्) ind. freely. -अर्थ a. 1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194. -2 meaningless, unmeaning (as a word or sentence). -3 non-sensical. -4 vain, useless, purposeless. (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment. -2 nonsense. -अर्थक a. 1 useless, vain, unprofitable. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D. -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (-कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6. -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity. -अवकाश a. 1 without free space. -2 without leisure. -अवग्रह a. 1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, unchecked, uncontrolled, irresistible. -2 free, independent. -3 self-willed, head-strong. (-हम्) ind. 1 uninterruptedly. -2 intensely, strongly. -अवद्य a. 1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1. -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions). -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6. -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3. -अवयव a. 1 without parts. -2 indivisible. -3 without limbs. -अवलम्ब a. 1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6. -2 not affording support. -3 not depending or relying on. -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally). -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt. -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable. -अशन a. abstaining from food. (-नम्) fasting. -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11. -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (-ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old. -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed. -अस्थि a. boneless. -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13. -अहंकृत a. 1 having no egotism or self-consciousness. -2 without individuality. -3 unselfish. -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4. -आकाङ्क्ष a. 1 wishing nothing, free from desire. -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence). -आकार a. 1 devoid of form, formless, without form. -2 ugly, deformed. -3 disguised. -4 unassuming, modest. (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impressed on the mind; Sarva. S. -आकृति a. 1 formless, shapeless. -2 deformed. (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas. -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48. -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154. -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied, -आकुल a. 1 unconfused, unperplexed, unbewildered; Ki.11.38. -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28. -3 clear. -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1. (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity. -2 perspicuity, clearness. -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (-दः) a place where no sound can be heard. -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled. -आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas. -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48. -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian. -आडम्बर a. 1 without drums. -2 without show, unostentatious. -आतङ्क a. 1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6). -2 without ailment, comfortable, healthy. -3 not causing pain. -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (-पा) the night. -आदर a. disrespectful. -आदान a. 1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3. -2 an epithet of Buddha. -आधार a. 1 without a receptacle. -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39. -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety. -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful. -आन्त्र a. 1 disembowelled. -2 having the entrails hanging out. -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity. -आबाध a. 1 unvexed, unmolested, undisturbed, free from disturbance. -2 unobstructed. -3 not molesting or disturbing. -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā. -आमय a. 1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale. -2 untainted, pure. -3 guileless. -4 free from defects or blemishes. -5 full, complete. -6 infallible. -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (-यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8. (-यः) 1 a wild goat. -2 a hog or boar. -आमिष a. 1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh. -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49. -3 receiving no wages or remuneration. -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless. -यः an idler living from hand to mouth. -आयत a. 1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8. -2 contracted, compact. -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17. -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14. -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy. -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless. -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11. -आलम्ब a. 1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53. -2 not depending on another, independent. -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (-म्बा) spikenard. (-म्बम्) Brahman. -आलोक a. 1 not looking about or seeing. -2 deprived of sight. -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35. -5 invisible. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident. -आश a. 1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2. -2 depriving (one) of all hope. -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13. -आशङ्क a. fearless. -आशा hopelessness, despair. -आशिस् a. 1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13. -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76. -आश्रय a. 1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41. -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता. -3 not deep (as a wound). -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, unsavoury. -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (-रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31. -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6. -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent. -इन्द्रिय a. 1 having lost a limb or the use of it. -2 mutilated, maimed. -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3. -4 barren. -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18. -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.). -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel. -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति. -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine. -ईषम् the body of a plough. -ईह a. 1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16. -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24. (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity. -2 indifference. -उच्छ्वास a. 1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6. -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32. -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (-सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8. -उत्तर a. 1 answerless, without a reply. -2 unable to answer, silenced. -3 having no superior. -उत्थ a. irrecoverable. -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.) -उत्सव a. without festivities; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66. -उत्साह a. 1 inactive, indolent. -2 devoid of energy. (-हः) 1 absence of energy. -2 indolence. -उत्सुक a. 1 indifferent. -2 calm, tranquil. -उदक a. waterless. -उदर a. 1 having no belly or trunk. -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31. -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle. उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm. -उपक्रम a. 1 without a commencement. -2 incurable. -उपद्रव a. 1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adversity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks. -2 free from national distress or tyranny. -3 causing no affliction. -4 auspicious (as a star). -5 secure, peaceful. -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.). -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable. -उपपद a. 1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19. -2 unconnected with a subordinate word. -उपप्लव a. 1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3. -2 not causing any affliction or misery. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4. -उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable. -उपसर्ग free from portents. -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14. -उपहत a. 1 not injured, unhurt. -2 auspicious, lucky. -उपाख्य a. 1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र). -2 immaterial. -3 invisible. (-ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman. -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute. -उपाय a. 1 without expedients, helpless. -2 unsuccessful. -उपेक्ष a. 1 free from trick or fraud. -2 not neglectful. -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold. -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree. -गर्व a. free from pride. -गवाक्ष a. windowless. -गुण a. 1 stringless (as a bow). -2 devoid of all properties. -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115. -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P. -5 having no epithet. (-णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities. -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39. -गौरव a. 1 without dignity, undignified. -2 devoid of respect. -ग्रन्थ a. 1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1. -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly. -3 alone, unassisted. (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool. -2 a gambler. -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit. -4 A Buddha Muni. -ग्रन्थक a. 1 clever, expert. -2 unaccompanied, alone. -3 deserted, abandoned. -4 fruitless. (-कः 1 a religious mendicant. -2 a naked devotee. -3 a gambler. -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (-कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class. -घटम् 1 a free market. -2 a crowded market. -घण्टः See निघण्टः. -घृण a. 1 cruel, merciless, pitiless. -2 shameless, immodest. -घृणा cruelty. -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm. -जन a. 1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate. -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (-नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place. -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga. -जर a. 1 young, fresh. -2 imperishable, immortal. (-रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (-रम्) ambrosia, nectar. -जरायु a. Ved. skinless. -जल a. 1 waterless, desert, destitute of water. -2 not mixed with water. (-लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -जाड्य free from coldness. -जिह्वः a frog. -जीव a. 1 lifeless. -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्. -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone. -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy. -दण्डः a Śūdra. -दय a. 1 merciless, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind. -2 passionate. -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239. -दयम् ind. 1 unmercifully, cruelly. -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84. -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11. -दशन a. toothless. -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous. -दुःख a. 1 free from pain, painless. -2 not causing pain. -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable. -दोष a. 1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम् -2 guiltless, innocent. -द्रव्य a. 1 immaterial. -2 without property, poor. -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious. -द्वन्द्व a. 1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45. -2 not dependent upon another, independent. -3 free from jealousy or envy. -4 not double. -5 not contested, undisputed. -6 not acknowledging two principles. -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (-नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence. -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy. -धूम a. smokeless. -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43. -नमस्कार a. 1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one. -2 disrespected, despised. -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted. -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2. -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता 1 want of protection. -2 widowhood. -3 orphanage. -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7. -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic. -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing. -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful. -निमित्त a. 1 causeless. -2 disinterested. -निमेष a. not twinkling. -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless. -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble. -बाध a. 1 unobstructed. -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary. -3 unmolested. (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow. -2 a knob. -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (-जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा). -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish. -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff. -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine). -भय a. 1 fearless, undaunted. -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255. -भर a. 1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47. -2 ardent. -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1. -4 sound, deep (as sleep). -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (-रः) a servant receiving no wages. (-रम्) excess. (-रम् ind.) 1 excessively, exceedingly, intensely. -2 soundly. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27. -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless. -भोगः a. not fond of pleasures. -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (-कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6. -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre. -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū. -मत्स्य a. fishless. -मद a. 1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet. -2 not proud, humble. -3 sad, sorry. -4 not in rut (as an elephant). -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men. -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent. -मन्त्र a. 1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts. -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43. -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4. -मम a. 1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3. -2 unselfish, disinterested. -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -मर्याद a. 1 boundless, immeasurable. -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22. -3 confused. -4 insolent, immodest. (-दम्) ind. confusedly, topsyturvy. (-दम्) confusion, disorder. -मल a. 1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63. -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56. -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318. (-लम्) 1 talc. -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal. -मशक a. free from gnats. -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3. -मान a. 1 without self-confidence. -2 free from pride. -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate. -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless. -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga. -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms. -2 the sun. -3 a rogue. (-टम्) a large free market or fair. -मूल a. 1 rootless (as a tree). -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.). -3 eradicated. -मेघ a. cloudless. -मेध a. without understanding, stupid, foolish, dull. -मोह a. free from illusion. (-हः) an epithet of Śiva. -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull. -यन्त्रण a. 1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted. -2 unruly, self-willed, independent. (-णम्) 1 squeezing out. -2 absence of restraint, independence. -यशस्क a. without fame, discreditable, inglorious. -युक्त a. 1 constructed, built. -2 directed. -3 (in music) limited to metre and measure. -युक्ति f. 1 disunion. -2 absence of connection or government. -3 unfitness, impropriety. -युक्तिक a. 1 disjoined, unconnected. -2 illogical, unmeaning. -3 unfit, improper. -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant). -यूष = निर्यास. -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45. -रक्त a. (-नीरक्त) colourless, faded. -रज, -रजस्क a. (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust. -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (-जः) an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see नीरज. (-f.) a woman not menstruating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness. -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent. -रन्ध्र a. (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23. -2 thick, dense. -3 coarse, gross. -रव a. (-नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58. -रस a. (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless. -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1. -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9. -4 vain, useless, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11. -5 disagreeable. -6 cruel, merciless. (-सः) the pomegranate. -रसन a. (नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11. -रुच् a. (नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27. -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1. -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless. (-पः) 1 air, wind. -2 a god. (-पम्) ether. -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118. -लक्षण a. 1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured. -2 undistinguished. -3 unimportant, insignificant. -4 unspotted. -5 having a white back. -लक्ष्य a. invisible. -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent. -लाञ्छनम् the marking of domestic animals (by perforating the nose &c.). -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks. -लिप्त a. 1 unanointed. -2 undefiled, unsullied. -3 indifferent to. (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 a sage. -लून a. cut through or off. -लेप a. 1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112. -2 stainless, sinless. (-पः) a sage. -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious. -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless. -वंश a. without posterity, childless. -वचन a. 1 not speaking, silent. -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately). -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19. -वण, -वन a. 1 being out of a wood. -2 free from woods. -3 bare, open. -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3. -वर = निर्दरम् q. v. -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor. -वाच्य a. 1 not fit to be said. -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48. -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (-तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124. -वानर a. free from monkeys. -वायस a. free from crows. -वार्य a. 1 irresistible. -2 acting fearlessly or boldly. -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a. 1 not admitting an alternative. -2 being without determination or resolution. -3 not capable of mutual relation. -4 conditioned. -5 undeliberative. -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (-ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering. -विकार a. 1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable. -2 not disposed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14. -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (-रः) the Supreme deity. -विकास a. unblown. -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (-घ्नम्) absence of impediment. -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, inconsiderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (-रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly. -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection. -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14. -वितर्क a. unreflecting. -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9. -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28. -विमर्श a. 1 void of reflection, thoughtless. -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi. -विवर a. 1 having no opening or cavity. 2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44. -विवाद a. 1 not contending or disagreeing. -2 undisputed, not contradicted or disputed, universally acknowledged. -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish. -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85. -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without distinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'. -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22. -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (-षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscriminately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.). -विशेषण a. without attributes. -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः. -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent. -विषय a. 1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4. -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1. -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind). -विषाण a. destitute of horns. -विहार a. having no pleasure. -वीज, -बीज a. 1 seedless. -2 impotent. -3 causeless. -वीर a. 1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31. -2 cowardly. -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead. -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34. -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless. -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति. -वृष a. deprived of bulls. -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm. -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried. -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel. -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle. -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (-रम्) absence of enmity. -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless. -व्यञ्जन a. 1 straight-forward. -2 without condiment. (-नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner. -व्यथ, -न a. 1 free from pain. -2 quiet, calm. -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak. -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39. -व्यलीक a. 1 not hurting or offending. -2 without pain. -3 pleased, doing anything willingly. -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling. -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare. -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither. -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination. -व्याकुल a. calm. -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers. -व्याज a. 1 candid, upright, honest, plain. -2 without fraud, true, genuine. -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.) -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (-जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85. -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit. -व्यापार a. 1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56. -2 motionless; U.6. -व्यावृत्ति a. not involving any return (to worldly existence). -व्रण a. 1 unhurt, without wounds. -2 without rents. -व्रत a. not observing vows. -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent. -हिमम् cessation of winter. -हेति a. weaponless. -हेतु a. causeless, having no cause or reason. -ह्रीक a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold, daring.
nirgam निर्गम् 1 P. 1 To go out or forth, depart; प्रकाशं निर्गतः Ś.4; हुतवहपरिखेदादाशु निर्गत्य कक्षात् Ṛs.1.27; Ms. 9.83; Amaru 61; Ś.3.25;6.4. -2 To spring forth, arise; अन्यदर्ककिरणेभ्यो निर्गतम् K.136. -3 To remove; as in निर्गतविशङ्कः. -4 To be cured of a disease. -5 To come out or appear (as a bud); चूतानां चिरनिर्गतापि कलिका बघ्नाति न स्वं रजः Ś.6.3. -6 To go away, disappear. -7 To be freed from (with abl.). -8 To enter into or attain to any state, undergo, suffer.
nirṇayaḥ निर्णयः 1 Removing, removal. -2 Complete ascertainment, decision, affirmation, determination, settlement; संदेहनिर्णयो जातः Ś.1.27; Ms.8.31,49;9.25; Y.2.1; हृदयं निर्णयमेव धावति Ki.2.29. -3 Deduction, inference, conclusion, demonstration (in logic). -4 Discussion, investigation, consideration -5 Sentence, verdict, judgment; बाहुवीर्याश्रिते मार्गे वर्तसे दीप्तनिर्णये Mb. 3.292.2; सर्वज्ञस्याप्येकाकिनो निर्णयाभ्युपगमो दोषाय M.1. -6 Application of a conclusive argument. -7 (In Rhet.) Narration of events. -Comp. -उपमा a. comparison based upon an inference; Kāv.2.27. -पादः a sentence, decree, verdict (in law).
nirbhā निर्भा 2 P. 1 To shine forth, shine; अक्षबीजवलयेन निर्बभौ R.11.66. -2 To proceed, arise, start into view; वेदाद्धर्मो हि निर्बभौ Ms.5.44;2.1. -3 To look like, seem to be; Mb.8.
niścar निश्चर् 1 P. 1 To issue, go out; शिखाभिरिव निश्चरन् Mv.5.26. -2 To arise, be produced, appear.
niṣpad निष्पद् 4 Ā. 1 To issue out of, spring from. -2 To be produced, be brought about, arise, to be effected; निष्पद्यन्ते च सस्यानि Ms.9.247. -3 To be got ready or prepared. -4 To become ripe, ripen. -Caus. To produce, bring about, cause, effect, prepare; द्रव्यक्षित्यात्म- लिङ्गानि निष्पाद्य प्रोक्ष चासनम् Bhāg.11.3.5; त्वं नित्यमेकमेव पटं निष्पादयसि Pt.5.
niṣpanna निष्पन्न p. p. 1 Born, arisen, sprung up, produced. -2 Effected, completed, accomplished. -3 Ready.
paktiḥ पक्तिः f. [पच्-भावे-क्तिन्] 1 Cooking; वैवाहिके$ग्नौ कुर्वीत... ...पक्तिं चान्वाहिकीं गृही Ms.3.67; The process or act of cooking; विषमा हि पक्तिराजानामाविकानां च मांसानाम् । यावता कालेनाजानि पच्यन्ते तावताविकानि विलीयन्ते । ŚB. on MS.11. 4.37. -2 Digesting, digestion. -3 Ripening, becoming ripe, maturity, development; न पपात संनिहितपक्तिसुरभिषु फलेषु मानसम् Ki.12.4. -4 Fame, dignity. -5 The place of digestion (जठराग्नि); पक्तिदृष्ठ्योः परं तेजः (सन्निवेशयेत्) Ms.12.2. -6 Purification; शरीरपक्तिः कर्माणि Mb.12. 27.38. -7 Any dish of cooked food (Ved.). -Comp. -वैषम्यम् difference in the mode of cooking; जात्यन्तरेषु भेदः स्यात् पक्तिवैषम्यात् MS.11.4.37. -शूलम् violent pain of the bowels arising from indigestion, colic. -स्थानम् a place of digestion.
parisamāpta परिसमाप्त p. p. 1 Finished, completed. -2 Centred, comprehended; त्वयि तु परिसमाप्तं बन्धुकृत्यं प्रजानाम् Ś.5.8. परिसमापनम् parisamāpanam परिसमाप्तिः parisamāptiḥ परिसमापनम् परिसमाप्तिः f. Finishing, completing.
pādaḥ पादः [पद्यते गम्यते$नेन करणे कर्मणि वा घञ्] 1 The foot (whether of men or animals); तयोर्जगृहतुः पादान् R.1.57; पादयोर्निपत्य, पादपतित &c. (The word पाद at the end of comp. is changed to पाद् after सु and numerals; i. e. सुपाद्, द्विपाद्, त्रिपाद् &c.; and also when the first member is used as a standard of comparison, but is a word other than हस्ति &c.; see P.V.4.138-14; e. g. व्याघ्रपाद्. The nom. pl. of पाद is often added to names of persons or titles of address to show great respect or veneration; मृष्यन्तु लवस्य बालिशतां तातपादाः U.6; जीवत्सु तातपादेषु 1.19; देवपादानां नास्माभिः प्रयोजनम् Pt.1; so एवमाराध्यपादा आज्ञापयन्ति Prab.1; so कुमारिलपादाः &c. -2 A ray of light; बालस्यापि रवेः पादाः पतन्त्युपरि भूभृताम् Pt.1.328; Śi.9.34; R.16.53 (where the word has sense 1 also). -3 The foot or leg of an inanimate object, as of a bed-stead; चतुष्पदी हि निःश्रेणी ब्रह्मण्येव प्रतिष्ठिता Mb.12.2.4. -4 The foot or root of a tree; as in पादप. -5 The foot of a mountain, a hill at the foot of a mountain (पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः); रेवां द्रक्ष्यस्युपलविषमे विन्ध्यपादे विशीर्णाम् Me.19; Ś.6.17. -6 A quarter, fourth part; as in सपादो रूपकः 'one and one fourth rupee'; Ms.8.241; Y.2.174; कार्षापणे दीयमाने पादो$पि दत्तो भवति ŚB. on MS.6.7.2. -7 The fourth part of a stanza, a line. -8 The fourth part of a chapter or book, as of the Adhyāyas of Pāṇini, or of the Brahma-sūtras. -9 A part in general. -1 A column, pillar; सहस्रपादं प्रासादं......अधिरोहन्मया दृष्टः Mb.5.143.3. -11 A foot as a measure equal to twelve Aṅgulis. -12 The quadrant of a circle. -13 The foot-hole or bottom of a water-skin; इन्द्रियाणां तु सर्वेषां यद्येकं क्षरतीन्द्रियम् । तेनास्य क्षरति प्रज्ञा दृतेः पादादिवोदकम् ॥ Ms.2.99. -14 A wheel; गिरिकूबरपादाक्षं शुभवेणु त्रिवेणुमत् Mb.3.175.4; Ki.12 21. -15 A golden coin (weighing one tola); स ह गवां सहस्रमव- रुरोध दश दश पादा एकैकस्याः शृङ्गयोराबद्धा बभुवुः Bṛi. Up.3.1.1. -Comp. -अग्रम् the point or extremity of the foot; पादाग्रस्थितया मुहुः स्तनभरेणानीतया नम्रताम् Ratn.1.1. -अङ्कः a foot-mark. -अङ्गदम्, -दी an ornament for the foot, an anklet. -अङ्गुलिः, -ली f. a toe. -अङ्गुष्ठः the great toe. -अङ्गुष्ठिका a ring worn on the great toe. -अन्तः the point or extremity of the feet. -अन्तरम् the interval of a step, distance of a foot. (-रे) ind. 1 after the interval of a step. -2 close or near to. -अन्तिकम् ind. near to, towards any one. -अम्बु n. butter-milk containing a fourth part of water. -अम्भस् n. water in which the feet (of revered persons) have been washed. -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like foot. -अर्घ्यम् a gift to a Brāhmāṇa or a venerable person. -अर्धम् 1 half a quarter, an eighth; पादं पशुश्च योषिच्च पादार्धं रिक्तकः पुमान् Ms.8.44. -2 half a line of a stanza. -अलिन्दी a boat. -अवनामः bowing to a person's feet; इति कृतवचनायाः कश्चिदभ्येत्य बिभ्यद्गलितनयनवारेर्याति पादावनामम् Śi.11.35. -अवनेजः washing another's feet; विभ्व्यस्तवा- मृतकथोदवहास्त्रिलोक्याः पादावनेजसरितः शमलानि हन्तुम् Bhāg. 11.6.19. -अवसेचनम् 1 washing the feet. -2 the water used for washing the feet; दूरात् पादावसेचनम् Ms. 4.151. -अष्ठीलः the ankle; मर्मस्वभ्यवधीत् क्रुद्धः पादाष्ठालैः सुदारुणैः Mb.1.8.24. -आघातः a kick. -आनत a. prostrate, fallen at the feet of; कयासि कामिन् सुरतापराधात् पादानतः कोपनयावधूतः Ku.3.8. -आवर्तः 1 a wheel worked by the feet for raising up water from a well. -2 a square foot. -आसनम् a foot-stool. -आस्फालनम् trampling or motion of the feet, floundering. -आहतः a. kicked. -आहति f. 1 treading or trampling. -2 a kick. -उदकम्, -जलम् 1 water for washing the feet. -2 water in which the feet of sacred and revered persons are washed, and which is thus considered holy; विष्णु- पादोदकं तीर्थं जठरे धारयाम्यहम्. -उदरः a serpent; यथा पादो- दरस्त्वचा विनिर्मुच्यते Praśna. Up.5.5. -उद्धूतम् stamping the feet. -कटकः, -कम्, -कीलिका an anklet. -कृच्छ्रम् a vow in which taking of meals and observing a fast are done on alternate days; Y. -क्षेपः 1 a footstep. -2 a kick with the foot. -गण्डीरः a morbid swelling of the legs and feet. -ग्रन्थिः the ankle. -ग्रहणम् seizing or clasping the feet (as a mark of respectful salutation); अकारयत् कारयितव्यदक्षा क्रमेण पादग्रहणं सतीनाम् Ku.7.27. -चतुरः, -चत्वरः 1 a slanderer. -2 a goat. -3 the fig-tree. -4 a sand-bank. -5 hail. -चापल्यम् shuffling of the feet. -चारः going on foot, walking; यदि च विहरेत् पादचारेण गौरी Me.62 'if Gaurī should walk on foot'; R.11.1 -2 the daily position of the planets. -चारिन् a. 1 walking or going on foot. -2 fighting on foot. (-m.) 1 a pedestrian. -2 a foot-soldier. -च्छेदनम् cutting off a foot; पादेन प्रहरन् कोपात् पादच्छेदन- मर्हति Ms.8.28. -जः a sūdra; पादजोच्छिष्टकांस्यं यत्...... विशुद्धेद् दशभिस्तु तत् Mb.12.35.31. -जलम् 1 butter-milk mixed with one fourth of water. -2 water for the feet. -जाहम् the tarsus. -तलम् the sole of the foot. -त्रः, -त्रा, -त्राणम् a boot or shoe. -दारी, -दारिका a chap in the feet, chilblain. -दाहः a burning sensation in the feet. -धावनिका sand used for rubbing the feet. -नालिका an anklet. -निकेतः a foot-stool. -न्यासः movement of the feet; पादन्यासो लयमनुगतः M.2.9. -पः 1 a tree; निरस्तपादपे देशे एरण्डो$पि द्रुमायते H.1.67; अनुभवति हि मूर्ध्ना पादपस्तीव्रमुष्णम् Ś.5.7. -2 a foot-stool. (-पा) a shoe. ˚खण्डः, -ण्डम् a grove of trees. ˚रुहा a climbing plant. -पद्धतिः f. a track. -परिचारकः a humble servant. -पालिका an anklet. -पाशः 1 a foot-rope for cattle. -2 an anklet of small bells &c. (-शिकः, -शी) 1 a fetter; हस्तिपक-पादपाशिक-सैमिक-वनचर-पारिकर्मिकसखः Kau. A. -2 a mat. -3 a creeper. -पीठः, -ठम् a foot-stool; चूडामणिभि- रुद्घृष्टपादपीठं महीक्षिताम् R.17.28; Ku.3.11. -पीठिका 1 a vulgar trade (as that of a barber). -2 white stone. -पूरणम् 1 filling out a line; P.VI.1.134. -2 an expletive; तु पादपूरणे भेदे समुच्चये$वधारणे Viśva. -प्रक्षालनम् washing the feet; पादप्रक्षालने वज्री Subhāṣ. -प्रणामः prostration (at the feet). -प्रतिष्ठानम् a foot-stool. -प्रधारणम् a shoe. -प्रसारणम् stretching out the feet. -प्रहारः a kick. -बद्ध a. consisting of verses (as a metre). -बन्धनम् 1 a chain, fetter. -2 a stock of cattle. -भटः a foot soldier. -भागः a quarter. -मुद्रा a footprint. ˚पङ्क्तिः a track, trail. -मूलम् 1 the tarsus. -2 the sole of the foot. -3 the heel. -4 the foot of a mountain. -5 a polite way of speaking of a person; देवपादमूलमागताहम् K.8. -यमकः paronomasia within the Pādas. -रक्षः 1 a shoe. -2 a foot-guard; (pl.) armed men protecting the feet of an elephant in battle; शिरांसि पादरक्षाणां बीजवत् प्रवपन् मुहुः Mb.3.271.1. -रक्षणम् 1 a cover for the feet. -2 a leather boot or shoe. -रजस् n. the dust of the feet. -रज्जुः f. a tether for the foot of an elephant. -रथी a shoe, boot. -रोहः, -रोहणः the (Indian) fig-tree. -लग्नः a. lying at a person's feet. -लेपः an unguent for the feet. -वन्दनम् saluting the feet. -वल्मीकः elephantiasis. -विरजस् f. a shoe, boot. (-m.) a god. -वेष्टनिकः, -कम् a stocking. -शाखा a toe. -शैलः a hill at the foot of a mountain. -शोथः swelling of the foot; अन्योन्योपद्रवकृतः शोथः पादसमुत्थितः । पुरुषं हन्ति नारीं तु मुखजो गुह्यजो ह्ययम् ॥ Mādhava. -शौचम् cleaning the feet by washing, washing the feet; पादशौचेन गोविन्दः (तृप्तः) Pt.1.172. -संहिता the junction of words in a quarter of a stanza. -सेवनम्, -सेवा 1 showing respect by touching the feet. -2 service. -स्तम्भः a supporting beam, pillar, post. -स्फोटः 'cracking of the feet', chilblain. -हत a. kicked. -हर्षः numbness of the feet after pressure upon the crural nerves; हृष्यतः चरणौ यस्य भवतश्च प्रसुप्तवत् । पादहर्षः सः विज्ञेयः कफवातप्रकोपजः ॥ Suśruta. -हीनजलम् Water with a portion boiled, -हीनात् ind. 1 without division or transition -2 all at once.
pippalaḥ पिप्पलः 1 The holy fig-tree (Mar. पिंपळ); Y.1.32. -2 A nipple. -3 The sleeve of a jacket or coat. -4 A bird kept free (not confined in a cage). -लम् 1 A berry in general. -2 A berry of the holy fig-tree. -3 Sensual enjoyment; Bhāg.3.4.8. -4 Water. -5 The effect arising from acts (कर्मजन्यफल); Muṇḍa.3.1.1; एकस्तयोः खादति पिप्पलान्नमन्यो निरन्नो$पि बलेन भूयान् Bhāg.11. 11.6. -Comp. -अद, -अशन a. 1 eating the fruit of the Pippala tree. -2 given to sensual pleasures.
putrakā पुत्रका पुत्रिका 1 A daughter. -2 A doll, puppet. -3 A daughter appointed to raise male issue for a father who has no sons; अपुत्रा$ नेन विधिना सुतां कुर्वीत पुत्रिकाम् । यदपत्यं भवेदस्यां तन्मम स्यात् स्वधाकरम् ॥ Ms.9.127. -4 The cotton or down of the tamarisk. -6 A small statue; तद्धाम्ना$भूदजस्तूष्णीं पूर्देव्यन्तीव पुत्रिका Bhāg.1.13.56. -6 (At the end of comp.) Anything little or small of its kind; as in असिपुत्रिका, खड्गपुत्रिका &c. -Comp. -धर्मः bestowing a daughter in marriage so as to raise issue for her father (see पुत्रिका 3); आकूतिं रुचये प्रादादपि भ्रातृमतीं नृपः । पुत्रिकाधर्ममाश्रित्य Bhāg.4.1.2. See next word. -पुत्रः, -सुतः 1 a daughter's son who by agreement becomes the son of her father; see Ms.9.127; अभ्रातृकां प्रदास्यामि तुभ्यं कन्यामलंकृताम् । अस्यां यो जायते पुत्रः स मे पुत्रो भवेदिति ॥ Vasiṣṭhasmṛiti. -2 a daughter who, being regarded as a son, returns to her father's house; (पुत्रिकैव पुत्रः; अथवा पुत्रिकैव सुतः पुत्रिकासुतः सो$प्यौरससम एव Mitā. on Y.2.128). -3 a grandson -प्रसूः a mother of daughters. -भर्तृ m. 'a daughter's husband', a son-in-law.
prajan प्रजन् 4 Ā. 1 To be born or produced, come into existence. -2 To grow, arise, spring up. -3 To bring forth, be delivered of. -4 To beget, generate, produce in general; चरितब्रह्मचर्यो हि प्रजायेत यजेत च Mb.12.28.55. -Caus. 1 To beget, generate. -2 To cause, produce. -3 To bring forth, bear.
prati प्रति ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition). -2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c. -3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of. -4 As a separable preposition (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop. -5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते. -6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [Note:-In the compounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.] -Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders. -अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās. -अग्नि ind. towards the fire. -अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v. -अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose. -2 a division, chapter, section. -3 every limb. -4 a weapon. (-ङ्गम्) ind. 1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1. -2 for every subdivision. -3 in each case (in grammar). -अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch. -अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1. -2 repository. -अनन्तर a. 1 being in immediate neighbourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्). -2 standing nearest (as an heir). -3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (-रम्) ind. 1 immediately after. -2 next in succession. -रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R. -अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind. -अनीक a 1 hostile, opposed, inimical. -2 resisting, opposing. -3 opposite. -4 equal, vying with. (-कः) an enemy. (-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām. -2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also). -3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration. -अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion. -अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering. (-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26. -2 a bordering country; especially, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak. -अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh. -अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. -अब्दम् ind. every year -अमित्र a. hostile. (-त्रः) an enemy. (-त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy. -अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent. -2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र. -3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।). -अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion. -अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved. -अवयवम् ind. 1 in every limb. -2 in every particular, in detail. -अवर a. 1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12. -2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19. -अश्मन् m. red chalk. -अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease. -अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6. -आकारः a scabbard, sheath. -आघातः 1 a counter-stroke. -2 reaction. -आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour. -आत्मम् ind. singly, severally. -आत्मक a. belonging to oneself. -आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself. -आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45. -आदित्यः a mock sun. -आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning. -2 prohibition. -आर्द्र a. fresh. -आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8. -2 trust, confidence. -आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12. -आस्वर 1 returning. -2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2. -आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5. -उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder. -उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14. -2 a bird resembling an owl. -ऋचम् ind. in each Rik. -एक a. each, each one, every single one. (-कम्) ind. 1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31. -एनस् m. 1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7. -2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety. -कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary. -2 a critic. -कण्ठम् ind. 1 severally, one by one. -2 near the throat. -कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually. -कश a. not obeying the whip. -कष्ट a. comparatively bad. -कामिनी a female rival; Śi. -कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness. -2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28. -3 a target, butt, mark. -कितवः an opponent in a game. -कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant. -कूपः a moat, ditch. -कूल a. 1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24. -2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45. -3 inauspicious. -4 contradictory. -5 reverse, inverted. -6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contradiction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् disagreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.). -कूल ind. 1 adversely, contrarily. -2 inversely, in inverted order. -कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose. -कूलिक a. hostile, inimical. -क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56. -क्षपम् ind. everynight. -गजः a hostile elephant -गात्रम् ind. in very limb. -गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain. -2 an inferior mountain. -गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house. -ग्रामम् ind. in every village. -चक्रम् a hostile army. -चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene. -चरणम् ind. 1 in every (Vedic) school or branch. -2 at every foot-step. -छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45. -2 an image, picture. -जङ्घा the forepart of the leg. -जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate, -तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion. -तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः). -त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time. -दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient. -दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6. -दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, everywhere. -दूतः a messenger sent in return. -देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7. -देशम् ind. in every country. -देहम् ind. in every body. -दैवतम् ind. for every deity. -द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival. -2 an enemy. (-द्वम्) opposition, hostility. -द्वन्द्विन् a. 1 hostile, inimical. -2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29. -3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25. -द्वारम् ind. at every gate. -धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another. -नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson. -नव a. 1 new, young, fresh. -2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38. -नाडी a branch-vein. -नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic composition; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c. -नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45. -निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v. -न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15. -पक्ष a. like, similar. (-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S, -2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'. -3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5. -4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता 1 hostility, opposition. -2 obstacle. -पक्षित a. 1 containing a contradiction. -2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष. -पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary. -पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh. -प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76. -पदम् ind. 1 at evry stop. -2 at every place, everywhere. -3 expressly. -4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2. -पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R. -पाणः 1 a stake. -2 a counter-pledge. -3 a counter-stake; Mb.3. -पादम् ind. in each quarter. -पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'. -पादपम् ind. in every tree. -पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil. -पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man. -2 a substitute, deputy. -3 a companion. -4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake). -5 an effigy in general. (-षम्) ind. man by man, for each man. -पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript. -पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon. -प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to. -प्रभातम् ind. every morning. -प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana. -2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45. -प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart. -प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56. -बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13. -बलः a. 1 able, powerful. -2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful. (-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7. -2 strength. -बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm. -2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon). -बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18. -2 an image, a picture. -बीजम् a rotten seed. -भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5. (-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21. -2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1. -भय a. 1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful. -2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (-यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5. -भैरव a. dreadful. -मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.) -मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21. -मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.). -2 an eccentric orbit. -मन्दिरम् ind. in every house. -मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22. -मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35. -माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22. -मार्गः the way back; Mb.4. -मार्गम् ind. back, backwards. -माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी). -मासम् ind. every month, monthly. -मित्रम् an enemy, adversary. -मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291. -2 near, present. (-खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (-खम्) ind. 1 towards. -2 in front, before. -मुखरी a particular mode of drumming. -मुद्रा 1 a counterseal. -2 the impression of a seal. -मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment. -मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness. -मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी). -यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants. -रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2. -रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb. -रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4. -2 quarrel; controversy. -3 (Ved.) life (प्राण). -रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22. -राजः a hostile king. -रात्रम् ind. every night. -रूप a. 1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9. -2 beautiful. -3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17. -4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्). (-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness. -2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28. -4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21. -रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1. (-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49. -2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52. -3 a reflection. -लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token. -लिपिः f. a transcript, a written copy. -लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28. -लोम a. 1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15. -2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband). -3 hostile. -4 low, vile, base. -5 left (वाम). -6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7. -7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (-मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (-मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25. -लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5. -कम् inverted order. -लोमतः ind. 1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68. -2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39. -वत्सरम् ind. every year. -वनम् ind. in every forest. -वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding. -वर्धिन् a. being a match for. -वर्षम् ind. every year. -वस्तु n. 1 an equivalent, a counterpart. -2 anything given in return. -3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48. -वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (-तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33. -वारणः a hostile elephant. -वासरम् ind. every day. -विटपम् ind. 1 on every branch. -2 branch by branch. -विषम् an antidote. (-षा) a birch tree. -विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree. -वीरः an opponent, antagonist. -वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for. -वृषः a hostile bull. -वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion. -वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood. -2 a neighbour. -वेशिन् a. a neighbour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14. -वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house. -वेश्यः a neighbour. -वैरम् requital of hostilities revenge. -शब्दः 1 echo, reverberation; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28. -2 a roar. -शशिन् m. a mock-moon. -शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda). -शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21. -संवत्सरम् ind. every year. -सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh. -संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1. -सम a. equal to, a match for. -सव्य a. in an inverted order. -सामन्तः an enemy. -सायम् ind. every evening. -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun. -2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16. -सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17. -स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere. -स्मृतिः N. of particular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3. -स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5. -हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33. -हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3. -हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2.
pratibimbanam प्रतिबिम्बनम् 1 Reflection. -2 Comparison; दृष्टान्तः पुनरेतेषां सर्वेषां प्रतिबिम्बनम् K. P.1.
pratīpa प्रतीप a. [प्रतिगताः आपो यत्र, प्रतिअप् अच्, अप ईप् च्] 1 Contrary, unfavourable, adverse, opposite; तत्प्रतीप- पवनादि वैकृतम् R.11.62; Ki.14.6. -2 Reverse, inverted, out of order. -3 Backward, retrograde. -4 Disagreeable, displeasing. -5 Refractory, disobedient, obstinate, perverse; प्रेष्यः प्रतीपो$धिकृतः प्रमादी (त्याज्याः) Pt.1.424. -6 Turned away, averted. -7 Meeting, encountering. -8 Hindering. -पः 1 N. of a king, father of Śantanu and grand-father of Bhīṣma. -2 An adversary, opponent; चरति मयि रणे यश्च यश्च प्रतीपः Ve.3.32. -पम् N. of a figure of speech in which the usual form of comparison is inverted, the उपमान being compared with the उपमेय; प्रतीपमुपमानस्याप्युपमेयत्वकल्पनम् । त्वल्लोचनसमं पद्मं त्वद्वक्त्रसदृशो विधुः ॥ Chandr.5.9; (for fuller definitions and explanation see K. P.1 under प्रतीप). -पम् ind. 1 On the contrary. -2 In an inverted order. -3 Against, in opposition to; भर्तृर्विप्रकृतापि रोषणतया मा स्म प्रतीपं गमः Ś.4.18. -Comp. -उक्तिः contradiction. -ग a. 1 going against. -2 adverse, unfavourable; तस्य जातु मरुतः प्रतीपगाः R.11.58. -गमनम्, -गतिः f. retrograde motion; अम्भसामोघसंरोधः प्रतीपगमनादिव Ku.2.25. -तरणम् going or sailing against the stream; स्रोतोजवोह्य- मानस्य प्रतीपतरणं हि तत् V.2.5. -दर्शिनी a woman. -दीपकम् a particular figure of speech. -वचनम् 1 contradiction. -2 a perverse or evasive manner of speaking. -विपाकिन् a. producing the opposite result (recoiling on the doer); फलमनुभवत्युग्रं पापः प्रतीपविपाकिनः Māl.5.26.
pratyupamānam प्रत्युपमानम् 1 A counterpart of a resemblance. -2 A pattern, model. -3 A counter-comparison; उपमान- स्यापि सखे प्रत्युपमानं वपुस्तस्याः V.2.3.
prath प्रथ् I. 1 Ā. (प्रथते, प्रथित) 1 To increase (wealth &c.); तत्प्रथ्यमानवपुषा व्यथितात्मभोगः Bhāg.1.16.24. -2 To spread abroad (as fame, rumour &c.); तथा यशो$स्य प्रथते Ms.11.15. -3 To become famous or celebrated; अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे R.15.11; अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः Bg.15.18; Śi.9.16;15.23; Ku.5.7; Me.24; R.5.65;9.76. -4 To appear, arise, come to light; श्रमो नु तासां मदनो नु पप्रथे Ki.8.53. -5 To occur (to mind). -II. 1 U. (प्रथयति-ते, प्रथित) 1 To spread abroad, proclaim; सज्जना एव साधूनां प्रथयन्ति गुणोत्करम् Dṛi. Ś.12; Bk.17.17; जगद्भ्रमणकौतुकोच्चलितरामकीर्त्यङ्गनाप्रयाण- पटहध्वनिं प्रथयति स्म ताराध्वनिः Rāmāyaṇachampū. -2 To show, manifest, display, evince, indicate; परमं वपुः प्रथयतीव जयम् Ki.6.35;5.3; Śi.1.25; Ratn.4.13; Ś.3.14. -3 To increase, enlarge, enhance, augment, stretch; अवस्था वस्तूनि प्रथयति च संकोचयति च Bh.2.45. -4 To disclose. -5 To spread, extend. -6 To throw, cast. -7 To celebrate (प्राथयति); L. D. B.
prabhū प्रभू 1 P. 1 To arise, proceed, spring up, to be born or produced, originate (with abl.); लोभात् क्रोध प्रभवति H.1.25; स्वायंभुवान्मरीचेर्यः प्रबभूव प्रजापतिः Ś.7.9; पुरुषः प्रबभूवाग्नेर्विस्मयेन सहर्त्विजाम् R.1.5; अव्यक्ताद् व्यक्तयः सर्वाः प्रभवन्त्यहरागमे Bg.8.18. -2 To appear, become visible; वने$पि दोषाः प्रभवन्ति रागिणाम् H.4.84. -3 To multiply, increase; see प्रभूत. -4 To be strong or powerful, prevail, predominate, show one's power; प्रभवति हि महिम्ना स्वेन योगीश्वरीयम् Māl.9.52; प्रभवति भगवान् विधिः; K.; Pt.1.44. -5 To be able or equal, have power for (with inf.) कुसुमान्यपि गात्रसंगमात् प्रभवन्त्यायुरपोहितुं यदि R.8.44; को$न्यो हुतवहाद्दग्धुं प्रभविष्यति Ś.4; Ś.6.3; V.1.9; U.2.4; Pt. 1. -6 To have control or power over, prevail over, be master of (usually with gen., sometimes with dat. or loc.); यदि प्रभविष्याम्यात्मनः Ś.1; प्रभवति निजस्य कन्यकाजनस्य महाराजः Māl.4; तत् प्रभवति अनुशासने देवी Ve.2. विधिरपि न येभ्यः प्रभवति Bh.2.94. नृपतिकुलवतंसमात्मवंशं भुवमधिपल्लवितं प्रभूय मेने Śiva B.1.91. -7 To be a match for (with dat.); प्रभवति मल्लो मल्लाय Mbh. -8 To be sufficient for, be able to contain; अपि व्याप्तदिगन्तानि नाङ्गानि प्रभवन्ति मे Ku.6.59. -9 To be contained in (wit loc.); गुरुः प्रहर्षः प्रबभूव नात्मनि R.3.17. -1 To be useful. -11 To implore, beseech. -12 To extend beyond, surpass (Ved.). -13 To profit, avail. -Caus. 1 To increase, augment. -2 To provide more fully. -3 To recognize. -4 To gain power or strength. -5 To make powerful.
pravṛt प्रवृत् 1 Ā. 1 To go forward, move on, proceed; स्वामिसेवकयोरेवं वृत्तिचक्रं प्रवर्तते Pt.1.81. -2 To arise, be produced, spring; प्रवर्तन्ते क्रियाः सर्वाः पर्वतेभ्य इवापगाः Pt. 1.6. -3 To happen, come to pass, take place. -4 To begin, commence (usually with inf.); हन्त प्रवृत्तं संगीतकम् M.1; Ś.7.34; Ku.3.25. -5 To strive, exert oneself; प्रवर्ततां प्रकृतिहिताय पार्थिवः Ś7.35. -6 To act up to, follow; न कौलीन्यान्न सौहार्दान्नृपो वाक्ये प्रवर्तते Pt.1.116. -7 To engage in, be occupied with; अपि स्वशक्त्या तपसि प्रवर्तसे Ku.5.33. -8 To act, do; न पुनरेवं प्रवर्तितव्यम् Ś.6. -9 To act or behave towards. -1 To prevail, exist; राजन् प्रजासु ते कश्चिदपचारः प्रवर्तते R.15.47. -11 To hold good. -12 To proceed uninterruptedly, thrive; तस्मादोमित्युदा- हृत्य यज्ञदानतपःक्रियाः । प्रवर्तन्ते ...... Bg.17.24; Ms.3.61. Caus. 1 To proceed with, continue; Mu.2. -2 To introduce. -3 To set on foot, establish, found. -4 To drive, propel, urge, stimulate. -5 To promote, advance. -6 To throw, cast. -7 To produce, create. -8 To invent, devise.
prasṛ प्रसृ 1 P. To flow forth, spring, arise, proceed; लोहिताद्या महानद्यः प्रसस्रुस्तत्र चासकृत् Mb. -2 To go forth, advance; वेलानिलाय प्रसृता भुजङ्गाः R.13.12; अन्वेषणप्रसृते च मित्रगणे Dk. -3 To spread, spread round; कृशानुः किं साक्षात् प्रसरति दिशो नैष नियतम् K. P.1; प्रसरति तृणमध्ये लब्ध- वृद्धिः क्षणेन (दवाग्निः) Ṛs.1.25. -4 To spread, prevail, pervade; प्रसरति परिमाथी को$प्ययं देहदाहः Māl.1.41; भित्त्वा भित्त्वा प्रसरति बलात् को$पि चेतोविकारः U.3.36. -5 To be stretched, to extend; न मे हस्तौ प्रसरतः Ś.2. -6 To be disposed or inclined to (do a thing), move; न मे उचितेषु करणीयेषु हस्तपादं प्रसरति Ś.4; प्रसरति मनः कायारम्भं Pt.3. 181. -7 To prevail, begin, commence; प्रससार चोत्सवः Ks.16.85. -8 To be long, be lengthened; यदि तु तव समागमे तथैव प्रसरति सुभ्रु ततः कृती भवेयम् V.3.22. -9 To grow strong or intense; प्रसृततरं सख्यम् Dk. -1 To pass away (as time). -11 To break forth or out (as fire). -12 To be displaced (as the humours of the body). -Caus. 1 to spread, stretch; जलनिधिवेगसहं प्रसार्य देहम् Bk.1.44. -2 To stretch forward, extend, hold out (as the hand); कालः सर्वजनान् प्रसारितकरो गृह्णाति दूरादपि Pt.2.2. -3 To spread out or expose for sale; क्रेतारः क्रीणीयुरिति बुद्ध्या आपणे प्रसारितं क्रय्यम् Sk.; Ms.5.129; वणिजो न प्रसारयन् Rām.2.48.4. -4 To open wide, expand (as eyes). -5 To publish, promulgate. -6 To prosecute. -7 (In gram.) To change a semi-vowel into the corresponding vowel.
prādurbha प्रादुर्भ 1 P. 1 To become manifest or visible, show oneself, appear. -2 To arise, come to light. -3 To become audible, be heard.
prādurbhāvaḥ प्रादुर्भावः 1 Coming into existence, arising; वपुः प्रादु- र्भावात् K. P.1. -2 Becoming visible, evident or manifest, manifestation, appearance. -3 Becoming audible. -4 The appearance of a deity on earth.
prītiḥ प्रीतिः [प्री भावे क्तिच्] f. Pleasure, happiness, satisfaction, delight, gladness, joy, gratification; निहत्य धार्त- राष्ट्रान् नः का प्रीतिः स्याज्जनार्दन Bg.1.36; Bhāg.1.23.32. भुवनालोकनप्रीतिः Ku.2.45;6.21; R.2.51; Me.64. -2 Favour, kindness. -3 Love, affection, regard; प्रीतिप्रमुख- वचनं स्वागतं व्याजहार Me.4,16; R.1.57;12.54. -4 Liking or fondness for, delight in, addiction to; द्यूत˚, मृगया˚. -5 Friendliness, amity. -6 Conciliation. -7 A symbolical expression for the letter ध. -9 N. of a wife of Cupid and rival of Rati; (स चानङ्गवती वेश्या कामदेवस्य सांप्रतम् । पत्नी, सपत्नी संजाता रत्याः प्रीतिरिति श्रुता ॥ Matsya P.). -1 Longing (अभिलाषा); प्रीतिरेषा कथं रामो राजा स्यान्मयि जीवति ॥ एषा ह्यस्य परा प्रीतिर्हृदि संपरिवर्तते । Rām.2.1.36-37. -11 N. of a श्रुति. -12 The 2nd of the 27 astrological Yogas. -Comp. -कर a. producing love, kind, agreeable. -कर्मन् n. an act of friendship or love, a kind action. -च्छेदः destruction of joy; Mk. -जुषा N. of the wife of अनिरुद्ध. -तृष् m. N. of cupid. -द a. inspiring love; giving pleasure, pleasing. (-दः) a jester or buffoon in a play. -दत्त a. given through affection. (-दत्तम्) property given to a female by her relatives, particularly by her father-in law or mother-in-law at the time of marriage; प्रीत्या दत्तं तु यत् किंचित् श्वश्र्वा वा श्वशुरेण वा । पाद- वन्दनिकं चैव प्रीतिदत्तं तदुच्यते ॥ Kātyāyana. -दानम्, -दायः a gift of love, a friendly present; तदवसरो$यं प्रीतिदायस्य Māl.4; R.15.68. -धनम् money given through love or friendship. -पात्रम् an object of love, any beloved person or object. -पुरोग a. affectionate, loving. -पूर्वम्, पूर्वकम् ind. kindly, affectionately. -प्रमुख a. friendly, affectionate, full of love, kind; Me.4. -भाज् a. 1 enjoying friendship, loved. -2 Contented; स्तनभरनमिताङ्गीरङ्गनाः प्रीति- भाजः Ki.6.47. -मनस् a. 1 delighted in mind, pleased, happy. -2 kind, affectionate. -मय a. arising from love or joy. -युज् a. dear, affectionate, beloved; सखीनिव प्रीति- युजो$नुजीविनः Ki.1.1. -रसायनम् 1 a collyrium made of love; मित्रं प्रीतिरसायनं नयनयोः H.183. -2 Any nectar-like beverage causing joy. -वचस् n., -वचनम् a friendly or kind speech. -वर्धन a. increasing love or joy. (-नः) an epithet of Viṣṇu; प्रियकृत् प्रीतिवर्धनः Viṣṇusahasranāma. -वादः a friendly discussion. -विवाहः a love-marriage, love-match (based purely on love). -श्राद्धम् a sort of Śrāddha or obsequial ceremony performed in honour of the manes of both parents. -संयोगः relation of friendship. -संगतिः friendly alliance. -स्निग्ध a. moist or wet through love (as the eyes).
prodbhūta प्रोद्भूत p. p. Sprung up, arisen.
phalam फलम् [फल्-अच्] 1 Fruit (fig. also) as of a tree; उदेति पूर्वं कुसुमं ततः फलम् Ś.7.3; R.4.43;1.49. -2 Crop, produce; कृषिफलम् Me.16. -3 A result, fruit, consequence, effect; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.8; फलेन ज्ञास्यसि Pt.1; न नवः प्रभुराफलोदयात् स्थिरकर्मा विरराम कर्मणः R.8.22;1.33; अनिष्टमिष्टं मिश्रं च त्रिविधं कर्मणः फलम् Bg.18.12. -4 (Hence) Reward, recompense, meed, retribution (good or bad); फलमस्योपहासस्य सद्यः प्राप्स्यसि पश्य माम् R.12.37. -5 A deed, act (opp. words); ब्रुवते हि फलेन साधवो न तु कण्ठेन निजोपयोगिताम् N.2.48 'good men prove their usefulness by deeds, not by words'. -6 Aim, object, purpose; परेङ्गितज्ञानफला हि बुद्धयः Pt.1.43; किमपेक्ष्य फलम् Ki.2.21, 'with what object in view; Me.56. -7 Use, good, profit, advantage; जगता वा विफलेन किं फलम् Bv.2.61. -8 Profit or interest on capital. -9 Progeny, offspring; तस्यापनोदाय फलप्रवृत्तावुपस्थितायामपि निर्व्यपेक्षः (त्यक्षामि) R.14.39. -1 A kernel (of a fruit). -11 A tablet or board (शारिफल). -12 A blade (of a sword). -13 The point or head of an arrow, dart &c.; barb; आरामुखं क्षुरप्रं च गोपुच्छं चार्धचन्द्रकम् । सूचीमुखं च भल्लं च वत्सदन्तं द्विभल्लकम् ॥ कर्णिकं काकतुण्डं च तथान्यान्यप्यनेकशः । फलानि देशभेदेन भवन्ति बहुरूपतः ॥ Dhanur.64-5; फलयोगमवाप्य सायकानाम् Ms.7.1; Ki.14.52. -14 A shield. -15 A testicle; अकर्तव्यमिदं यस्माद् विफलस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.1.48.27. -16 A gift. -17 The result of a calculation (in Math.) -18 Product or quotient. -19 Menstrual discharge. -2 Nutmeg. -21 A ploughshare. -22 Loss, disadvantage. -23 The second (or third) term in a rule-of-three sum. -24 Correlative equation. -25 The area of a figure. -26 The three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -27 A point on a die. -28 Benefit, enjoyment; ईश्वरा भूरिदानेन यल्लभन्ते फलं किल Pt.2.72. -29 Compensation; यावत् सस्यं विनश्येत् तु तावत् स्यात् क्षेत्रिणः फलम् Y.2.161. -3 A counterpart (प्रतिबिम्ब); तन्मायाफलरूपेण केवलं निर्विकल्पितम् Bhāg.11.24.3. -31 Shoulder-blade; तस्यां स फलके खड्गं निजघान ततो$ङ्गदः Rām.6.76.1. -Comp. -अदनः = फलाशनः q. v.; a parrot. -अधिकारः a claim for wages. -अध्यक्षः Mimusops Kauki (Mār. खिरणी). -अनुबन्धः succession or sequence of fruits or results. -अनुमेय a. to be inferred from the results or consequences; फलानुमेयाः प्रारम्भाः संस्काराः प्राक्तना इव R.1.2. -अनुसरणम् 1 rate of profits. -2 following or reaping consequences. -अन्तः a bamboo. -अन्वेषिन् a. seeking for reward or recompense (of actions). -अपूर्वम् The mystic power which produces the consequences of a sacrificial act. -अपेक्षा expectation of the fruits or consequences (of acts), regard to results. -अपेत a. useless, unfertile, unproductive. -अम्लः a kind of sorrel. (-म्लम्) tamarind. ˚पञ्चकम् the five sour fruits; bergumot (जम्बीर), orange (नारिङ्ग), sorrel (आम्लवेतस), tamarind (चिञ्चा) and a citron (मातुलुङ्ग, Mar. महाळुंग). -अशनः a parrot. -अस्थि n. a cocoa-nut. -आकाङ्क्षा expectation of (good) results; see फलापेक्षा. -आगमः 1 production of fruits, load of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलागमैः Ś.5.12. -2 the fruit season, autumn. -आढ्य a. full of or abounding in fruits. (-ढ्या) a kind of plantain. -आरामः a fruitgarden, orchard. -आसक्त a. 1 fond of fuits. -2 attached to fruits, fond of getting fruit (of actions done). -आसवः a decoction of fruit. -आहारः feeding or living on fruits, fruit-meal. -इन्द्रः a species of Jambū (Rājajambū). -उच्चयः a collection of fruits. -उत्तमा 1 a kind of grapes (having no stones). -2 = त्रिफला. -उत्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 profit, gain. (-त्तिः) the mango tree (sometimes written फलोत्पति in this sense). -उत्प्रेक्षा a kind of comparison. -उदयः 1 appearance of fruit, production of results or consequences, attainment of success or desired object; आफलोदयकर्मणाम् R.1.5;8.22. -2 profit, gain. -3 retribution, punishment. -4 happiness, joy. -5 heaven. -उद्गमः appearance of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलोद्गमैः Ś.5.12 (v. l.). -उद्देशः regard to results; see फलापेक्षा. -उन्मुख a. about to give fruit. -उपगम a. bearing fruit. -उपजीविन् a. living by cultivating or selling fruits. -उपभोगः 1 enjoyment of fruit. -2 partaking of reward. -उपेत a. yielding fruit, fruitful, fortile. -काम a. one who is desirous of fruit; धर्मवाणिजका मूढा फलकामा नराधमाः । अर्चयन्ति जगन्नाथं ते कामं नाप्नुवन्त्युत ॥ (मल. त. Śabda. ch.) -कामना desire of fruits or consequences. -कालः fruitseason. -केसरः the cocoanut tree. -कोशः, -षः, कोशकः the scrotum (covering of the testicles). -खण्डनम् frustration of fruits or results, disappointment. -खेला a quail. -ग्रन्थः (in astrol.) a work describing the effects of celestial phenomena on the destiny of men; Bṛi. S. -ग्रहः deriving benefit or advantage. -ग्रही, -ग्राहिन् a. (also फलेग्रहि and फलेग्राहिन्) fruitful, yielding or bearing fruit in season; श्लाध्यतां कुलमुपैति पैतृकं स्यान्मनोरथतरुः फलेग्रहिः Kir. K.3.6; Māl.9.39; भूष्णुरात्मा फलेग्रहिः Ait. Br. (शुनःशेप legend); फलेग्रहीन् हंसि वनस्पतीनाम् Bk.; द्वितीयो ह्यवकेशी स्यात् प्रथमस्तु फलेग्रहिः Śiva. B.16.27. (-m.) a fruit-tree. -ग्रहिष्णु a. fruitful. -चोरकः a kind of perfume (Mar. चोरओवा). -छदनम a house built of wooden boards. -तन्त्र a. aiming only at one's advantage. -त्रयम्, -त्रिकम् the three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -द, -दातृ, -प्रद a. 1 productive, fruitful, bearing fruit; फलदानां तु वृक्षाणां छेदने जप्यमृक्शतम् Ms.11.142; गते$पि वयसि ग्राह्या विद्या सर्वात्मना बुधैः । ...... अन्यत्र फलदा भवेत् ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 bringing in gain or profit. -3 giving a reward, rewarding. (-दः) a tree. -धर्मन् a. ripening soon and then falling on the ground, perishing; फेनधर्मा महाराज फलधर्मा तथैव च। निमेषादपि कौन्तेय यस्यायुरपचीयते Mb.3.35.2-3. -निर्वृत्ति f. final consequence or reward. -निवृत्तिः f. cessation of consequences. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 attainment of reward. -परिणतिः f., -परिणामः, -पाकः (-फलेपाकः also) 1 the ripening of fruit. -2 the fulness of cousequences. -पाकः Carissa Carandas (Mar. करवंद). -पाकान्ता, -पाकावसाना an annual plant; ओषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ak. -पातनम् knocking down or gathering fruit. -पादपः a fruit-tree. -पूरः, -पूरकः the common citron tree; एतस्मिन् फलपूरबीजनिकरभ्रान्त्या नितान्तारुणे संप्राप्तेषु शुकेषु पञ्जरशुका निर्गन्तुमुद्युञ्जते । Rām. Ch.7.86. -प्रजननम् the production of fruit. -प्रदानम् 1 the giving of fruits. -2 a ceremony at weddings. -प्राप्तिः f. attainment of the desired fruit of object. -प्रिया 1 the Priyaṅgu plant. -2 a species of crow. -प्रेप्सु a. desirous of attaining results. -बन्धिन् a. forming or developing fruit. -भागः a share in any product or profit. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. partaking of a reward or profit; दातॄन् प्रतिग्रहीतॄ प्रतिग्रहीतॄश्च कुरुते फल- भागिनः Ms.3.143. -भावना The acquisition of a result; success; सुपर्वणां हि स्फुटभावना या सा पूर्वरूपं फलभावनायाः N.14. 7. -भुज् m. a monkey; P. R. -भूमन् m. greater fruit; क्रतुवच्चानुमानेनाभ्यासे फलभूमा स्यात् MS.11.1.29. -भूयस्त्वम् (see फलभूमन् above); यथा कर्मसु सौर्यादिषु फलं कर्मणा क्रियत इति कर्माभ्यासे फलभूयस्त्वमेवमिहापि ŚB. on MS.11.1.29. -भूमिः f. a place where one receives the reward or recompense of his deeds (i. e. heaven or hell). -भृत् a. bearing fruit, fruitful. -भोगः 1 enjoyment of consequences. -2 usufruct. -मत्स्या the aloe plant. -मुख्या a species of plant (अजमोदा). -मूलम् fruits and roots; फलमूलाशिनौ दान्तौ Rāmarakṣā 18. -योगः 1 the attainment of fruit or the desired object; Mu.7.1. -2 wages, remuneration. -3 a stage in the performance of a drama; सावस्था फलयोगः स्यात् यः समग्रफलागमः S. D. -राजन् m. a water-melon. -राशिः m. the 3rd term in the rule of three. -वन्ध्यः a tree barren of fruit. -वर्णिका jelly (?); Gaṇeśa P.2.149. -वर्तिः f. a coarse wick of cloth besmeared with some laxative and inserted into the anus for discharging the bowels, suppository. -वर्तुलम् a watermelon. -वल्ली a series of quotients. -विक्रयिन् a. a fruit-seller. -वृक्षः a fruit-tree. -वृक्षकः the bread-fruit tree. -शाडवः the pomegranate tree. -शालिन् a. 1 bearing fruit, fruitful. -2 sharing in the consequences. -शैशिरः the Badara tree. -श्रेष्ठः the mango tree. -संस्थ a. bearing fruit. -संपद् f. 1 abundance of fruit. -2 success. -3 prosperity. -साधनम् a means of effecting any desired object, realization of an object -सिद्धिः f. 1 reaping fruit, attainment or realization of the desired object. -2 a prosperous result. -स्थानम् the stage in which results are enjoyed; Buddh. -स्थापनम् the sacrament called सीमन्तोन्नयन; फलस्थापनात् मातापितृजं पाप्मानमपोहति Hārīta. -स्नेहः a walnut tree. -हारी an epithet of Kālī or Durgā -हानिः loss of profit -हीन a. yielding no fruit or profit. -हेतु a. acting with a view to results.
buddhiḥ बुद्धिः f. [बुध्-क्तिन्] 1 Perception, comprehension. -2 Intellect, understanding, intelligence, talent; तीक्ष्णा नारुंतुदा बुद्धिः Śi.2.19; शास्त्रेष्वकुण्ठिता बुद्धिः R.1.19. -3 Information, knowledge; बुद्धिर्यस्य बलं तस्य H.2.122 'knowledge is power'; P.I.4.52. -4 Discrimination, judgement, discernment; विदेशेष्वपि विज्ञाताः सर्वतो बुद्धिनिश्चयाः Rām.1.7.17. -5 Mind; मूढः परप्रत्ययनेयबुद्धिः M.1.2; so कृपण˚, पाप˚ &c. -6 Presence of mind, readiness of wit. -7 An impression, opinion, belief, idea, feeling; दूरात्तमवलोक्य व्याघ्रबुद्ध्या पलायन्ते H.3; अनया बुद्ध्या Mu.1 'in this belief'; अनुक्रोशबुद्ध्या Me.117. -8 Intention, purpose, design; मन्दीचकार मरणव्यवसायबुद्धिम् Ku.4.45. (बुद्ध्या 'intentionally', 'purposely', deliberately'). -9 Returning to consciousness, recovery from a swoon; Māl.4.1. -1 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Intellect, the second of the 25 elements of the Sāṅkhyas; एषा ते$भिहिता सांख्ये बुद्धिर्योगे त्विमां शृणु Bg.2.39. -11 Nature (प्रकृति); Bhāg.3.27.18. -12 A means, way (उपाय); किं करिष्याम भद्रं ते बुद्धिरत्र विचार्यताम् Rām.1.4.9. -13 N. of the 5th astrological mansion. -Comp. -अतीत a. beyond the range or reach of the intellect. -अधिक a. superior in intellect. -अवज्ञानम् contempt or low opinion for one's understanding; अप्राप्तकालं वचनं बृहस्पतिरपि ब्रुवन् । प्रोप्नोति बृद्ध्यवज्ञानमपमानं च पुष्कलम् ॥ Pt.1.63. -इन्द्रि- यम् an organ of perception (opp. कर्मेन्द्रिय); (these are five :-the ear, skin, eye, tongue, and nose; श्रोत्रं त्वक् चक्षुषी जिह्वा नासिका चैव पञ्चमी; to these sometimes मनस् is added). -कृत् a. supposing, conjecturing. -कृत a. acted wisely. -गम्य, -ग्राह्य a. within the reach of, or attainable to, intellect, intelligible. -चिन्तक a. one who thinks wisely. -च्छाया reflex action of the understanding on the soul. -जन्मन् a perception that arises; सत्सं- प्रयोगे पुरुषस्येन्द्रियाणां बुद्धिजन्म तत् प्रत्यक्षम् MS.1.1.4. -जीविन् a. 1 employing the reason, rational. -2 Subsisting by intelligence; भूतानां प्राणिनः श्रेष्ठाः प्राणिनां बुद्धिजीविनः Ms.1. 96. -तत्त्वम् the second element of the Sāṅkhya philosophy. -द्यूतम् game at chess. -पूर्व a. purposed, intentional, wanton, wilful. -पूर्वम्, -पूर्वकम्, -पुरःसरम् ind. intentionally, purposely, wilfully. -प्रागल्भी soundness of judgment. -बलम् a kind of play. -भेदः, -भ्रमः distraction ar aberration of mind; न बुद्धिभेदं जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसङ्गिनाम् Bg.3.26. -मोहः confusion of mind. -युक्त a. intelligent. -योगः intellectual communion with the Supreme Spirit. -लक्षणम् a sign of intellect or wisdom; प्रारब्धस्यान्तगमनं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम्. -लाघवम् lightness or levity of judgment; Rām. -वर्जित a. foolish, ignorant. -विध्वंसक a. destroying consciousness or reason. -विलासः play of the mind or fancy. -विषयः matter apprehensible by reason. -वृद्धिः development of intellect, understanding or wisdom; बुद्धिवृद्धिकराणि (शास्त्राणि) Ms.4.19. -वैभवम् strength of intellect. -शक्तिः intellectual faculty. -शस्त्र a. armed with understanding. -शालिन्, -संपन्न a. intelligent, wise. -शुद्ध a. honest in purpose, frank-minded. -संकीर्णम् a kind of pavilion. -सखः, -सहायः a counsellor. -हीन a. devoid of intellect, silly, foolish.
bhāvana भावन a. (-नी f.) [भू-णिच्-ल्यु ल्युट् वा] Effecting &c.; भूतभव्यभविष्याणां भावानां भुवि भावनाः Mb.14.37.15; यत् पृच्छसे भागवतान् धर्मांस्त्वं विश्वभावनान् Bhāg.11.2.11;8.1.16; see भावक above. -नः 1 An efficient cause. -2 A creator; जय देव भुवनभावन Māl.9.4. -3 An epithet of Śiva. -4 Of Viṣṇu. -नम्, -ना 1 Creating, manifesting; भावनं ब्रह्मणः स्थानम् Bhāg.3.26.46. -2 Promoting any one's interests. -3 Conception, imagination, fancy, thought, idea; मधुरिपुरहमिति भावनशीला Gīt.6; or भावनया त्वयि लीना 4; Pt.3.162. -4 Feeling of devotion, faith; नास्ति बुद्धिरयुक्तस्य न चायुक्तस्य भावना Bg.2.66; यादृशी भावना यस्य सिद्धिर्भवति तादृशी Pt.5.15. -5 Meditation, contemplation, abstract meditation. -6 A supposition, hypothesis. -7 Observing, investigating. -8 Settling, determining; विभागभावना ज्ञेया Y.2.149. -9 Remembering, recollection. -1 Direct knowledge, perception or cognition. -11 The cause of memory which arises from direct perception (in logic); see भावना and स्मृति in T. S; भावनाख्यस्तु संस्कारो जीववृत्तिरतीन्द्रियः Bhāṣā. P. -12 Proof, demonstration, argument. -13 Steeping, infusion, saturating a dry powder with fluid; द्रवेण यावन्मानेन चूर्णं सर्वं प्लुतं भवेत् । भावनायाः प्रमाणस्तु चूर्णे प्रोक्तं भिषग्वरैः Bhāva. P. -14 Scenting; decorating with flowers and perfumes. -15 (In arith.) Finding by combination or composition. -16 Nature, essence (at the end of comp.). -17 Reason, cause; परावरेशं प्रकृतिमस्योत्पत्त्यन्तभावनम् Bhāg.3.32.7. -18 Growth, prosperity (वर्धन); तस्यैषा निष्कृतिः कृत्स्ना भूतानां भावनं पुनः Mb.12.97.7. -ना 1 A crow. -2 Water. -नम् Apprehension; perception. -Comp. -आश्रयः N. of Śiva. -मय a. imaginary. -युक्त a. 1 thoughtful -2 anxious.
bhū भू I. 1 P. (rarely Ā.) (भवति, बभूव, अभूत्, भविष्यति, भवितुम्, भूत) 1 To be, become; कथमेवं भवेन्नाम; अस्याः किमभवत् Māl.9.29 'what has become her fate', 'what has become of her' U.3.27; यद्भावि तद्भवतु U.3 'come what may'; so दुःखितो भवति, हृष्टो भवति &c. -2 To be born or produced; यदपत्यं भवेदस्याम् Ms.9.127; भाग्यक्रमेण हि धनानि भवन्ति यान्ति Mk.1.13. -3 To spring or proceed from, arise; क्रोधाद् भवति संमोहः Bg.2.63;14.17. -4 To happen, take place, occur; नाततायिवधे दोषो हन्तुर्भवति कश्चन Ms.8.351; यदि संशयो भवेत् &c. -5 To live, exist; अभूदभूतपूर्वः ... राजा चिन्तामणिर्नाम Vās.; अभून्नृपो विबुधसखः परंतपः Bk.1.1. -6 To be alive or living, breathe; त्वमिदानीं न भविष्यसि Ś.6; आः चारुदत्तहतक, अयं न भवसि Mk.4; दुरात्मन्, प्रहर नन्वयं न भवसि Māl.5 ('thou art a dead man', thou shalt breathe no longer); ऋते$पि त्वा न भविष्यन्ति सर्वे Bg.11.32. -7 To remain or be in any state or condition, fare; भवान् स्थले कथं भविष्यति Pt.2. -8 To stay, abide; remain; अस्मिन्नेव लतागृहे त्वमभवस्तन्मार्ग- दत्तेक्षणः U.3.37. -9 To serve, do; इदं पादोदकं भविष्यति Ś.1. -1 To be possible (usually with a future tense in this sense); भवति भवान् याजयिष्यति Sk. -11 To lead or tend to, conduce to, bring about (with dat.); वाताय कपिला विद्युत् ...... पीता भवति सस्याय दुर्भिक्षाय सिता भवेत् Mbh.; सुखाय तज्जन्मदिनं बभूव Ku.1.23; संस्मृतिर्भव भवत्यभवाय Ki. 18.27; न तस्या रुचये बभूव R.6.44. -12 To be on the side of, assist; देवा अर्जुनतो$भवन् । -13 To belong or pertain to (often expressed by 'have'); तस्य ह शतं जाया बभूवुः Ait. Br.; तस्य तेजोमया लोका भवन्ति ब्रह्मवादिनः Ms.6.39. -14 To be engaged in, be occupied (with loc); चरण- क्षालने कृष्णो ब्राह्मणानां स्वयं ह्यभूत् Mb. -15 To conduct oneself, behave. -16 Ved. To be prosperous, succeed; ततो देवा अभवन् Bṛi. Up 1.3.7; Mb.12.228.1. Used with a preceding noun or adjective भू serves to form verbs in the sense of 'becoming what it previously is not' or 'becoming' in general; श्वेतीभू to become white; कृष्णीभू to become black; पयोधरीभूत 'becoming or serving the purpose of teats'; so क्षपणीभू to be or become a mendicant; प्रणिधीभू to act the spy; आर्द्रीभू to melt; भस्मीभू to be reduced to ashes; विषयीभू to form the subject of; so एकमतीभू; तरुणीभू &c. &c. Note-The senses of भू may be variously modified according to the adverbs with which it is connected; e. g. पुनर्भू to marry again; आविर्भू to appear, arise, to be evident or clear; see आविस्; तिरोभू to disappear; प्रादुर्भू to arise, be visible, appear; अग्रेभू to be in front, take the lead; अन्तर्भू to be absorbed or included; ओजस्यन्तर्भवन्त्यन्ये K. P.8; दोषाभू to grow evening or dusk-time; अन्यथा भू to be otherwise, be changed; न मे वचनमन्यथा भवितुमर्हति Ś.4; पुरो भू to come forward; stand forth; मिथ्या भू to turn out false; वृथा भू to become useless &c. &c. -Caus. (भावयति-ते) 1 To cause to be or become, call into existence, call into being; ते वै ब्रह्मण आदेशात् कथमेतदभावयन् Bhāg.3.2.1. -2 To cause, produce, effect. -3 To manifest, display, exhibit. -4 To foster, cherish, support, preserve, enliven; पुनः सृजति वर्षाणि भगवान् भावयन् प्रजाः Mb.; देवान् भावयतानेन ते देवा भावयन्तु वः । परस्परं भावयन्तः श्रेयः परमवाप्स्यथ ॥ Bg.3.11; Bk.16.27. -5 To think or reflect, consider, fancy, imagine. -6 To look upon, consider or regard as; अर्थमनर्थं भावय नित्यम् Moha M.2. -7 To prove, substantiate, establish; निह्नवे भावितो दद्याद्धनं राज्ञे च तत्समम् Y.2.11. -8 To purify. -9 To get, obtain. -1 To mingle or mix. -11 To change or transform into. -12 To soak, steep. -13 To devote or addict oneself to. -14 To convince. -15 To perfume, scent. -Desid. (बुभूषति) To wish to be or become &c. -II. 1 U. (भवति-ते) To get, obtain. -III. 1 Ā. (भावयते) To obtain, gain. -IV. 1 U. (भावयति-ते) 1 To think, reflect. -2 To mix, mingle. -3 To be purified (connected with caus. of भू q. v. above).
bhū भू a. (At the end of comp.) Being, existing, becoming, springing from, arising or produced from, &c.; चित्तभू, आत्मभू, कमलभू, मनोभू &c. -m. 1 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 The sacrificial fire.
bhūḥ भूः f. [भू-क्विप्] 1 The earth (opp. अन्तरीक्ष or स्वर्ग); दिवं मरुत्वानिव भोक्ष्यते भुवम् R.3.4;18.4; Me.18; मत्तेभ- कुम्भदलने भुवि सन्ति शूराः । -2 Earth as one of the nine substances. -3 The universe, globe. -4 Ground, floor; मणिभयभुवः (प्रासादाः) Me.66. -5 Land, landed property. -6 A place, site, region, plot of ground; काननभुवि, उपवनभुवि &c. -7 Matter, subject-matter. -8 A symbolical expression for the number 'one'. -9 The base of a geometrical figure. -1 A sacrificial fire. -11 The act of becoming, arising. -12 The first of the three Vyāhṛitis or mystic syllables (भूः, भुवः, स्वः) --representing the earth--repeated by every Brāhmaṇa at the commencement of his daily Sandhyā. -Comp. -उत्तमम् gold. -कदम्बः a kind of Kadamba tree. -कम्पः an earthquake. -कर्णः the diameter of the earth. -कश्यपः an epithet of Vasudeva, Kṛiṣṇa's father. -काकः 1 a kind of heron. -2 the curlew. -3 a kind of pigeon. -केशः the fig-tree. -केशा a female demon, demoness. -क्षित् m. a hog. -गरम् a particular poison. -गर्भः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 an epithet of Bhavabhūti. -गृहम् -गेहम् a cellar, a room underground. -गोलः the terrestrial globe; दधौ कण्ठे हालाहलमखिलभूगोलकृपया Ā. L.17; भूगोलमुद्बिभ्रते Gīt.1. ˚विद्या geography. -घनः the body. -घ्नी aluminous slate. -चक्रम् the equator. -चर a. moving or living on land. (-रः) 1 any landanimal (opp. जलचर). -2 epithet of Śiva. -चर्या, -छाया, -छायम् 1 earth's shadow (vulgarly called Rāhu). -2 darkness. -जन्तुः 1 a kind of earthworm. -2 an elephant. -जम्बुः, -बूः f. wheat. -तलम् the surface of the earth. -तुम्बी a kind of cucumber. -तृणः, -भूस्तृणः a kind of fragrant grass. -दारः a hog. -देवः, -सुरः a Brāhmaṇa. -धनः a king. -धर a. 1 holding or supporting the earth; व्यादिश्यते भूधरतामवेक्ष्य कृष्णेन देहोद्वहनाय शेषः Ku.3.13. -2 dwelling on the earth. (-रः) 1 a mountain; भवभूतेः संबन्धाद् भूधरभूरेव भारती भाति Udb. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Kṛiṣna. -4 the number 'seven'. ˚ईश्वरः, ˚राजः an epithet of the mountain Himālaya. ˚जः a tree. -5 a king; स त्वं भूधर भूतानाम् Bhāg.1.37.13. -धात्री N. of a tree (Mar. भुयआवळी). -ध्रः a mountain. -नागः a kind of earth-worm. -नामन् f. a kind of fragrant earth. -निम्बः Gentiana Chirata (Mar. किराईत). -नेतृ m. a sovereign, ruler, king. -पः 1 a sovereign, ruler, king. -2 a term for number 'sixteen'. -पतिः 1 a king. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -पदः a tree. -पदी a particular kind of jasmine; मल्लिका मदयन्तीव शीतभीरुश्च भूपदी Bhāva. P. -परिधिः the circumference of the earth. -प(फ)लः a kind of rat (Mar. घूस). -पवित्रभ् cow-dung. -पालः 1 a king, sovereign; भूपालसिंह निजगाद सिंहः. -2 an epithet of king Bhoja. -पालनम् sovereignty, dominion. -पुत्रः, -सुतः 1 the planet Mars. -2 N. of the demon Naraka; q. v. -पुत्री, -सुता 'daughter of the earth', an epithet of Sītā; भूपुत्री यस्य पत्नी स भवति कथं भूपती रामचन्द्रः Rām. -प्रकम्पः an earthquake. -प्रदानम् a gift of land. -फलः a kind of rat. -बिम्बः, -म्बम् the terrestrial globe. -भर्तृ m. 1 a king, sovereign. -2 a mountain; भूभर्तुः शिरसि नभो- नदीव रेजे Ki.7.18. -भा the shadow of the earth on the moon (in an eclipse). -भागः a region, place, spot. -भुज् m. a king; निवासाय प्रशस्यन्ते भूभुजां भूतिमिच्छताम् Kām. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain; दाता मे भूभृतां नाथः प्रमाणी- क्रियतामिति Ku.6.1; R.17.78. -2 a king, sovereign; निष्प्रभश्च रिपुरास भूभृताम् R.11.81. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 a term for the number 'seven'. -मणिः the king; अतस्तिष्ठामि भूत्वाहं कृपाणी भूमणे तव Śiva B.2.22. -मण्डलम् 1 the earth, (terrestrial globe). -2 the circumference of the earth. -युक्ता a kind of palm. -रुण्डी a kind of sun-flower. -रुह् m., -रुहः a tree. (-हम्) a pearl. -लता a worm. -लिङ्गशकुनः a species of bird; भूलिङ्गशकुनाश्चान्ये सामुद्राः पर्वतोद्भवाः Mb.12.169.1. -लोकः (-भूर्लोकः) 1 the terrestrial globe. -2 the country on the southern part of the equator. -वलयम् = भूमण्डलम् q. v. -वल्लभः a king, sovereign. -वल्लूरम् a mushroom. -वृत्तम् the equator. -शक्रः 'Indra on earth', a king, sovereign. -शमी a kind of Acacia. -शयः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 any animal lying on the earth. -शय्या lying on the ground. -शुद्धिः f. purification of the ground by sweeping &c. -श्रवस् m. an ant-hill. -श्वभ्रम् a hole in the ground. -सुरः a Brāhmaṇa. -स्थः a man. -स्पृश् m. a man. -2 mankind. -3 a Vaiśya. -स्फोटः a mushroom. -स्वर्गः an epithet of the mountain Meru; भूस्वर्गायते to become a heaven on earth. -स्वामिन् m. a landlord.
manas मनस् n. [मन्यते$नेन मन् करणे असुन्] 1 The mind, heart, understanding, perception, intelligence; as in सुमनस्, दुमर्नस् &c. -2 (In phil.) The mind or internal organ of perception and cognition, the instrument by which objects of sense affect the soul; (in Nyāya phil. मनस् is regarded as a Dravya or substance, and is distinct from आत्मन् or the soul); तदेव सुखदुःखाद्युपलब्धि- साधनमिन्द्रियं प्रतिजीवं भिन्नमणु नित्यं च Tarka K. -3 Conscience, the faculty of discrimination or judgment. -4 Thought, idea, fancy, imagination, conception; पश्यन्न- दूरान्मनसाप्यधृष्यम् Ku.3.51; R.2.27; कायेन वाचा मनसापि शश्वत् 5.5; मनसापि न विप्रियं मया (कृतपूर्वम्) 8.52. -5 Design, purpose, intention. -6 Will, wish, desire, inclination; in this sense मनस् is frequently used with the infinitive form with the final म् dropped, and forms adjectives; अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4; cf. काम. -7 Reflection (ध्यान); मनसा जपैः प्रणतिभिः प्रयतः समुपेयिवानधिपतिं स दिवः Ki.6.22. -8 Disposition, temper, mood. -9 Spirit, energy, mettle; मनोवीर्यवरोत्सिक्तमसृण्यमकुतोभयम् Bhag.3. 17.22. -1 N. of the lake called Mānasa. -11 Breath or living soul. -12 Desire, longing after. (मनसा गम् &c. to think of, contemplate, remember; जगाम मनसा रामं धर्मज्ञो धर्मकाङ्क्षया Rām.2.82.9; (अगमत्) मनसा कार्यसंसिद्धौ त्वरादिगुणरंहसा Ku.2.63; मनः कृ to fix the mind upon, direct the thoughts towards, with dat. or loc.; मनो बन्ध् to fix the heart or affection upon; (अभिलाषे) मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4; मनः समाधा to collect oneself; मनसि उद्भू to cross the mind; मनसि कृ to think, to bear in mind; to resolve, determine, think of.) N. B. In comp. मनस् is changed to मनो before अ and soft consonants, as मनो$नुग, मनोज्ञ, मनोहर &c.). -Comp. -अधिनाथः a lover, husband. -अनवस्थानम् inattention. -अनुग a. suiting the mind, agreeable; ततस्तदग्ऱ्यं वचनं मनोनुगं समस्तमाज्ञाय ततो हि हेतुमत् Mb.12.167.49; Rām.7.72.18. -अप- हारिन् a. captivating the heart. -अभिनिवेशः close application of mind, firmness of purpose, -अभिराम a. pleasing the mind, gratifying to the heart; मनोभिरामाः (केकाः) R.1.39. -अभिलाषः the desire or longing of the heart. -आप a. gaining the heart, attractive, pleasing. -कान्त a. (मनस्कान्त or मनःकान्त) dear to the mind, pleasant, agreeable. -कारः perfect perception, full consciousness (of pleasure or pain), mental concentration, resolution; भवन्मनस्कारलवोद्गमेन क्रमेलकानां निलयः पुरेव N.14.84. (cf. मनसः ऐकाग्ऱ्यकरणं मनस्कारः Nārayaṇa com. on N.) दिदृक्षादत्तदृष्टीनां मनस्कारमनीषयोः । सप्रीतिरससन्तोषं दिशन्तौ देहकान्तितः ॥ Yādavābhyudaya 1.9. -क्षेपः (मनःक्षेपः) distraction of the mind, mental confusion. -गत a. 1 existing or passing in the mind, concealed in the breast, internal, inward, secret; नेयं न वक्ष्यति मनोगतमाधिहेतुम् Ś.3. 11. -2 affecting the mind, desired. (-तम्) 1 a wish, desire; मनोगतं सा न शशाक शंसितुम् Ku.5.51. -2 an idea, thought, notion, opinion. -गतिः f. desire of the heart. -गवी wish, desire. -गुप्त a. hidden in the mind, thought secretly. (-प्ता) red arsenic. -ग्रहणम् captivating the mind. -ग्रहिन् a. captivating or fascinating the mind. -ग्राह्य a. to be grasped by the mind. -ह्यम् the pleasures of sense; यो वृणीते मनोग्राह्यमसत्त्वात् कुमनीष्यसौ Bhāg.1. 48.11. -ग्लानिः depression of mind. -ज, -जन्मन् a. mindborn. (-m.) the god of love. -जल्पः imagination. -जव a. 1 quick or swift as thought; मनोजवं मारुततुल्यवेगम् Rāma-rakṣā Stotra 33. -2 quick in thought or conception. -3 fatherly, paternal. -जवस a. resembling a father, fatherly. -जवा 1 N. of one of the tongues of Agni. -2 N. of one of the शक्तिs of Durgā 'काली कराली च मनोजवा च' Śruti. -जात a. mind-born, arisen or produced in the mind. -जिघ्र a. scenting out, i. e. guessing the thoughts. -ज्ञ a. pleasing, lovely, agreeable, beautiful, charming; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी Ś.1.2; R.3.7; 6.1. (-ज्ञः) N. of a Gandharva. (-ज्ञा) 1 red arsenic. -2 an intoxicating drink. -3 a princess. -तापः, -पीडा 1 mental pain or agony, anguish. -तालः the lion of Durgā. -तुष्टिः f. satisfaction of the mind. -तोका an epithet of Durgā. -दण्डः complete control over the mind or thoughts; Ms.12.1; cf. त्रिदण्डिन्. -दत्त a. devoted in thought, mentally dedicated. -दाहः, -दुःखम् mental distress or torment. -दाहिन् the god of love. -दुष्ट a. depraved in mind; रजसा स्त्री मनोदुष्टा संन्यासेन द्विजोत्तम (शुद्ध्यति) Ms.5.18. -धारणम् conciliating the favour of. -नाशः loss of the mind or understanding, dementedness. -नीत a. approved, chosen. -पतिः (-मनःपतिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पर्यायः (with Jainas) N. of the last but one stage in the perception of truth. -पूत a. (मनःपूत) 1 considered pure by the mind, approved by one's conscience; मनःपूतं समाचरेत् Ms.6.46. -2 of a pure mind, conscientious. -प्रणीत a. (मनःप्रणीत) agreeable or pleasing to the mind. -प्रसादः (मनः- प्रसादः) composure of mind, mental calm. -प्रिय a. dear to the heart. -यः cinammon (Mar. दालचिनी). -प्रीतिः f. (मनःप्रीतिः) mental satisfaction, joy, delight. -भव a. mind-born, created by fancy; दृश्यमाना विनार्थेन न दृश्यन्ते मनोभवाः Bhāg. -भवः, -भूः 1 the god of love, Cupid; रे रे मनो मम मनोभवशासनस्य पादाम्बुजद्वयमनारतमानमन्तम् Bv.4.32; Ku.3.27; R.7.22; श्यामा शुशुभे शशिना तया मनोभूः Kalāvilāsa. -2 love, passion, lust; अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33. -मथनः the god of love. -मय see separately. -यायिन् a. 1 going at will or pleasure. -2 swift, quick as thought; उत्पत्य खं दशग्रीवो मनोयायी शितास्त्रभृत् Bk.5.3. -3 keen desire; अहं हि तस्याद्य मनोभवेन संपीडिता तद्गतसर्वभावा Rām.5.32.12. -योगः close application of the mind, close attention. -योनिः the god of love. -रञ्जनम् 1 pleasing the mind. -2 pleasantness. -रथः 1 'the car of the mind', a wish, desire; अवतरतः सिद्धिपथं शब्दः स्वमनोरथस्येव M.1.22; मनोरथानामगतिर्न विद्यते Ku.5.64; R.2.72;12.59; उत्पद्यन्ते विलीयन्ते दरिद्राणां मनोरथाः Udb.; आशा नाम नदी मनोरथजला Bh.3.45. -2 a desired object; मनोरथाय नाशंसे Ś.7.13. -3 (in dramas) a hint, a wish expressed indirectly or covertly. ˚तृतीया N. of the third day in the bright half of Chaitra. ˚दायक a. fulfilling one's expectations. (-कः) N. of a Kalpa-taru. ˚द्रुमः the god of love. ˚बन्धः cherishing or entertaining of desire. ˚बन्धुः the friend of (who satisfies) desires; तस्या भवानपि मनोरथबन्धबन्धुः Māl.1.34. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's desires. ˚सृष्टिः f. a creation of the fancy, a castle in the air. -रम a. attractive, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; अरुण- नखमनोरमासु तस्याः (अङ्गुलीषु) Ś.6.11; पुरस्ताद्विमले पात्रे सुविस्तीर्णे मनोरमे Suśruta. (-मा) 1 a lovely woman. -2 a kind of pigment. -रागः affection, passion (of the heart). -राज्यम् 'kingdom of the fancy', a castle in the air; मनोराज्यविजृम्भणमेतत् 'this is building castles in the air'. -रुज् f. pain or grief of the heart. -लयः loss of consciousness. -लौल्यम् freak, caprice. -वल्लभा a beloved woman. -वहा N. of a particular artery; ('अश्वत्थपत्रनाडीव द्विसप्ततिशताधिका । नाडी मनोवहेत्युक्तं योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः'); मध्ये च हृदयस्यैका शिरा तत्र मनोवहा । शुकं संकल्पजं नॄणां सर्वगात्रैर्विमुञ्चति ॥ Mb.12.214.19. -वाक्कर्मन् n. pl. thoughts, words and deeds. -वाञ्छा, -वाञ्छितम् a wish of the heart, a desire, -विकारः, -विकृतिः f. emotion of the mind. -विनयनम् mental discipline. -विरुद्ध a. 1 incomprehensible. -2 against the dictates of mind or conscience. -वृत्तिः f. 1 working of the mind, volition. -2 disposition, temper. -वेगः quickness of thought. -व्यथा mental pain or anguish. -शल्य a. rankling in the mind; (बाहुः) कुबेरस्य मनःशल्यं शंसतीव पराभवम् Ku.2.22. -शिलः, -ला red arsenic; मनःशिला- विच्छुरिता निषेदुः Ku.1.55; R.12.8; टङ्कैर्मनःशिलगुहैरवदीर्य- माणा Mk.; गन्धाश्मानं मनःशिलाम् Śiva B.3.19; मनःशिला- पङ्कलिखितेन च विद्योतितललाटपट्टाम् K. -शीघ्र a. quick as thought. -संकल्पः desire of the heart. -संगः attachment of the mind (to anything). -संचेतनाहारः (with Buddhists) one of the four kinds of food (in a material and spiritual senses) -संतापः anguish of the mind. -समृद्धिः heart's content; Bhāg. -संवरः coercion of mind. -सुख a. agreeable to the mind. -स्थ a. being in the heart, mental. -स्थैर्यम् firmness of mind. -हत a. disappointed. -हर a. pleasing, charming, attractive, fascinating, lovely; अव्याजमनोहरं वपुः Ś.1.18; Ku.3.39; R.3.32. (-रः) a kind of jasmine. (-रम्) gold. -हर्तृ, -हारिन् a. heart-stealing, captivating, agreeable, pleasing; हितं मनोहारि च दुर्लभं वचः Ki.1.4; गाङ्गं वारि मनोहारि मुरारिचरणच्युतम् Gaṅgāṣṭaka by Vālmīki 7. -हारी an unchaste or unfaithful woman. -ह्लादः gladness of heart. -ह्वा red arsenic; मनःशिला मनोगुप्ता मनोह्वा नागजिह्विका Bhāva. P.
mānaḥ मानः [मन्-घञ्] 1 Respect, honour, regard, respectful consideration; दारिद्र्यस्य परा मूर्तिर्यन्मानद्रविणाल्पता Pt.2.159; Bg.6.7; so मानधन &c. -2 Pride (in a good sense), self-reliance, self-respect; जन्मिनो मानहीनस्य तृणस्य च समा गतिः Pt.1.16; R.19.81. -3 Haughtiness, pride, conceit, self-confidence, vanity; मानाद् रावणः परदारान् अप्र- यच्छन् (विननाश) Kau. A.1.6. -4 A wounded sense of honour. -5 Jealous anger, anger excited by jealousy (especially in women); anger in general; मुञ्च मयि मान- मनिदानम् Gīt.1; माधवे मा कुरु मानिनि मानमये 9; त्यजत मानमलं बत विग्रहैः R.9.47; Śi. 9.84; Bv.2.56; Dk.2.3. -6 Opinion, conception. -7 Ved. Object, purpose. -नम् [मा-ल्युट्] 1 Measuring. -2 A measure, standard; माना- धीना मेयसिद्धिः Mīmāṁsā; निराकृतत्वाच्छ्रुतियुक्तिमानतः A. Rām. 7.5.57. -3 Dimension, computation. -4 A standard of measure, measuring rod, rule; परिमाणं पात्रमानं संख्यै- कद्यादिसंज्ञिका Śukra.2.344. -5 Proof, authority, means of proof or demonstration; ये$मी माधुर्यौजः प्रसादा रसमात्र- धर्मतयोक्तास्तेषां रसधर्मत्वे किं मानम् R. G.; मानाभावात् (frequently occurring in controversial language) Pad. D.4. 3. -6 Likeness, resemblance. -Comp. -अन्ध a. blinded by pride. -अर्ह a. worthy of honour; Ms.2.137. -अवभङ्गः destruction of pride or anger. -आसक्त a. given to pride, haughty, proud. -उत्साहः energy arising from self-confidence; Pt.1.226. -उन्नतिः f. great respect or honour; (सत्संगतिः) मनोन्नतिं दिशति पापमपाकरोति Bh.2.23. -उन्मादः infatuation of pride. -कलहः, -कलिः a quarrel caused by jealous anger; Amaru. -क्षतिः f., -भङ्गः, -हानिः f. injury reputation or honour, humiliation, mortification, insult, indignity. -ग्रन्थिः 1 injury to honour or pride. -2 violent anger. -ग्रहणम् fit of sulkiness. -द a. 1 showing respect. -2 proud; इत्थं मानद नातिदूरमुभयोरप्यावयोरन्तरम् Bh.3.24. -3 destroying pride. -4 a giver of honour (a mode of addressing lovers &c.). (-दः) a mystical name for the letter आ. (-दा) N. of the second digit of the moon. -दण्डः a measuring-rod; स्थितः पृथिव्या इव मानदण्डः Ku.1.1. -धन a. rich in honour; महौजसो मान- धना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. -धानिका a cucumber. -ध्मात a. puffed up with pride. -परिखण्डनम् mortification, humiliation. -भङ्गः see मानक्षति. -भाज् a. receiving honour from; राजस्नातकयोश्चैव स्नातको नृपमानभाक् Ms.2.139. -भृत्, पर a. possessing pride, extremely proud; प्रथमे मानभृतां न वृष्णयः Ki.2.44. -महत् a. rich or great in pride, greatly proud; किं जीर्णं तृणमत्ति मानमहतामग्रेसरः केसरी Bh.2. 29. -योगः the correct mode of measuring or weighing; मानयोगं च जानीयात्तुलायोगांश्च सर्वशः Ms.9.33. -रन्ध्रा a sort of clepsydra, a perforated water-vessel, which, placed in water and gradually filling, serves to measure time. -वर्जित a. 1 disgraced, dishonoured. -2 humble, lowly. -3 slanderous, libellous. -वर्धनम् indicating, increasing respect; यत्किंचिदेव देयं तु ज्यायसे मानवर्धनम् Ms.9.115. -विषमः one of the ways of embezzlement namely making use of false weights and measures; Kau. A.2.8.26. -सारः, -रम् a high degree of pride. -सूत्रम् 1 a measuring-cord; Dk.2.2. -2 a chain (of gold &c.) worn round the body.
māyūra मायूर a. (-री f.) [मयूर-अण्] 1 Belonging to or arising from a peacock; मायूरी मदयति मार्जना मनांसि M.1. 21; Rām.2.91.7. -2 Made of the feathers of a peacock. -3 Drawn by a peacock (as a car). -4 Dear to a peacock. -रम् A flock of peacocks. -री N. of a plant (अजमोदा). मायूरकः māyūrakḥ मायूरिकः māyūrikḥ मायूरकः मायूरिकः 1 A peacock-catcher. -2 One who makes various articles with peacock feathers; Rām.2.83.13 (com. मायूरका लीलामयूरग्राहिणः यद्वा मयूर- पिच्छैश्छत्रादिव्यजनकारिणः).
māruta मारुत a. (-ती f.) [मरुतः इदम् अण्] 1 Relating to or arising from the Maruts; व्रतमेतद्धि मारुतम् Ms.9.36. -2 Relating to wind, aerial, windy. -तः 1 Wind; स कीचकैर्मारुतपूर्णरन्ध्रैः R.2.12,34;4.55; Ms.4.122. -2 The god of wind, the deity presiding over wind; मनोजवं मारुततुल्यवेगम् Rām-rakṣā.33. -3 Breathing. -4 Vital air, one of the three essential humours of the body; प्रविश्य सर्वभूतानि यथा चरति मारुतः Ms.9.36. -5 The trunk of an elephant. -6 Ved. A son of the Maruts. -7 N. of Viṣṇu. -8 Of Rudra. -ती 1 The north-west quarter. -2 The daughter of the Maruts or gods; उतथ्यस्य च भार्यायां ममतायां महातपाः । मारुत्यां जनयामास भरद्वाजं बृहस्पतिः ॥ Bu. Ch.4.74; cf. Viṣṇu P.4 19.5. -तम् The lunar mansion called Svāti. -Comp. -अयनम् a (round) window; केलीमन्दिरमारुतायनमुखे विन्यस्तवक्त्राम्बुजा Bv.2.57. -अशनः a snake. -आत्मजः, -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 epithets of Hanumat. -2 of Bhīma. -व्रतम् 'penetrating everywhere', one of the duties of a king (who is able to penetrate everywhere by means of spies); cf. प्रविश्य सर्वभूतानि यथा चरति मारुतः । तथा चरैः प्रवेष्टव्यं व्रतमेतद्धि मारुतम् ॥ Ms.9.36.
muniḥ मुनिः [मन्-इन् उच्च Uṇ.4.122] 1 A sage, a holy man, saint, devotee, an ascetic; मुनीनामप्यहं व्यासः Bg.1. 37; दुःखेष्वनुद्विग्नमनाः सुखेषु विगतस्पृहः । वीतरागभयक्रोधः स्थित- धीर्मुनिरुच्यते ॥ 2.56; पुण्यः शब्दो मुनिरिति मुहुः केवलं राजपूर्वः Ś.2.15; R.1.8;3.49. -2 N. of the sage Agastya. -3 Of Vyāsa; Mb.6.119.4. -4 Of Buddha. -5 of Pāṇini. -6 N. of several plants (पियालु, पराशर and दमनक). -7 The internal conscience (according to Kull. on Ms.8.91 'the Supreme Spirit'). -8 The mango-tree. -9 The number 'seven'. -pl. The seven sages. -Comp. -अन्नम् (pl.) the food of ascetics, (कन्दफलादि); देशे काले च संप्राप्ते मुन्यन्नं हरिदैवतम् Bhāg.7. 15.5. -इन्द्रः 1 'the lord of the sages', a great sage. -2 an epithet of Śākyamuni. -3 of Bharata. -4 of Śiva. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a great sage. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 of Buddha. -च्छदः Alstonia Scholaris (Mar. सातवीण). -त्रयम् 'the triad of sages', i. e. Pāṇini, Kātyāyana, and Patañjali (who are considered to be inspired saints); मुनित्रयं नमस्कृत्य, or त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम् Sk. -दारकः, -कुमारः a young sage. -द्रुमः the Śyonāka tree. -धान्यम् a kind of wild grain (Mar. देवभात). -परंपरा uninterrupted tradition. -पित्तलम् copper. -पुङ्गवः a great or eminent sage. -पुत्रकः 1 a wagtail. -2 the damanaka tree. -प्रियः Panicum Miliaceum (Mar. नीवार, काङ्ग). -भेषजम् 1 the fruit of the yellow myrobalan. -2 fasting. -वृत्ति a. leading an ascetic life; वार्द्धके मुनि- वृत्तीनाम् R.1.8. -व्रतम् an ascetic vow; keeping silence; मुनिव्रतैस्त्वामतिमात्रकर्शिताम् Ku.5.48; मुनिव्रतमथ त्यक्त्वा निश्चक्रामाम्बिकागृहात् Bhāg.1.53.51.
yatas यतस् ind. [तद्-तसिल्] (often used merely for the abl. of the relative pronoun यद्) 1 From whence (referring to persons or things), from what, from which place or quarter; यतस्त्वया ज्ञानमशेषमाप्तम् R.5.4. (यतः = यस्मात् from whom); यतश्च भयमाशङ्केत् प्राचीं तां कल्पयेद् दिशम् Ms.7.189. -2 For which reason, wherefore, in consequence of which. -3 As, since, for, because; उवाच चैनं परमार्थतो हरं न वेत्सि नूनं यत एवमात्थ माम् Ku.5.75; R.8.76;13.61; oft. with ततः as correlative. -4 From which time forward, ever since. -5 That, so that, (यतस्ततः means 1 from which place soever, from any quarter whatever. -2 from any person whatever. -3 anywhere soever, on all sides, in any direction; न विद्यमानेष्वर्थेषु नार्त्यामपि यतस्ततः Ms.4.15. यतो यतः 1 from whatever place. -2 from whomsoever, from any person whatever. -3 wherever, in whatever direction; यतो यतः षट्चरणो$- भिवर्तते Ś.1.23; यतो यतो निश्चरति मनश्चञ्चलमस्थिरम् Bg.6.26. यतःप्रमृति from which time forward.) -Comp. -भव a. arising from which. -मूल a. originating in, or sprung from which.
yathā यथा ind. [यद् प्रकारे थाल्] 1 Used by itself यथा has the following senses :-- (a) as, in the manner mentioned; यथाज्ञापयति महाराजः 'as Your Majesty orders;' (b) namely, as follows; तद् यथानुश्रूयते Pt.1; U.2.4; (c) as, like (showing comparison, and used to express the point of similarity); आसीदियं दशरथस्य गृहे यथा श्रीः U.4.6; Ku.4.34; प्रभावप्रभवं कान्तं स्वाधीनपतिका यथा (न मुञ्चति) K. P.1; (d) as, as for example, for instance; यत्र यत्र धूमस्तत्र तत्र वह्निर्यथा महानसे T. S. कुर्युः कृत्यमकृत्यं वा उष्ट्रे काकादयो यथा Pt.1.288; (e) that (used to introduce direct assertions with or without इति at the end); अकथितो$पि ज्ञायत एव यथायमाभोगस्तपोवनस्येति Ś.1; विदितं खलु ते यथा स्मरः क्षणमप्युत्सहते न मां विना Ku.4.36; (f) so that, in order that; दर्शय तं चौरसिंहं यथा व्यापादयामि Pt.1. -2 Used correlatively with तथा, यथा has the following senses :-- (a) as, so (in which case एवम् and तद्वत् often take the place of तथा); यथा वृक्षस्तथा फलम् or यथा बीजं तथाङ्कुरः; Bg.11.29; in this case एव is frequently added to either यथा or तथा or to both to make the equality of relation more marked or striking; वधूचतुष्के$पि यथैव शान्ता प्रिया तनूजास्य तथैव सीता U.4.16; न तथा बाधते स्कन्धो (or शीतम्) यथा बाधति बाधते; (as much-as, as-as); Ku.6.7; U.2.4; V.4.33. In this sense तथा is often omitted, in which case यथा has sense (c) in 1 above. (b) so-that, तथा standing for 'so', and यथा for 'that'; यथा बन्धुजनशोच्या न भवति तथा निर्वाहय Ś.3; तथा प्रयतेथा यथा पहस्यसे जनैः K.19; तस्मान्मुच्ये यथा तात संविधातुं तथार्हसि R.1.72;3.66;14.66;15.68. (c) since-therefore, as (because) -so; यथा इतोमुखागतैरपि कलकलः श्रुतस्तथा तर्कयामि &c. Māl.8; sometimes तथा is omitted; मन्दं मन्दं नुदति पवनश्चानुकूलो यथा त्वां ... सेविष्यन्ते भवन्तं बलाकाः Me.9. (d) if-then, as surely as-so surely (a strong form of assertion or adjuration); वाङ्मनःकर्मभिः पत्यौ व्यभिचारो यथा न मे । तथा विश्वंभरे देवि मामन्तर्धातुमर्हसि R.15.81; यथा यथा- तथा तथा the more-the more, the less-the less; यथा यथा भाषसि धर्मसंमितं तथा तथा मे त्वयि भक्तिरुत्तमा Mb.; Śi.17.43; यथा यथा यौवनमतिचक्राम तथा तथावर्धतास्य संतापः K.59; Ms. 8.286;12.73; यथा तथा in any manner, in whatever way; यथा तथा यापयंस्तु सा ह्यस्य कृतकृत्यता Ms.4.17; यथैव just as; यथा तथा as much as; यथा तथा भवतु whatever may be the case; यथा कथंचित् anyhow, somehow or other. N. B. As the first member of Avyayībhāva comp. यथा is usually translated by 'according to, according as, in accordance with, in conformity to, in proportion to, not exceeding'; see compounds below. -Comp. -अंशम्, -अंशतस् ind. in due proportions, proportionately. -अधिकारम् ind. according to authority. -अधीत a. as read or studied, conformable to the text. (-तम्) ind. according to the text. -अनुपूर्वम्, -अनुपूर्व्यम्, -अनुपूर्व्या ind. in regular order or succession, successively. -अनुभूतम् ind. 1 according to experience. -2 by previous experience. -अनुरूपम् ind. in exact conformity, properly. -अनूक्तम् ind. as said or told; मया यथानूक्तमवादि ते हरेः कृतावतारस्य सुमित्र चेष्टितम् Bhāg.3.19.32. -अभिप्रेत, -अभिमत, -अभिलषित, -अभीष्ट a. as wished, intended or desired, agreeably to desire. (-तम् &c.) ind. according to one's wish, at pleasure, agreeably to one's desire. -अभिरुचित a. pleasant, agreeable. -अर्थ a. 1 conformable to truth, true, real, correct; सौम्येति चाभाष्य यथार्थभाषी R.14.44; so यथार्थानुभवः 'correct or right perception'; यथार्थवक्ता &c. -2 conformable to the true meaning; true to the sense, right, appropriate, significant; करिष्यन्निव नामास्य (i. e. शत्रुघ्न) यथार्थमरिनिग्रहात् R.15.6; (करिष्यते) युधि सद्यः शिशुपालतां यथार्थाम् Śi.16.85; Ki.8.48; Ku.2.16. -3 fit suitable. (-र्थम्, -अर्थतः ind. truly, rightly; fitly, suitably, properly.) ˚अक्षर a. signficant or true to the syllable; यस्मिन्नीश्वर इत्यनन्यविषयः शब्दो यथार्थाक्षरः V.1.1. ˚नामन् a. one whose name is true to its meaning or fully significant (whose deeds are according to his name); ध्रुवसिद्धेरपि यथार्थनाम्नः सिद्धिं न मन्यते M.4; परंतपो नाम यथार्थनामा R.6.21. ˚वर्णः a spy (see यथार्हवर्ण). (यथार्थता 1 suitableness, fitness. -2 propriety. -3 accuracy, genuineness, correctness.) -अर्ह a. 1 according to merit, as deserving. -2 appropriate, suitable, just. -3 as agreeable; यथार्हजलेन हृद्यगन्धेन स्नातः Dk.2.7. ˚वर्णः a spy, an emissary. -अर्हम्, -अर्हतः ind. according to merit or worth; यथार्हमन्यैरनुजीविलोकं संभावयामास यथाप्रधानम् R.16.4. -अर्हणम् ind. 1 according to propriety. -2 according to worth or merit. -अवकाशम् ind. 1 according to room or space. -2 as occasion may occur, according to occasion, leisure or propriety. -3 in the proper place; प्रालम्बमुत्कृष्य यथावकाशं निनाय R.6.14. -अवस्थम् ind. according to the condition or circumstances. -आख्यात a. as mentioned before, before mentioned. -आख्यानम् ind. as before stated. -आगत a. foolish, stupid. (-तम्) ind. as one came, by the same way as one came; यथागतं मातलिसारथिर्ययौ R.3.67. -आगमम् ind. according to tradition, as handed down from generation to generation. -आचारम् ind. as customary or usual. -आम्नातम्, आम्नायम् ind. as laid down in the Vedas. -आरम्भम् ind. according to the beginning, in regular order or succession. -आवासम् ind. according to one's dwelling, each to his own dwelling. -आशयम् ind. 1 according to wish or intention. -2 according to the agreement. -आश्रमम् ind. according to the Āśrama or period in one's religious life. -आश्रयम् ind. according to substratum; चित्रं यथाश्रयमृते Sāṅkhya K.41. -इच्छ, -इष्ट, -ईप्सित a. according to wish or desire, agreeably to one's desire, as much as desired, as desired or wished for. (-च्छम्, -ष्टम्, -तम्) ind. 1 according to wish or desire, at will or pleasure; यथेष्टं चेष्टन्ते स्फुटकुचतटाः पश्य कुलटाः Udb. -2 as much as may be wanted, to the heart's content; यथेष्टं बुभुजे मांसम् Ch. P.3. -ईक्षितम् ind. as personally seen, as actually perceived. -उक्त, -उदित a. as said or told above, aforesaid, above-mentioned; यथोक्ताः संवृत्ताः Pt.1; यथोक्त- व्यापारा Ś.1; R.2.7; ततः स्वगृहमेत्य यथोक्तमर्थत्यागं कृत्वा Dk.2.2. -उचित a. suitable, proper, due, fit. (-तम्) ind. duly, suitably, properly; आगतं तु भयं वीक्ष्य नरः कुर्याद् यथोचितम् H. -उत्तरम् ind. in regular order or succession, one after another; संबन्धो$त्र यथोत्तरम् S. D. 729; श्रैष्ठ्यमेषां यथोत्तरम् Ms.12.38; यथोत्तरेच्छा हि गुणेषु कामिनः Ki.8.4. -उत्साहम् ind. 1 according to one's power or might. -2 with all one's might. -उद्गत a. without sense, stupid. -उद्गमनम् in ascending proportion. -उद्दिष्ट a. as indicated or described. (-ष्टम्) or -उद्देशम् ind. in the manner indicated. -उपचारम् ind. as politeness or courtesy requires. -उपजोषम् ind. according to pleasure or desire; यथोपजोषं वासांसि परिधाया- हतानि ते Bhāg.8.9.15. -उपदिष्ट a. as indicated. -उपदेशम् ind. as advised or instructed. -उपपत्ति ind. 1 as may be fit. -2 as may happen. -उपपन्न a. just as happened to be at hand, natural; यथोपपन्नरज्जुबद्धः Dk.2.4. -उपमा (in Rhet.) a comparison expressed by यथा. -उप- -योगम् ind. according to use or requirements, according to circumstances. -उपाधि ind. according to the condition or supposition. -औचित्यम् propriety, suitableness, fitness. -ऋतु ind. according to the right season; यथर्तुवर्षी भगवान् न तथा पाकशासनः Mb.3.188.5. -कथित a. as already mentioned. -कर्तव्यम् what is right to be done. -कर्म ind. according to one's duties or circumstances. -कल्पम् ind. according to rule or ritual. -काम a. conformable to desire. (-मम्) ind. agreeably to desire, at will or pleasure, to the heart's content; यथाकामार्चितार्थिनाम् R.1.6;4.51. -कामिन् a. free, unrestrained. -कारम् ind. in whatever way; P.III.4.28. -कालः the right or due time, proper time; यथाकालप्रबोधिनाम् R.1.6. (-लम्) ind. at the right time, opportunely, seasonably; सोपसर्पैर्जजागार यथाकालं स्वपन्नपि R.17.51. -कृत a. as agreed upon, done according to rule or custom, customary; स यदि प्रतिपद्येत यथान्यस्तं यथाकृतम् Ms.8.183. (-तम्) ind. according to the usual practice. -क्लृप्ति ind. in a suitable way. -क्रमम्, -क्रमेण ind. in due order or succession, regularly, in due form, properly; यथाक्रमं पुंसवनादिकाः क्रियाः R.3.1;9.26. -क्षमम् ind. according to one's power, as much as possible. -क्षिप्रम् ind. as quickly as possible. -क्षेमेण ind. safely, comfortably. -खेलम् ind. playfully; V. -गुणम् ind. according to qualities or endowments; Ch. Up. -चित्तम् ind. according to will; Māl. -जात a. 1 foolish, senseless, stupid. -2 barbarous, outcast. -ज्ञानम् ind. to the best of one's knowledge or judgment. -ज्येष्ठम् ind. according to rank, by seniority. -तत्त्वम् ind. 1 according to actual facts, actually, as the case really may be. -तथ a. 1 true, right. -2 accurate, exact. (-थम्) a narrative of the particulars or details of anything, a detailed or minute account. (-थम्) ind. 1 exactly, precisely; विभाव्यन्ते यथातथम् Bhāg. -2 fitly, properly, as the case really may be; Mb.3. -तथ्यम्, -तथ्येन ind. truly, really. -तृप्ति ind. to the heart's content. -दर्शनम् ind. according to observation. -दिक्, -दिशम् ind. in all directions. -निकायम् ind. according to body; Śvet. Up. -निर्दिष्ट a. 1 as mentioned before, as specified above; यथानिर्दिष्टव्यापारा सखी. -2 as prescribed or laid down; यथानिर्दिष्टं संपादितं व्रतम् V.3. -न्यायम् ind. justly, rightly, properly; प्रतिपूज्य यथान्यायम् Ms.1.1. -न्यासम् ind. according to the text of a Śūtra, as written down. -न्युप्त a. as placed on the ground or offered; अवजिघ्रेच्च तान् पिण्डान् यथान्युप्तान् समाहितः Ms.3.218. -पण्यम् ind. according to the (value or kind of) commodities; शुल्क- स्थानेषु कुशलाः यथापण्यविचक्षणाः Ms.8.398 (v. l.). -पुरम् ind. as before, as on previous occasions; यथापुरमविज्ञाय स्वार्थलिप्सुमपण्डिताम् Rām.2.1.2. -पूर्व, -पूर्वक a. being as before, former; R.12.41. (-र्वम्) -पूर्वकम् ind. 1 as before; सर्वाणि ज्ञातिकार्याणि यथापूर्वं समाचरेत् Ms.11.187. -2 in due order or succession, one after another; एते मान्या यथापूर्वम् Y.1.35. -प्रत्यर्हम् ind. according to merit. -प्रदिष्टम् ind. as suitable or proper. -प्रदेशम् ind. 1 in the proper or suitable place; यथाप्रदेशं विनिवेशितेन Ku. 1.49; आसञ्जयामास यथाप्रदेशं कण्ठे गुणम् R.6.83; Ku.7.34. -2 according to direction or precept. -3 on all sides. -प्रधानम्, -प्रधानतः ind. according to rank or position, according to precedence; आलोकमात्रेण सुरानशेषान् संभावया- मास यथाप्रधानम् Ku.7.46. -प्रयोगम् ind. 1 according to usage or practice. -2 as found by experiment. -प्रस्तावम् ind. on the first suitable occasion. -प्रस्तुतम् ind. 1 at last, at length. -2 conformably to the circumstances. -प्राणम् ind. according to strength with all one's might. -प्राप्त a. 1 suitable to circumstances. -2 following from a previous grammatical rule; Kāśi. on P.III.2.135. (-प्तम्) ind. regularly, properly. -प्रार्थितम् ind. as requested. -बलम् ind. 1 to the best of one's power, with all one's might; यथाबलं च विभज्य गृह्णीत Dk.2.8. -2 according to the (condition of) army or number of forces; Ms. -बुद्धि, -मति ind. to the best of one's knowledge. -भक्त्या with entire devotion. -भागम्, -भागशः ind. 1 according to the share of each, proportionately; यथाभागशो$मी वो गन्धाः -2 each in his respective place; यथाभागमवस्थिताः Bg.1.11. -3 in the proper place; यथाभागमवस्थिते$पि R.6.19. -भावः 1 destiny. -2 proper relation. -भूतम् ind. according to what has taken place, according to truth, truly, exactly. -भूयस् ind. according to seniority. -मुखीन a. looking straight at (with gen.); (मृगः) यथामुखीनः सीतायाः पुप्लुवे बहु लोभयन् Bk.5.48. -मूल्य a. worth the price, accordant with the price. -यथम् ind. 1 as in fit, fitly, properly; यथायथं ताः सहिता नभश्चरैः Ki.8.2. -2 in regular order, severally, each in its proper place, respectively; असक्तमाराधयतो यथायथम् Ki.1.11; बीजवन्तो मुखाद्यर्था विप्रकीर्णा यथायथम् S. D.337. -3 by degrees, gradually; सर्वे मायामानवा यथायथमन्तर्भावं गताः Dk.1.5. -युक्तम्, -योगम् ind. according to circumstances, fitly, suitably. -योग्य a. suitable, fit, proper, right. -रसम् ind. according to the sentiments. -रुचम्, -रुचि ind. according to one's liking or taste; वदन्ति चैतत् कवयो यथारुचम् Bhāg.2.5.21. -रूपम् ind. 1 according to form or appearance. -2 duly, properly, fitly. -लब्ध a. as actually in hand. -वस्तु ind. as the fact stands, exactly, accurately, truly. -विध a. of such kind or sort. -विधि ind. according to rule or precept, duly, properly; यथाविधि हुताग्नीनाम् R.1.6; संचस्कारोभयप्रीत्या मैथिलेयौ यथाविधि 15.31;3.7; Ms.11.191. -विनियोगम् ind. in the succession or order stated. -विभवम् ind. in proportion to one's income, according to means. -वीर्य a. of whatever strength. (-र्यम्) ind. in respect of manliness or courage. -वृत्त a. as happened, done or acted. (-त्तम्) 1 the actual facts, the circumstances or details of an event.-2 a former event. -वृद्धम् ind. according to age or seniority; गगनादवतीर्णा सा यथावृद्धपुरःसरा Ku.6. 49. -व्युत्पत्ति ind. 1 according to the degree of education or culture. -2 according to the derivation. -शक्ति, -शक्त्या ind. to the best of one's power, as far as possible. -शब्दार्थम् ind. in keeping with or according to the sense conveyed by the (sacred) text; इह शब्द- लक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on MS.11.1.26. -शास्त्रम् ind. according to the scriptures, as the law ordains; सर्वे$पि क्रमशस्त्वेते यथाशास्त्रं निषेविताः Ms.6.88. -शीघ्रम् ind. as quickly as possible. -शीलम् ind. in accordance with one's temper. -श्रुत a. according to the report. -श्रुतम् -ति ind. 1 as heard or reported. -2 (यथाश्रुति) according to Vedic precepts; अस्मात् परं बत यथाश्रुति संभृतानि को नः कुले निवपनानि करिष्यतीति Ś.6.25. -श्रेष्ठम् ind. in order of precedence or merit. -श्लक्ष्ण a. behaving in such a way that the weaker is placed first. -संस्थम् ind. according to circumstances. -संख्यम् a figure of speech in Rhetoric; यथासंख्यं क्रमेणैव क्रमिकाणां समन्वयः K. P.1; e. g. शत्रुं मित्रं विपत्तिं च जय रञ्जय भञ्जय Chandr.5.17. (-ख्यम्), -संख्येन ind. according to number, respectively, number for number; हृत्कण्ठतालुगाभिस्तु यथासंख्यं द्विजातयः (शुध्येरन्) Y.1.21. -समयम् ind. 1 at the proper time. -2 according to agreement or established usage. -संभव a. possible. -संभावित a. suitable, appropriate. -सर्वम् ind. in all particulars. -सवनम् ind. according to the time or season. -सारम् ind. according to quality or goodness. -सुखम् ind. 1 at will or pleasure. -2 at ease, comfortably, pleasantly, so as to give pleasure; अङ्के निधाय करभोरु यथासुखं ते संवाहयामि चरणावुत पद्मताम्रौ Ś.3.2; R.9.48; Ms.4.43. -स्थानम् the right or proper place. (-नम्) ind. 1 in the proper place; duly, properly. -2 instantly. -3 according to rank. -स्थित a. 1 according to circumstances or actual facts, as it stands; रामं यथास्थितं सर्वं भ्राता ब्रूते स्म विह्वलः Bk.6.8. -2 right, proper, fit. (-तम्) ind. 1 truly, properly. -2 according to circumstances. -स्थिति ind. as usual, according to state or circumstances. -स्थूलम् ind. without details. -स्व a. each according to (his or her) own; यथास्वान् जग्मुरालयान् Mb.12.44.14. -स्वम् ind. 1 each his own, respectively; अध्यासते चीरभृतो यथास्वम् R.13.22; Ki.14.43. -2 individually; यथास्वमाश्रमैश्चके वर्णैरपि षडंशभाक् R.17.65. -3 duly, properly, rightly; यथास्वं ग्राहकान्येषां शब्दादीनामिमानि तु Mb.3.211.13.
yantraṇam यन्त्रणम् णा [यन्त्र्-ल्युट् वा टाप्] 1 Restraining, curbing, stopping; करयन्त्रणदन्तुरान्तरे व्यलिखच्चञ्चुपुटेन पक्षता N.2.2. -2 A restraint, restriction; check; ह्रीयन्त्रणां तत्क्षणमन्वभूवन्नन्योन्यलोलानि विलोचनानि Ku.7.75; R.7.23; गुरुजनयन्त्रणा K.94. -3 Fastening, binding (बन्ध); निबिडपीनकुचद्वययन्त्रणा तमपराधमधात् प्रतिबध्नती N.4.1. -4 Force, compulsion, constraint, trouble, pain or anguish (arising from compulsion); अलमलमुपचारयन्त्रणया M.4. -5 Guarding, protecting. -6 A bandage. यन्त्रणी yantraṇī यन्त्रिणी yantriṇī यन्त्रणी यन्त्रिणी A wife's younger sister.
yuddha युद्ध p. p. 1 Fought, encountered. -2 Conquered, subdued. -द्धम् [युध्-भावादौ क्त] 1 War, battle, fight, engagement, contest, struggle, combat; वत्स केयं वार्ता युद्धं युद्धमिति U.6. -2 (In astr.) The opposition or conflict of planets. -Comp. -अवसानम् cessation of hostilities, a truce. -अवहारिकम् booty; युद्धावहारिकं यच्च पितुः स्यात् स हरेत् तु तत् Mb.13.47.49. -आचार्यः a military preceptor; Ms.3.162. -उद्योगः, -उद्यमः vigorous or warlike preparations. -उपकरणम् a war-implement. -उन्मत्त a. frantic in battle. -कारिन् a. fighting, contending. -गान्धर्वम् battle-music. -तन्त्रम् military science. -द्यूतम् chance of war. -ध्यानः battle-cry. -भूः, -भूमिः f. a battle-field. -मार्गः military stratagems or tactics, manœuvres. -योजक a. eager for battle. -रङ्गः 1 a battle-field, battle arena. -2 N. of Kārtikeya. -वर्णः a sort of battle. -वस्तु n. an implement of war. -विद्या, -शास्त्रम् military science or art, science of war. -वीरः 1 a warrior, hero, champion. -2 (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of military prowess, the sentiment of chivalrous heroism; see S. D.234 and R. G. under युद्धवीर. -व्यतिक्रमः violation of the rules of combat. -शीलिन् a. heroic, valiant. -सारः a horse. -a. provoking (as speech).
raśanā रशना रसना [अश्-युच् रशादेशः cf. अश्नुते जघनम् Uṇ. 2.75] 1 A rope, cord. -2 A rein, bridle. -3 A zone, girdle, woman's girdle; तान् वीक्ष्य वातरशनांश्चतुरः कुमारान् Bhāg.3.15.3; रसतु रसनापि तव घनजघनमण्डले घोषयतु मन्मथनिदेशम् Gīt.1; R.7.1;8.58; Me.37. -4 The tongue; वदने विनिवेशिता भुजङ्गी पिशुनानां रसनामिषेण धात्रा Bv.1.111; tongue as an organ of taste; रसनया भाव्यमाना मधुराम्लतिक्तकटुकषायलवणभेदाः षड्रसाः Bhāvanopaniṣad 2. -Comp. -उपमा a variety of the figure उपमा; it is 'a string or series' of comparisons, which consists in making the Upameya in the first comparison the Upamāna in the second, and so forth; see S. D.664. -गुणः the cord of a girdle. -पदम् the hip.
rohaṇaḥ रोहणः [रुह्-ल्युट् Uṇ.2.74] N. of a mountain in Ceylon; मणिप्ररोहेण विवृध्य रोहणः N.12.9; जनश्च वाक्सुधा- सूतिर्मणिसूतिश्च रोहणः B. R.1.49. -णम् 1 The act of mounting, riding, ascending. -2 Growing over, healing. -3 Proceeding or arising from; consisting of. -4 Semen virile. -Comp. -गिरिः, -नगेन्द्रः The Rohaṇa mountain; रोहणगिरिः सकलगुणरत्नसमूहस्य Vas. -द्रुमः the sandal tree.
las लस् I. 1 P. (लसति, लसित) 1 To shine, glitter, flash; मुक्ताहारेण लसता हसतीव स्तनद्वयम् K. P.1; करवाणि चरणद्वयं सरसलसदलक्तकरागम् Gīt.1; Amaru.19; बालेन नक्तंसमयेन मुक्तं रौप्यं लसड्डिम्बमिवेन्दुबिम्बम् N.22.53 (v. l.). -2 To appear, arise, come to light. -3 To embrace. -4 To play, frolic about, skip about, dance. -4 To sound, resound. -Caus. (लासयति-ते) 1 To cause to shine, grace, adorn. -2 To cause to dance. -3 To exercise an art.
vara वर a. [वृ-कर्मणि अप्] 1 Best, excellent, most beautiful or precious, choicest, finest, royal, princely; with gen. or loc. or usually at the end of comp.; वदतां वरः R.1.59; वेदविदां वरेण 5.23;11.54; Ku.6.18; नृवरः, तरुवराः, सरिद्वरा &c. -2 Better than, preferable to; ग्रन्थिभ्यो धारिणो वराः Ms.12.13; Y.1.352. -रः 1 The act of choosing, selecting. -2 Choice, selection. -3 A boon, blessing, favour (तपोभिरिष्यते यस्तु देवेभ्यः स वरो मतः); वरं वृ or याच् 'to ask a boon'; प्रीतास्मि ते पुत्र वरं वृणीष्व R.2.63; भवल्लब्धवरोदीर्णः Ku.2.32; (for the distinction between वर and आशिस् see आशिस्). -4 A gift, present, reward, recompense. -5 A wish, desire in general. -6 Solicitation, entreaty. -7 Charity, alms. -8 Surrounding, enclosing. -9 Obstructing, checking. -1 A bridegroom, husband; वरं वरयते कन्या; see under वधू (1) also. -11 A suitor, wooer. -12 A dowry. -13 A son-in-law; 'वरो जामातरि श्रेष्ठे' इति विश्वः; रथाङ्गभर्त्रे$भिनवं वराय Śi.3.36. -14 A dissolute man, libertine. -15 A sparrow. -16 Bdellium. -रम् Saffron; (for वरम् see separately). -Comp. -अङ्ग a. having an excellent form. (-ङ्गः) 1 an elephant. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Cupid. -4 a Nakṣatra year consisting of 324 days. (-ङ्गी) turmeric. (-ङ्गम्) 1 the head; वराङ्गानि महार्हाणि धनुषा शातयामि वः Rām.1.66.1; वराङ्गमुर्व्यामपतच्चमूमुखे Mb.8.91.53. -2 the best part. -3 an elegant form. -4 pudendum muliebre. -5 green cinnamon. -अङ्गना a lovely woman; वराङ्गनासेवनमल्पभोजनम् Lakṣmīcharitra. -अन्नम् excellent dish; पक्वापक्वं दिवारात्रं वरान्नममृतोपमम् Mb.7.67.2. -अरणिः a mother; ददर्श रावणस्तत्र गोवृषेन्द्रवरारणिम् Rām.7.23.22. -अर्ह a. 1 worthy of a boon. -2 very worthy, highly esteemed; -मत्कृते$द्य वरार्हायाः श्यामतां समुपागतम्(मुखम्) Mb.3.144. 11. -3 very expensive. -आनना a lovely-faced woman. -आजीविन् m. an astrologer. -आरुहः an ox. -आरोह a. having fine hips. (-हः) 1 an excellent rider. -2 a rider on an elephant or horse. -3 mounting, riding. (-हा) an elegant or a beautiful woman; कामं कुरु वरा- रोहे देहि मे परिरम्भणम् Māl.6.11. -आलिः the moon. -आसनम् 1 an excellent seat. -2 the chief seat, a seat of honour. -3 the China rose. -4 a cistern, reservoir. (-नः) 1 a door-keeper. -2 a lover, paramour -इन्द्रः 1 a chief, sovereign. -2 Indra. -3 (also n.) N. of a part of Bengal. -न्द्री the ancient Gaura or Gauda country. -ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उरुः, -रूः f. a beautiful woman (lit. having beautiful thighs). -क्रतुः an epithet of Indra. -गात्र a. fair-limbed, beautiful. -चन्दनम् 1 a kind of sandal wood. -2 the pine tree. -तनु a. fairlimbed. (-नुः f.) a beautiful woman; वरतनुरथवासौ नैव दृष्टा त्वया मे V.4.22. -तन्तुः N. of an ancient sage; कौत्सः प्रपेदे वरतन्तुशिष्यः R.5.1. -त्वचः the Nimba tree. -द a. 1 conferring a boon, granting or fulfilling a boon; आगच्छ वरदे देवि जपे मे संनिधौ भव Sandhyā. -2 propitious. (-दः) 1 a benefactor. -2 N. of a class of Manes. -3 fire for propitiatory burnt offerings. ˚चतुर्थी N. of the 4th day in the bright half of माघ, ˚हस्तः the boon-giving or beneficent hand (placed on the head of a suppliant by a deity &c.). (-दा) 1 N. of a river; वरद वरदारोधोवृक्षैः सहावनतो रिपुः M.5.1. -2 a maiden, girl. -दक्षिणा 1 a present made to the bridegroom by the father of the bride. -2 a term for expense incurred in fruitless endeavours to recover a loss. -दानम् the granting of a boon. -दानिक a. arising from the bestowal of a favour or boon; चतुर्दश वने वासं वर्षाणि वरदानिकम् Rām.2.17.7. -द्रुमः agallochum. -धर्मः a noble act of justice. -निमन्त्र- णम् a journey undertaken by the parents of the bride to recall the bridegroom (who pretends to go to Kāśī.). -निश्चयः the choice of a bridegroom. -पक्षः the party of the bridegroom (at a wedding); प्रमुदितवरपक्षमेकतस्तत् R.6.86. -पुरुषः the best of men; अहं वरपुरुषमनुष्यो वासुदेवः कामयितव्यः Mk.1.3/31. -प्रद a. granting wishes. -प्रदा N. of Lopāmudrā. -प्रस्थानम्, -यात्रा the setting out of the bridegroom in procession towards the house of the bride for the celebration of marriage. -फलः the cocoa-nut tree. -बाह्लिकम् saffron. -युवतिः, -ती f. a beautiful young woman. -रुचिः N. of a poet and grammarian (one of the 'nine gems' at the court of king Vikrama; see नवरत्न; he is identified by some with Kātyāyana, the celebrated author of the Vārtikas on Pāṇini's Sūtras). -लक्षणम् the requisites of wedding. पाणिग्रहणमन्त्राश्च प्रथितं वरलक्षणम् Mb.7.55.16. -लब्ध a. received as a boon. (-ब्धः) the Champaka tree. -वत्सला a mother-in-law. -वर्णम् gold. -वर्णिनी 1 an excellent or fair-complexioned woman; मया हीयं वृता पूर्वं भार्यार्थे वरवर्णिनी Mb.1.5.23. -2 a woman in general. -3 turmeric. -4 lac. -5 N. of Lakṣmī. -6 of Durgā. -7 of Sarasvatī. -8 the creeper called Priyaṅgu. -9 a yellow pigment. -वृद्धः N. of Śiva. -शीतम् cinnamon. -सुरत a. 1 very wanton. -2 acquainted with the secrets of sexual intercourse. -स्रज् f. 'the bridegroom's garland', the garland put by the bride round the neck of the bridegroom.
varṇaḥ वर्णः [वर्ण्-अच् Uṇ.3.1] 1 A colour, hue; अन्तः- शुद्धस्त्वमपि भविता वर्णमात्रेण कृष्णः Me.51. -2 A paint, dye, paint-colour; see वर्ण् (1). -3 Colour, complexion, beauty; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3; त्वय्यादातुं जलमवनते शार्ङ्गिणो वर्णचौरे Me.48; R.8.42. -4 Look, countenance; मध्यस्थवर्ण इव दृश्यते Madhyamavyāyoga 1; किं त्वं शङ्कितवर्ण इव Chārudatta 4; अवदातिका परशङ्कितवर्णेव दृश्यते Pratimā 1. -5 A class of men, tribe, caste (especially applied to the four principal castes, ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र); वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण Vārt; न कश्चिद्वर्णानामपथमपकृष्टो$पि भजते Ś.5. 1; R.5.19. -6 A class, race, tribe, kind, species; as in सवर्णम् अक्षरम्; ब्रह्मणा पूर्वसृष्टं हि कर्मभिर्वर्णतां गतम् Mb.12. 188.1. -7 (a) A letter, character, sound; न मे वर्ण- विचारक्षमा दृष्टिः V.5; Ki.14.3. (b) A word, syllable; S. D.9. -8 Fame, glory, celebrity, renown; राजा प्रजा- रञ्जनलब्धवर्णः R.6.21. -9 A good quality, merit, virtue; त्रिवर्णा वर्णिता$स्माभिः किं भूयः श्रोतुमिच्छसि Bhāg.11.3.16. -1 Praise; स्वगुणोच्चगिरो मुनिव्रताः परवर्णग्रहणेष्वसाधवः Śi.16. 29. -11 Dress, decoration. -12 Outward appearance, form, figure. -13 A cloak, mantle. -14 A covering, lid. -15 The order or arrangement of a subject in a song (गीतक्रम); अभिध्यायन्वर्णरतिप्रमोदानतिदीर्घे जीविते को रमेत Kaṭh.1.28; उपात्तवर्णे चरिते पिनाकिनः Ku.5.56 'celebrated in song, made the subject of a song.' -16 The housings of an elephant. -17 A quality, property; जङ्गमानामसंख्येयाः स्थावराणां च जातयः । तेषां विविधवर्णानां कुतो वर्णविनिश्चयः ॥ Mb.12.188.9. -18 A religious observance. -19 An unknown quantity. -2 The number 'one'. -21 Application of perfumed unguents to the body. -22 Gold. -23 A musical mode. -र्णा Cajanus Indicus (Mar. तूर). -र्णम् 1 Saffron. -2 A coloured unguent or perfume. -Comp. -अङ्का a pen. -अधिपः a planet presiding over a caste or class. -अनुप्रासः alliteration. -अन्तरम् 1 another caste. ˚गमनम् the passing into another caste. -2 change of sound. -अपसदः an outcast. -अपेत a. devoid of any cast, outcast, degraded; वर्णा- प्रेतमविज्ञातं ...... कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -अवकृष्टः a Śūdra; अपि वर्णावकृष्टस्तु नारी वा धर्मकाङ्क्षिणी Mb.12.24.34. -अर्हः a kind of bean. -अवर a. inferior in caste. -आगमः the addition of a letter; भवेद्वर्णागमाद्धंसः Sk. -आत्मन् m. a word. -आश्रमाः the (four) castes and stages of life; वर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी विचक्षणः प्रस्तुतमाचचक्षे R.5.19. ˚गुरुः N. of Śiva. ˚धर्मः the duties of caste and order. -उदकम् coloured water; वर्णोदकैः काञ्चनशृङ्गमुक्तै- स्तमायताक्ष्यः प्रणयादसिञ्चन् R.16.7. -कविः N. of a son of Kubera. -कूपिका an ink-stand. -क्रमः 1 the order of castes or colours. -2 alphabetical order or arrangement. -गत a. 1 coloured. -2 algebraical. -गुरुः a king, prince. -ग्रथणा a method (artificial) of writing verses. -चारकः a painter. -ज्येष्ठः a Brāhmaṇa. -तर्णकम्, -तर्णिका woollen cloth used as a mat. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तूलिः, -तूलिका, -तूली f. a pencil, paint-brush. -द a. colouring. (-दम्) a kind of fragrant yellow wood. -दात्री turmeric. -दूतः a letter. -दूषक a. violating the distinctions of castes; यत्र त्वेते परिध्वंसा जायन्ते वर्णदूषकाः Ms.1.61. -धर्मः the peculiar duties of a caste. -नाथः the planetary regent of a caste. -पत्रम् a pallet. -परिचयः skill in song or music. -पातः the omission of a letter. -पात्रम् a paint-box. -पुष्पम् the flower of the globe-amaranth. -पुष्पकः the globeamaranth. -प्रकर्षः excellence of colour. -प्रसादनम् aloe-wood. -बुद्धिः the notion connected with particular letters or sounds. -भेदिनी millet. -मातृ f. a pen, pencil. -मातृका N. of Sarasvatī. -माला, -राशिः the alphabet. -रे(ले)खा, -लेखिका chalk. -वर्तिः, -वर्तिका f. 1 a paint-brush; फलकमादाय मणिसमुद्गकाद्वर्णवर्तिकामुद्धृत्य Dk.2.2. -2 a pencil. -वादिन् m. a panegyrist. -विक्रिया enmity against the castes. -विपर्ययः the substitution or change of letters; (भवेत्) सिंहो वर्णविपर्ययात् Sk. -विलासिनी turmeric. -विलोडकः 1 a house-breaker. -2 a plagiarist (lit. word-stealer). -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains (opp. मात्रावृत्त). -व्यव- -स्थितिः f. the institution of caste, caste-system. -शिक्षा instruction in letters. -श्रेष्ठः a Brāhmaṇa; वर्णश्रेष्ठो द्विजः पूज्यः H.4.21. -संयोगः marriage between persons of the same caste. -संसर्गः confusion of castes, marriage with members of other castes; Ms.8.172. -संहारः an assemblage of different castes. -संकरः 1 confusion of castes through intermarriage; स्त्रीषु दुष्टासु वार्ष्णेय जायते वर्ण- संकरः Bg.1.41. -2 mixture or blending of colours; चित्रेषु वर्णसंकरः K. (where both senses are intended); Śi.14.37. -संघातः, -समाम्नायः the alphabet. -स्थानम् an organ of utterance. -हीन a. outcast.
vāta वात p. p. [वा-क्त] 1 Blown. -2 Desired or wished for, solicited. -तः 1 Air, wind. -2 The god of wind, the deity presiding over wind. -3 Wind, as one of the three humours of the body. -4 Gout, rheumatism. -5 Inflammation of the joints. -6 A faithless lover (धृष्ट). -7 Wind emitted from the body; Mb. -8 Morbid affection of the windy humour, flatulence. -Comp. -अटः 1 an antelope (वातमृग). -2 a horse of the sun. -अण्डः a disease of the testicles; वृषणौ दूषयेद्वायुः श्लेष्मणा यस्य संवृतः । तस्य मुष्कश्चलत्येको रोगो वाताण्डसंज्ञकः ॥ Mādhavakara. -अतिसारः dysentery caused by some derangement or vitiation of the bodily wind. -अदः the almond tree. -अध्वन् m. an air-hole, window; वाताध्वरोमविवरस्य च ते महित्वम् Bhāg.1.14.11. -अयम् a leaf. -अयनः a horse. (-नम्) 1 a window, an air-hole; कटाक्षैर्नारीणां कुवलयितवातायनमिव Māl.2.11; Ku.7.59; R.6.24;13. 21. -2 a porch, portico. -3 a pavilion. -अयुः an antelope. -अरिः 1 the castor-oil tree. -2 N. of several plants :-- शतमूली, शेफालिका, यवानी, भार्गी, स्नुही, विडंग, शूरण, जतुका &c. -अश्वः a very fleet or swift horse. -अष्ठीला a hard globular swelling in the lower belly. -आख्यम् a house with two halls (one looking south and the other east). -आत्मजः 1 N. of Hanumat; वातात्मजं वानर- यूथमुख्यं श्रीरामदूतं शरणं प्रपद्ये Rāma-rakṣā 33. -2 N. of Bhīmasena. -आप्यम् 1 fermentation. -2 Soma. -3 water. -आमोदा musk. -आलिः, -ली f. a whirl-wind; एतेन वातालीपुञ्जितेन शुष्कपर्णपुटेन प्रच्छादयामि Mk.8. -आहत a. 1 shaken by the wind. -2 affected by gout. -आहतिः f. a violent gust of wind. -आहार a. one who feeds only on air. -उपसृष्ट a. rheumatic, gouty. -ऋद्धिः f. 1 excess of wind. -2 a mace, a club, stick tipped with iron. -कण्टकः a particular pain in the ankle. -कर्मन् n. breaking wind. -कुण्डलिका scanty and painful flow of urine. -कुम्भः the part of an elephant's forehead below the frontal sinuses. -केतुः 1 dust. -2 cloud. -केलिः 1 amorous discourse, the low whispering of lovers. -2 the marks of finger-nails on the person of a lover. -कोपन a. exciting wind (in the body). -क्षोभः disturbance of wind in the body. -गामिन् m. a bird. -गुल्मः 1 a high wind, strong gale. -2 rheumatism. -घ्नी N. of some plants (Mar. सालवण, आस्कंध). -चक्रम् the circular markings of a compass. -चटकः the तित्तिर bird. -जम् a kind of colic. -ज्वरः fever arising from vitiated wind. -तूलम् cottony seeds floating in the air. -थुडा (also वातखुडा, वातहुडा) 1 a high wind. -2 acute gout. -3 a kind of smallpox. -4 a lovely woman. -ध्वजः 1 a cloud. -2 dust. -पटः a sail. -पण्डः a kind of impotent man. -पातः a gust of wind. -पित्तम् a form of gout. -पुत्रः 1 a cheat. -2 N. of Bhīma or Hanumat. -पोथः, -पोथकः the tree called पलाश. -प्रकोपः excess of wind. -प्रमी m., f. a swift antelope. -प्रमेहः a kind of urinary disease. -प्रवाहिका a kind of अतिसार disease -फुल्लान्त्रम् flatulence in the bowels (caused by indigestion). -मण्डली a whirl-wind; रजसा सहसावर्तं वितेने वातमण्डली Śiva B.11.42. -मार्गः the sky. -मृगः a swift antelope. -रक्तम्, -शोणितम् acute gout; कृत्स्नं रक्तं विदहत्याशु तच्च, दुष्टं स्रस्तं पादयोश्चीयते तु । तत्संपृक्तं वायुना दूषितेन तत्प्राबल्यादुच्यते वातरक्तम् ॥. -रङ्गः the fig-tree. -रथः a cloud. -रूषः 1 a storm, violent wind, tempest. -2 the rainbow. -3 a bribe. -रेचकः 1 a gust of wind. -2 a braggart. -रोगः, -व्याधिः 1 gout or rheumatism. -2 (वातव्याधिः) N. of an ancient authority on अर्थशास्त्र referred to by Kauṭilya. -वस्तिः f. suppression of urine. -वृद्धिः f. swelled testicle. -वैरिन् m the castor-oil tree. -शीर्षम् the lower belly. -शूलम् colic with flatulence. -संचारः hiccough. -सह a. gouty. -सारथिः fire. -स्कन्धः the quarter from which the wind blows.
vāri वारि n. [वृ-इञ् Uṇ. 4.124] 1 Water; यथा खनन् खनित्रेण नरो वार्यधिगच्छति Subhāṣ. -2 A fluid. -3 A kind of perfume (वाल or ह्रीवेर). -रिः, -री f. 1 A place for fastening an elephant; वारी वारैः सस्मरे वारणानाम् Śi.18. 56; R.5.15. ˚कर्मन् n. method of catching elephants with traps; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -2 A rope for fastening an elephant. -3 A hole or trap for catching elephants. -4 A captive, prisoner. -5 A water-pot. -6 N. of Sarasvatī. -7 Speech. -Comp. -अयनम् a reservoir of water, pond; दूरे वार्ययनं तीर्थं लावण्यं केशधारणम् Bhāg. 12.2.6. -ईशः 1 the ocean; (चरणः) चिरं चेतश्चारी मम भवतु वारीशदुहितुः Lakṣmīlaharī S.6. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -उद्भ- -वम् a lotus. -ओकः a leech; यथाल्पाल्पमदन्त्याद्यं वार्योकोवत्स- षट्पदाः Ms.7.129. -गर्भः a cloud. -गृहम् a pond. -कर्पूरः a kind of fish (इलीश). -कुब्जकः the plant शृङ्गाटक. -कूटः a turret protecting the access to the gate of a town. -क्रिमिः a leech. -चत्वरः a piece of water. -चर a. aquatic. (-रः) 1 a fish. -2 any aquatic animal; अनृणी चाप्रवासी च स वारिचर मोदते Mb.3.313.15. -चामरम् moss. -ज a. produced in water. (-जः) 1 a conchshell; प्रणनाद सांनहनिको$स्य वारिजः Śi.15.72. -2 any bivalve shell. (-जम्) 1 a lotus; दधद्भिरभितस्तटौ बिकचवारिजाम्बू नदैः Śi.4.66. -2 a kind of salt. -3 a kind of plant. (गौरसुवर्ण). -4 cloves. -तस्करः 1 a cloud. -2 the sun. -त्रा an umbrella. -दः 1 a cloud; वितर वारिद वारि दवातुरे Subhāṣ Bv.1.3; विद्युद्वारिदगर्जितैः सचकिता Mk. (-दम्) 1 a kind of perfume; रास्रारग्वधवर्षाभूकटुकोशीर- वारिदैः Suśr. -2 an offerer of water to ancestors; पितुर्भव वारिदः Ve.6.24. -द्रः the Chātaka bird. -धरः a cloud; नववारिधरोदयादहोमिर्भवितव्यं च निरातपत्वरम्यैः V.4.1. -धारा a shower of rain. -धिः 1 the ocean; वारिधिसुतामक्ष्णां दिदृक्षुः शतैः Gīt.12. -2 a jar or pot. -नाथः 1 the ocean. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 a cloud. -4 the habitation of the serpent-race. -निधिः the ocean. -पथः, -थम् 'journey by sea', a voyage. -पिण्डः a frog in the middle of a stone. -प्रवाहः a cascade, water-fall. -भवः a conch. (-वम्) antimony. -मसिः, -मुच् m., -रः a cloud. -यन्त्रम् a water-wheel, a machine for drawing up water; बिन्दूतक्षेपान् पिपासुः परिपतति शिखी भ्रान्तिमद्वारियन्त्रम् M.2.13. -रथः a raft, boat, float. -राशिः 1 the ocean. -2 a lake. -रुहम् a lotus. -लोमन् m. 1 N. of Varuṇa. -2 collyrium. -वरः Carissa Carandas (Mar. करवंद). -वल्लभा Batatas Paniculata (Mar. भुईकोहाळी). -वासः a dealer in spirituous liquors. -वाहः, -वाहनः a cloud; अथ दीपितवारिवाहवर्त्मा Ki.13.2; कृतनिश्चयिनो वन्द्यास्तुङ्गिमा नोपभुज्यते । चातकः को वराको$यं यस्येन्द्रो वारिवाहकः Pt.2.142. -शः N. of Viṣṇu. -संभवः 1 cloves. -2 a kind of antimony. -3 the fragrant root called उशीर q. v. -साम्यम् milk.
vijan विजन् 4 Ā. 1 To be born or produced. -2 To generate, produce. -3 To grow, arise, spring. -4 To be changed or transformed.
viparyāsaḥ विपर्यासः 1 Change; कथं नाम विपर्यासाद्धुन्धुमारत्वमागतः Mb.3.21.6.; contrariety, reverse; विपर्यासं यातो घनविरल- भावः क्षितिरुहाम् U.2.27. -2 Adverseness, unfavourableness; as in दैवविपर्यासात्. -3 Interchange, exchange; प्रवहणविपर्यासेनागता Mk.8. -4 An error, a mistake. -5 Expiration, lapse (of time). -6 Deterioration, death. -Comp. -उपमा an inverted comparison.
virodhaḥ विरोधः 1 Opposition, obstruction, impediment. -2 Blockade, siege, investment. -3 Restraint, check. -4 Inconsistency, incongruity, contradiction; विरोधो न विद्यते ब्रह्माद्वितीयमेव सत्यम् । (-त्रिपाद्विभूतिमहानारायणोपनिषत् 4.2.) -5 Antithesis, contrast. -6 Enmity, hostility; विरोधो विश्रान्तः U.6.11; Pt.1.332; R.1.13. -7 A quarrel, disagreement. -8 A calamity, misfortune. -9 (In Rhet.) An apparent incongruity which is merely verbal and is explained away by properly construing the passage; it consists in representing objects as antithetical to one another though in the nature of things they are not so; representing things as being together though really they cannot be together; (this figure is largely used by Bāṇa and Subandhu; पुष्पवत्यपि पवित्रा, कृष्णो$प्यसुदर्शनः, भरतो$पि शत्रुघ्नः being familiar instances;) it is thus defined by Mammaṭa :-- विरोधः सो$विरोधे- $पि विरुद्धत्वेन यद्वचः K. P.1; this figure is also called विरोधाभास). -Comp. -उक्तिः f., -वचनम् contradiction, opposition. -उपमा (in Rhet.) a comparison founded on opposition; शतपत्रं शरच्चन्द्रस्त्वदाननमिति त्रयम् । परस्परविरोधीति सा विरोधोपमा मता ॥ Kāv.2.33. -कारिन् a. fomenting quarrels. -कृत् a. opposing. (-m.) an enemy. -परिहारः reconciliation; Kull. on Ms.7.152.
viruh विरुह् 1 P. 1 To grow, shoot up; गङ्गाप्रपातान्तविरूढशष्पं गौरीगुरोर्गह्वरमाविवेश R.2.26; Mk.1.9. -2 To mount, ascend. -3 To arise, proceed. -Caus. 1 To heal (as a wound). -2 To plant. -3 To remove, expel; शशाप पुत्रं गान्धारे राज्याच्चापि व्यरोपयत् Mb.5.149.1.
virūḍha विरूढ p. p. 1 Grown, germinated, shot up; तास्वेव संप्रति विरूढतृणाङ्कुरासु बीजाञ्जलिः पतति कीटमुखावलीढः Mk.1.9. -2 Produced, born, arisen. -3 Grown, increased. -4 Budded, blossomed. -5 Ascended, mounted. -6 Healed; जरासंधस्योरःस्थलमिव विरूठं पुनरपि. -Comp. -बोध a. one whose intelligence has matured.
vilas विलस् 1 P. 1 To shine, flash, glitter; वियति च विललास तद्वदिन्दुर्विलसति चन्द्रमसो न यद्वदन्यः Bk.1.69; Me. 49; R.13.76. -2 To appear, arise, become manifest; प्रेम विलसति महत्तदहो Śi.15.14;9.87. -3 To sport, amuse oneself, play, frolic about sportively; कापि चपला मधुरिपुणा विलसति युवतिरधिकगुणा &Gimacr;t.7; or हरिरिह मुग्धवधू- निकरे विलासिनि विलसति केलिपरे Gīt.1; पर्यङ्के तया सह विललास H.1. -4 To sound, echo, reverberate. -5 To act upon, work upon, show oneself; (खेदः) त्वयि विलसति तुल्यं वल्लभालोकनेन Māl.3.8. -6 To move about, dart, shoot upwards.
vivṛdh विवृध् 1 Ā. 1 To grow, increase. -2 To thrive, prosper. -3 To spring up, arise. -Caus. 1 To increase, augment. -2 To promote, advance, further. -3 To raise, elevate. -4 To gratify, exhilarate. -5 To congratulate (one) upon.
viśāla विशाल a. 1 Large, great, extensive, spacious, broad, wide; गृहैर्विशालैरपि भूरिशालैः Śi.3.5; रथचरण- विशालश्रोणिलोलेक्षणेन 11.23;17.47; R.2.21;6.32; ते तं भुक्त्वा स्वर्गलोकं विशालम् Bg.9.21. -2 Rich or abounding in; श्रीविशालां विशालाम् Me.3. -3 Eminent, illustrious, great, noble, celebrated. -लः 1 A kind of deer. -2 A kind of bird. -ला 1 N. of the town Ujjayini; पूर्वोद्दिष्टामनु- सर पुरीं श्रीविशालां विशालाम् Me.3. -2 N. of a river. -3 Colocynth (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ). -Comp. -अक्ष a. largeeyed. (-क्षः) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Garuḍa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of an ancient authority on the science of Govt. referred to by Kauṭilya; Kau. A. 1.15. (-क्षी) an epithet of Pārvatī. -कुलम् a noble or eminent family; रुपयौवनसंपन्ना विशालकुलसंभवाः । विद्याहीना न शोभन्ते निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः ॥ H. -त्वच् m. Alstonia Scholaris (Mar. सातवीण). -विजयः A kind of military array.
viṣayin विषयिन् a. Sensual, carnal. -m. 1 A man of the world, worlding. -2 A king. -3 A god of love. -4 A sensualist, voluptuary; विषयिणः कस्यापदो$स्तं गताः Pt.1.146; Ś.5. -5 (Rhet.) The object of a comparison. -n. 1 An organ of sense. -2 Knowledge (ज्ञान).
vaidya वैद्य a. (-द्यी f.) 1 Relating to the Vedas, spiritual. -2 Relating to medicine, medical. -द्यः [विद्या अस्त्यस्य अण्] 1 A learned man, scholar, doctor. -2 A medical man, physician; वैद्ययत्नपरिभाविनं गदं न प्रदीप इव वायुमत्यगात् R.19. 53; वैद्यानामातुरः श्रेयान् Subhaṣ. -3 A man of the medical caste, supposed to be one of the mixed classes; (the offspring of a Brāhmaṇa by a Vaiśya woman). Cf. Mb.13.49.9. -4 A man of a lower mixed tribe (the offspring of a Śūdra father by Vaiśya mother). -Comp. -क्रिया a doctor's profession, practice of medicine. -नाथः 1 N. of Dhanvantari. -2 of Śiva. -3 N. of a country. -बन्धुः Cassia Fistula (Mar. बाहवा). -मातृ, -सिंहा Gendarussa Vulgaris (Mar. अड्ळसा). -विद्या the science of medicine; also वैद्यशास्त्रम्.
śaktiḥ शक्तिः f. [शक्-क्तिन्] 1 (a) Power, ability, capacity, strength, energy, prowess; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361; ज्ञाने मौनं क्षमा शक्तौ R.1.22; so यथाशक्ति, स्वशक्ति &c. (b) Faculty, capacity; स्मरण- शक्ति 'retentive faculty or memory'. -2 Regal power; (it has three parts or elements; 1 प्रभुशक्ति or प्रभावशक्ति' the majesty or pre-eminent position of the king himself'; 2 मंत्रशक्ति 'the power of good counsel'; and 3 उत्साहशक्ति 'the power of energy'); राज्यं नाम शक्तित्रयायत्तम् Dk.; त्रिसाधना शक्तिरिवार्थसंचयम् R.3.13;6.33;17.63; Śi.2.26. -3 The power of composition, poetic power or genius; शक्तिर्निपुणता लोकशास्त्रकाव्याद्यवेक्षणात् K.P.1; see explanation ad loc. -4 The active power of a deity, regarded as his wife, female divinity; (these are variously enumerated, 8, 9 or even 5 being mentioned); स जयति परिणद्धः शक्तिभिः शक्तिनाथः Māl.5.1; Ś.7.35. -5 A kind of missile; शक्तिखण्डामर्षतेन गाण्डीविनोक्तम् Ve. 3; ततो विभेद पौलस्त्यः शक्त्या वक्षसि लक्ष्मणम् R.12.77. -6 A spear, dart, pike, lance. -7 (In phil.) The relation of a term to the thing designated. -8 The power inherent in cause to produce its necessary effect. -9 (In Rhet.) The power or signification of a word; (these are three अभिधा, लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना); तिस्रः शब्दस्य शक्तयः S. D.11. -1 The expressive power or denotation of a word (opp. लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना); it is thus defined:-- अस्माच्छब्दादयमर्थो बोद्धव्य इत्याकारको$नादिसंकेतः शक्तिः Tarka. K. -11 The female organ, the counterpart of the Phallus of &Saucte;iva worshipped by a sect of people called Śāktas. -12 A sword. -13 An implement in gambling. -Comp. -अर्धः perspiring and panting through fatigue or exertion. -अपेक्ष, -अपेक्षिन् a. having regard to strength; षाड्गुण्यमुपयुञ्जीत शक्त्यपेक्षो रसायनम् Śi.2.93. -कुण्ठनम् the deadening of a power. -ग्रह a. 1 apprehending the force or meaning. -2 armed with a spear. -(हः) 1 apprehension of the force, meaning, or acceptation of a word. -2 a spearman, lancer. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Kārtikeya. -ग्राहक a. determining or establishing the meaning of a word. (-कः) epithet of Kārtikeya. -त्रयम् the three constituent elements of regal power; see शक्ति (2) above. -धर a. strong, powerful. -(रः) 1 a spearman. -2 an epithet of Kārtikeya; ततस्तामेव चोत्कृष्य शक्तिं शक्तिधरप्रियः Rām. 7.8.11. -ध्वजः N. of Kārtikeya; शक्तिध्वजशिखरशूलोत्सेधं सौधमागतम् Dk.2.5. -नाथः N. of Śiva; स जयति परिणद्धः शक्तिभिः शक्तिनाथः Māl.5.1. -पर्णः Alstonia Scholaris. (Mar. सातवीण). -पाणिः, -भृत् m. 1 a spearman. -2 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -पातः 1 prostration of strength. -2 In Yoga philosophy, a spiritual procedure, by which the preceptor puts his strength (spiritual power) in his pupil. -पूजकः a Śākta q. v. -पूजा the worship of Śakti. -पूर्वः an epithet of Parāśara. -वैकल्यम् loss of strength, debility, incapacity. -हीन a. powerless, weak, impotent. -हेतिकः a lancer, spearman.
śabdaḥ शब्दः [शब्द्-घञ्] 1 Sound (the object of the sense of hearing and property of आकाश); अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1. -2 Sound, note (of birds; men &c.), noise in general; विश्वासोपगमादभिन्नगतयः शब्दं सहन्ते मृगाः Ś.1.14; स शब्दस्तुमुलो$भवत् Bg.1.13; Ś.3.1; Ms.4.31; Ku.1.45. -3 The sound of a musical instrument; वाद्यशब्दः Pt.2; Ku.1.45. -4 A word, sound, significant word (for def. &c. see Mbh. introduction); एकः शब्दः सम्यगधीतः सम्यक् प्रयुक्तः स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति; so शब्दार्थौ. -5 A declinable word, a noun, substantive. -6 A title, an epithet; यस्यार्थुक्तं गिरिराज- शब्दं कुर्वन्ति बालव्यजनैश्चमर्यः Ku.1.13; Ś.2.15; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35;2.53,64;3.49;5.22;18.42; V.1.1. -7 The name, mere name as in शब्दपति q. v. -3 Verbal authority (regarded by the Naiyāyikas as a Pramāṇa. -9 Grammar; Dk.1.1. -1 Fame; लब्धशब्देन कौसल्ये कुमारेण धनुष्मता Rām.2.63.11; स्वर्गाय शब्दं दिवमात्महेतोर्धर्मार्थमात्मंस्थितिमाचकाङ्क्ष Bu. Ch.2.53; (cf. also 'शब्दो$क्षरे यशोगीत्योः' -हैमः). -11 The sacred syllable ओम्. -12 A technical term. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable ओम् uttered aloud. -अतीत a. beyond the power or reach of words, indescribable. -अधिष्ठानम् the ear. -अध्याहारः supplying a word (to complete an ellipsis). -अनुकृतिः onomatopœia. -अनुरूप a. proportionate or corresponding to the sound; शब्दानुरूपेण पराक्रमेण भवि- तव्यम् Pt.1. -अनुशासनम् the science of words; i. e. grammar. -अर्थः the meaning of a word. (-र्थौ dual) a word and its meaning; अदोषौ शब्दार्थौ K.P.1; न त्वयं शब्दार्थः, व्यामोहादेषा प्रतीतिः ŚB. on MS.4.1.14. -अलं- कारः a figure of speech depending for its charmingness on sound or words and disappearing as soon as the words which constitute the figure are replaced by others of the same meaning (opp. अर्थालंकार); e. g.; see K. P. 9. -आख्येय a. to be communicated in words; शब्दाख्येयं यदपि किल ते यः सखीनां पुरस्तात् Me.15. (-यम्) an oral or verbal communication. -आडम्बरः bombast, verbosity, high-sounding or grandiloquent words. -आदि a. beginning with शब्द (as the objects of sense); शब्दादीन् विषयान् भोक्तुं चरितुं दुश्चरं तपः R.1.25. -इन्द्रियम् the ear. -कार a. sounding, sonorous. -कोशः a lexicon, dictionary. -ग a. 1 perceiving sounds. -2 uttering sounds. -गत a. inherent or residing in a word. -गतिः music, song. -गुण a. having sound for its quality; अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः R.13.1. -गोचरः the aim or object of speech. -ग्रहः 1 catching the sound. -2 the ear. -ग्रामः the range or reach of sound. -चातुर्यम् cleverness of style, eloquence. -चित्रम् one of the two subdivisions of the last (अवर or अधम) class of poetry (wherein the charm lies in the use of words which please the ear simply by their sound; see the example given under the word चित्र). -चोरः 'a word-thief', a plagiarist. -तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of sound. -नेतृ m. N. of Pāṇini. -पतिः a lord in name only, nominal lord; ननु शब्दपतिः क्षितरेहं त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52. -पातिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard, tracing a sound; शब्दपातिनमिषुं विससर्ज R.9.73. -प्रमाणम् verbal or oral evidence. -बोधः knowledge derived from verbal testimony. -ब्रह्मन् n. 1 the Vedas; शब्द- ब्रह्मणि निष्णातः परं ब्रह्माधिगच्छति Maitra. Up.6.22. -2 spiritual knowledge consisting in words, knowledge of the Supreme Sprit or the Spirit itself; शब्दब्रह्मणस्तादृशं विवर्तमितिहासम् U.2;7.2. -3 a property of words called स्फोट q. v. -भाव्यत्वम् the state of becoming known through scriptural word only; कर्मणः शब्दभाव्य- त्वात्... Ms.7.1.9. (on which Śabara writes अथेह कर्मणः शब्दभाव्यत्वम् । नान्यतः शक्यमेतज्ज्ञातुं कस्यापूर्वस्य धर्मा इति ॥ -भिद् f. perversion of words. -भेदिन् a. hitting a mark merely by its sound. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Arjuna. -2 the anus. -3 a kind of arrow. -योनिः f. a root, radical word. -लक्षण a. what is determined by the sacred word; इह शब्दलक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on Ms.11.1.26. -वारिधिः a vocabulary. -विद्या, -शास्त्रम् the science of words; i. e. grammar; अनन्तपारं किल शब्द- शास्त्रम् Pt.1; Śi.2.112;14.24. -विरोधः opposition of words (in a sentence). -विशेषः a variety of sound. -विशेषणम् (in gram.) an adjective, adjectival word. -वृत्तिः f. 1 the function of a word (in Rhet.). -2 the power of a word (to convey sense), indicative power (लक्षणा); अदृष्टार्थाच्छब्दवृत्तिर्लघीयसी ŚB. on MS.11.1.48. -वेधिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard; see शब्दपातिन्; अभ्याससाध्यं निखिलं मत्वा संतमसे व्यधात् । इषुपातानभूद्येन शब्दवेधविशारदः ॥ Bm.1.632. (-m.) 1 a kind of arrow. -2 an archer. -3 a warrior who pierces his enemies by mere sounds; Rām.2.63.11. -4 an epithet of king Daśaratha. -5 an epithet of Arjuna. -वेध्य a. to be shot at without being seen; एवं मयाप्यविज्ञातं शब्दवेध्यमिदं फलम् Rām.2.63.13. -वैलक्ष्यण्यम् verbal difference. -शक्तिः f. the force or expressive power of a word; signification of a word; see शक्ति. -शासनम् 1 a rule of grammar. -2 the science of grammar. -शुद्धिः f. 1 purity of words. -2 the correct use of words. -श्लेषः a play or pun upon words, a verbal equivoque; (it differs from अर्थश्लेष in-as-much as the pun dissappears as soon as the words which constitute it are replaced by others of the same signification, whereas in अर्थश्लेष the pun remains unchanged; शब्दपरि- वृत्तिसहत्मर्थश्लेषः.) -संग्रहः a vocabulary, lexicon. -संज्ञा (in gram.) a technical term; P.I.1.68. -साधन, -साह a. See शब्दवेधिन्; ततो$स्त्रं शब्दसाहं वै त्वरमाणो महारणे Mb.3.22. 5. -सौष्ठवम् elegance of words, a graceful or elegant style. -सौकर्यम् ease of expression. -स्मृतिः f. philology. -हीनम् the use of a word in a form or meaning not sanctioned by standard authors.
śārada शारद a. [शरदि भवम् अण्] 1 Belonging to autumn, autumnal; (the f. is शारदी in this sense); विमलशारद- चन्दिरचन्द्रिका Bv.1.113; R.1.9; Ms.6.11; मेघः शारद एव काशधवलः पानीयरिक्तोदरः Subhāṣ. -2 Annual. -3 New, recent; P.VI.2.9. -4 Young, fresh. -5 Modest, shy, bashful. -6 Diffident, not bold. -7 Able, clever; शिखीब शारदः N.9.14. -दः 1 A year. -2 An autumnal sickness. -3 Autumnal sunshine. -4 A kind of kidneybean. -5 The Bakula tree. -दी 1 The full-moon day in the month of Āśvina (or Kārtika). -2 Alstonia Scholaris (Mar. सातवीण). -दम् 1 Corn, grain. -2 The white lotus. -दा 1 A kind of Vīṇā or lute. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 Of Sarasvatī; (शरत्काले पूरा यस्मान्नवम्यां बोधिता सुरैः । शारदा सा समाख्याता पीठे लोके च नामतः ॥; लिखति यदि गृहीत्वा (लेखनीं) शारदा सार्वकालम् Śiva mahimna 32. ˚अम्बा (शारदाम्बा) the goddess Sarasvatī.
śālmaliḥ शाल्मलिः 1 The silk-cotton tree; आपातरम्यपुष्पश्री- शोभितः शाल्मलिर्यथा Bv.1.115; Ms.8.246. -2 One of the seven great divisions of the earth. -3 N. of a kind of hell. -Comp. -पत्रकः Alstonia Scholaris (Mar. सातवीण). -स्थः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a vulture.
śleṣaḥ श्लेषः [श्लिष्-घञ्] 1 An embrace. -2 Clinging or adhering to. -3 Union, junction, contact; निरन्तरश्लेषघनाः K. (where it has the next sense also). -4 Pun, paronomasia, double entendre, susceptibility of a word or sentence to yield two or more interpretations (regarded as a figure of speech and very commonly used by poets; for def. see K. P. Kārikas 84 and 96); आश्लेषि न श्लेषकवेर्भवत्याः श्लोकद्वयार्थः सुधिया मया किम् N.3. 69); see शब्दश्लेष also. -5 Burning. -6 Sexual union; ततो गर्भः संभवति श्लेषात् स्त्रीपुंसयोर्नृप Mb.13.111.3. -7 A grammatical augment. -Comp. -अर्थः a pun, double entendre. -उपमा a comparison containing double meanings; शिशिरांशुप्रतिद्वन्द्वि श्रीम् सुरभिगन्धि च । अम्भोजमिव ते वक्त्रमिति श्लेषोपमा स्मृता ॥ Kāv.2.28. -भित्तिक a. trusting on (lit. having for its basis) a Śleṣa.
saṃvṛt संवृत् 1 Ā. 1 To turn or go towards, approach. -2 To attack, assault (with acc.). -3 To be or become; ते यथोक्ताः संवृत्ताः Pt.1. -4 To happen, take place, occur. -5 To be produced, arise, spring. -6 To be accomplished. -7 To be united, meet together. -8 To fall to the lot of. -9 To be fulfilled (as time); वसाचले$स्मिन् मृगराज- सेविते संवर्तयञ्शत्रुवधे समर्थः Rām.4.27.48. -Caus. 1 To cast, throw. -2 To accomplish, fulfil; पश्येयमिति तस्याश्च कामः संवर्त्यतामयम् Rām.7.46.23. -3 To wrap up, envelop. -4 To crumble up. -5 To destroy, crush.
saṃśayaḥ संशयः 1 Doubt, uncertainty, irresolution, hesitation; मनस्तु मे संशमेव गाहते Ku.5.46; त्वदन्यः संशयस्यास्य छेत्ता न ह्युपपद्यते Bg.6.36. -2 Misgiving, suspicion. -3 Doubt or indecision (in Nyāya), one of the 16 categories mentioned in the Nyāya philosophy; एकधर्मिकविरुद्धभावा- भावप्रकारकं ज्ञानं संशयः; it is also regarded as one of the two kinds of अयतार्थज्ञान. -4 Danger, peril, risk; न संशयमनारुह्य नरो भद्राणि पश्यति H.1.7; याता पुनः संशयमन्यथैव Māl.1.13; Ki.13.16; Ve.6.1. -5 Possibility. -6 A subject of dispute or controversy; अग्निहोत्रादहमभ्यागता$स्मि विप्रर्षभाणां संशयच्छेदनाय Mb.3.186.22. -Comp. -आक्षेपः a particular figure of speech ('removal of doubt'); किमयं शरदम्भोदः किंवा हंसकदम्बकम् । रुतं नूपुरसंवादि श्रूयते तन्न तोयदः ॥ इत्ययं संशयाक्षेपः संशयो यन्निवार्यते । Kāv.2.163-4. -आत्मन् a. doubting, sceptical. -आपन्न, -उपेत, -स्थ a. doubtful, uncertain, irresolute. -उपमा a comparison expessed in the form of a doubt; किं पद्ममन्तर्भ्रान्तालि किं ते लोले- क्षणं मुखम् । मम दोलायते चित्तमितीयं संशयोपमा ॥ Kāv.2.26. -गत a. fallen into danger; Ś.6. -छेदः solution of a doubt, decision. -छेदिन् a. clearing all doubt, decisive; Ś.3. संशयान saṃśayāna संशयालु saṃśayālu संशयितृ saṃśayitṛ संशयान संशयालु संशयितृ a. Doubtful, irresolute, uncertain, wavering.
sakthi सक्थि n. [सञ्ज्-किथन् Uṇ.3.154] 1 The thigh; (changed in comp. to सक्थ after उत्तर, पूर्व and मृग or when the compound implies comparison; see P.V.4. 98); असौ चासौ च सक्थ्यौ Bṛi. Up.1.2.3; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु सक्थिनी हनुमत्प्रभुः Rāma-rakṣā 8. -2 A thigh bone. -3 The pole or shafts of a carriage.
saṃjan संजन् 4 Ā. 1 To be born produced. -2 To grow, arise, spring. -3 To be or become. -4 To elapse, pass (time). -Caus. To beget, produce, generate.
saṃjāta संजात p. p. 1 Born, produced, grown, arisen (oft. in comp. in the sense of 'growing, becoming, possessing'; संजातकोप 'being angry'); so संजातपक्ष 'winged,' &c. -2 Passed (as time.) -Comp. -निर्वेद a. grown despondent. -विश्रम्भ a. becoming confident.
saṃnipātaḥ संनिपातः 1 Falling down, alighting, descent. -2 Falling togehter, meeting; confluence; समुद्रपत्न्योर्जल- संनिपाते R.13.58. -3 Collision, contact; संनिपातावधूतैश्च Mb.4.13.27 (com. संनिपातो$ङ्गसंघट्टनम्); प्रतिपदमविहस्ताः संनिपाते रिपूणाम् Śiva B.3.47. -4 Union, conjunction, combination, mixture, miscellaneous collection; तथा तयोः संनिपातः शरयोरभवत्तदा Mb.3.39.15; Bhāg.11.25.6; धूमज्योतिःसलिलमरुतां संनिपातः क्व मेयः Me.5. -5 An assemblage, a collection, multitude, number; नानारत्नज्योतिषां संनिपातैः Ki.5.36; एको हि दोषो गुणसंनिपाते निमज्जति Ku.1.3. -6 Arrival. -7 A combined derangement of the three humours of the body causing fever which is of a dangerous kind. -8 A kind of musical time or measure. -9 Sexual intercourse; Mb.5. -1 Battle, war. -11 (In astr.) A particular conjunction of planets. -Comp. -ज्वरः fever arising from a vitiated state of the three humours of the body. -निद्रा swoon, trance. -नुद् m. a species of Nimba tree (Mar. नेपाळनिंब).
samutthā समुत्था 1 P. 1 To stand up, rise. -2 To rise from death or insensibility, return to life or consciousness. -3 To rise together with. -4 To arise or spring from. -Caus. 1 To raise up, lift up, elevate. -2 To revive, restore to life.
samutpat समुत्पत् 1 P. 1 To jump or spring up, rise, ascend; किरातसैन्यादुरुचापनोदिताः समं समुत्पेतुरुपात्तरंहसः Ki.14.45. -2 To arise, spring from. -3 To rush out of, gush out. -4 To rush or break forth. -5 To attack, assail. -6 To depart, disappear; समुत्पतिततेजाः (भवति हि पापं कृत्वा) Pt.1.197.
samutpad समुत्पद् 4 Ā. 1 To happen, take place, occur. -2 To arise, spring up. -3 To present oneself. -Caus. To cause, effect, produce.
samudita समुदित p. p. 1 Gone up, risen, ascended. -2 Lofty, elevated; prospered; कच्चित् समुदितां स्फीतामयोध्यां परिरक्षसे Rām.2.1.42. -3 Produced, arisen, occasioned. -4 Assembled, collected, united; मद्भाग्योपचयादयं समुदितः सर्वो गुणानां गणः Ratn.1.6. -5 Possessed of, furnished with; सर्वैः समुदितो गुणैः Rām.1.18.13. -6 Conversed. -7 Spoken to, addressed. -8 Agreed upon. -9 Customary, usual.
samuddeśaḥ समुद्देशः 1 Fully pointing out. -2 Full description. -3 Particularising, enumeration; तस्यायं प्रकरणाधिकरण- समुद्देशः Kau.A.1. -4 Doctrine; इति गुह्यसमुद्देशस्तव नारद कीर्तितः Mb.12.334.45.
saṃpad संपद् 4 Ā. 1 To turn out well, succeed, prosper, be accomplished or fulfilled; संपत्स्यते वः कामो$यं कालः कश्चित् प्रतीक्ष्यताम् Ku.2.54; R,14.76; Ms.3.254;6.69. -2 To be completed, to amount to (as a number); त्र्याहताः पञ्च पञ्चदश संपद्यन्ते. -3 To turn out to be, become; संपत्स्यन्ते नभसि भवतो राजहंसाः सहायाः Me.11.23; संपेदे श्रमसलिलोद्गमो विभूषाम् Ki.7.5. -4 To arise, be born or produced. -5 To fall or come together, unite -6 To be provided or furnished with, be possessed of; अशोक यदि सद्य एव कुसुमैर्न संपत्स्यसे M.3.16; see संपन्न. -7 To tend to, bring about, produce (with dat.); साधोः शिक्षा गुणाय संपद्यते नासाधोः Pt.1; Mu.3.32. -8 To obtain, attain to, acquire, get. -9 To enter into, be absorbed in (with loc.). -Caus. 1 To cause to happen, bring about, produce, accomplish, fulfil, effect; इति स्वसुर्भोज- कुलप्रदीपः संपाद्य पाणिग्रहणं स राजा R.7.29. -2 To procure, obtain, make ready, prepare. -3 To obtain, acquire, attain to. -4 To furnish, provide, endow with. -5 To change or transform into. -6 To make an agreement.
saṃbhū संभू 1 P. 1 To arise, to be born or produced, spring up; कथमपि भुवने$स्मिस्तादृशाः संभवन्ति Māl.2.9; धर्मसंस्थाप- नार्थाय संभवामि युगे युगे Bg.4.8; Ki.5.22; Bk.6.138; Ms. 8.155. -2 To be, become, exist. -3 To happen, occur, take place. -4 To be possible. -5 To be adequate for, be competent for (with inf.); न यन्नियन्तुं समभावि भानुना Śi.1.27. -6 To meet, be united or joined with; संभूया- म्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1; संभूयेव सुखानि चेतसि M&amar;l.5.9.18. -7 To be consistent. -8 To have sexual intercourse with; तां समभवत्ततो मनुष्या अजायन्त Bri. Up.1.4.3; महर्षिः संविदं कृत्वा संबभूव तया सह Mb.1.178.44. -9 To be capable of existing in, be contained in. -1 To attain to. -11 To partake of. -Caus. 1 To produce, effect, make. -2 To imagine, conceive, fancy, think. -3 To guess or conjecture; Ś.2. -4 To consider, regard. -5 To honour, respect, esteem, show respect to; प्राप्तो$सि संभावयितुं वनान्माम् R.5.11;7.8. -6 To honour or present with, treat with; अर्धोपभुक्तेन बिसेन जायां संभावया- मास रथाङ्गनामा Ku.3.37. -7 To ascribe or impute to; पापं कर्म च यत् परैरपि कृतं तत्तस्य संभाव्यते Mk.1.36. -8 To come or go to, approach. -9 To take part in, enjoy; U.4. -1 To greet, salute. -11 To manifest, exhibit. -12 To expect. -Pass. of Caus. To be possible; कथ- मेतद्भवति संभाव्यते Ś.2.
saṃbhavaḥ संभवः 1 Birth, production, springing up, arising, existence प्रियस्य सुहृदो यत्र मम तत्रैव संभवो भूयात् Māl.9; मानुषीषु कथं वा स्यादस्य रूपस्य संभवः Ś.1.26; अन्नाद्भवन्ति भूतानि पर्जन्यादन्नसंभवः Bg.3.14; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; अप्सरःसभवैषा Ś.1. -2 Production and bringing up; यं मातापितरौ क्लेशं सहेते संभवे नृणाम् Ms.2.227; (see Kull. thereon). -3 Cause, origin, motive. -4 Mixing, union, combination. -5 Possibility; संयोगो हि वियोगस्य संसूचयति संभवम् Subhāṣ. -6 Compatibility, consistency. -7 Adaptation, appropriateness. -8 Agreement, conformity. -9 Capacity. -1 Equivalence (one of the Pramāṇas). -11 Acquaintance. -12 Loss, destruction. -13 (In rhet.) A possible case. -14 Cohabitation. -15 (pl.) Wealth, prosperity; स सर्वभयनिर्मुक्तः संभवानधितिष्ठति Mb.13.64.11. -16 Knowledge (विद्या); अन्यदेवाहुः संभवाद- न्यदाहुरसंभवात् Īśop.13. -17 Occurrence, appearance.
saṃmitiḥ संमितिः Equalization, comparison.
sphuraṇam स्फुरणम् [स्फुर्-ल्युट्] 1 Throbbing, quivering, trembling (in general). -2 Throbbing or quivering of certain parts of the body (indicating good or bad luck). -3 Breaking forth, arising, starting into view. -4 Gleaming, flashing, glittering, shining, twinkling. -5 Flashing on the mind, crossing the memory. -6 Expansion, manifestation.
hiṃsā हिंसा [हिंस्-अ] 1 Injury, mischief, wrong, harm, hurt (said to be of three kinds:-- कायिक 'personal', वाचिक 'verbal' and मानसिक 'mental'); अहिंसा परमो धर्मः. -2 Killing, slaying, destruction; गान्धर्वमादत्स्व यतः प्रयोक्तुर्न चारिहिंसा विजयश्च हस्ते R.5.57;3.313; Ms.1.63. -3 Robbery, plunder. -Comp. -आत्मक a. injurious, destructive. -कर्मन n. 1 any hurtful or injurious act. -2 magic used to effect the ruin or injury of an enemy. (= अभिचार q. v.). -प्राणिन् m. a noxious animal. -प्राय a. generally injurious; हिंसाप्रायां पराधीनां कृषिं यत्नेन वर्जयेत् Ms.1.83. -रत a. delighting in mischief; हिंसारतश्च यो नित्यं नेहासौ सुखमेधते Ms.4.17; also हिंसाविचार in this sense. -रुचि a. intent on or delighting in mischief; व्याघ्राघ्नात- मृगीकृपाकुलमृगन्यायेन हिंसारुचेः Māl.5.29. -समुद्भव a. arising from injury.
     Macdonell Vedic Search  
4 results
     
ud úd- arise, x. 15, 1; v. 83, 3.
Ṛ go, V. P. ṛṇóti, int. álarti arise, viii. 48, 8 [Gk. ὀρ-νῡ-μι ‘stir up’]. abhí- penetrate to (acc.), i. 35, 9. prá- send forth, III. íyarti, vii. 61, 2.
bhū bhū become, be, I. bháva, i. 1, 9; v. 83, 7. 8; ipv., x. 127, 6; pr. sb., viii. 48, 2; ipf. ábhavat, v. 11, 3. 4; x. 135, 5. 6; come into being, x. 90, 4; pf. babhú̄va, ii. 12, 9; vii. 103, 7; x. 34, 12; pf. op. babhūyá̄t, iv. 51, 4; root ao., viii. 48, 3; ábhūvan, vii. 61, 5; root ao. sb. bhuvāni, vii. 86, 2; ipv. bhú̄tu, iv. 50, 11 [cp. Gk. ϕύ-ω, Lat. fu-i-t]. abhí- be superior to (acc.), iii. 59, 7. á̄- arise, pf., x. 129, 6. 7; 168, 3. āvis- appear, vii. 103, 8. sám- do good to (dat.), viii. 48, 4.
sthā sthā stand, I. tiṣṭha; pf. tasthur, i. 35, 5; rt. ao. s. 3. ásthāt, i. 35, 10; iv. 51, 1; pl. 3. ásthur, iv. 51, 2 [Av. hištaiti, Gk. ἵστημι, Lat. sisto].áti- extend beyond, x. 90, 1.ádhi- ascend, x. 135, 3; stand upon, i. 35, 6.ápa- start off, viii. 48, 11.abhí- overcome, iv. 50, 7.á̄- mount, i. 35, 4; mount to (acc.), i. 85, 7; occupy, ii. 35, 9.úd- arise, v. 11, 3. úpa- approach, rt. ao. asthita, x. 127, 7.pári- surround, pf. tasthur, ii. 35, 3. [255]. prá- step forth, x. 14, 14.
     Macdonell Search  
3 results
     
arisūdana m. foe-destroyer.
parisaṃvatsara m. full year; a. a full year old; waiting a full year; -sakhya, n. true friendship; -samkhyâ, f. complete tale or enumeration; full number, totality, sum, number; exhaustive statement (i. e. excluding everything not specified): -na, n. complete enumeration, full number; exhaustive statement; just examination or estimate; -samghushta, pp. resonant on all sides; -samâpti, f. conclusion, completion, end; extension to (lc. or ad. with prati); -sara, a. adjacent; bordering on (--°ree;); m. neighbourhood, region, proximity; -sarpana, n. creeping about; walking about; running to and fro, continual change from place to place; -sarpin, a. moving about; -sâdhana, n. accomplishment; settlement, exaction (of debts); -sântvana, n. consoling: pl. blandish ments; -sâraka, n. N. of a place on the Sarasvatî.
pariskanda m. servant, esp. one running beside a carriage; -skhalita, (pp.) n. staggering; -stara, m. layer of sacrificial grass; -stárana, n. strewing about; -stoma, m. cover, bolster; -spanda, m.motion; -spand ita, (pp.) n. quivering; flaming up; manifes tation; -spardhin, a. vying with (--°ree;); -sphu- ta, a. quite evident; -m, ad.; -syanda, m. flow, stream (fig.); -srava, m. flow, effusion; overflow; river; birth (of a child); -srút, a. overflowing, foaming; f. kind of intoxicant.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar
"aris" has 25 results.
     
parisaṃkhyānaliterally enumeration; enunciation;mention ; the word is found generally used by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras at the end of their Varttikas. The words वक्तव्यम्, वाच्यम् , and the like, are similarly usedition
parisamāptiapplication of the complete sense; the word is found used in the three alternative views about the application of the full sense of a sentence,collectively, individually or in both the ways, to the individuals concerned ; confer, compareप्रत्येकं वाक्यपरिसमाप्ति:, समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः, उभयथा वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः ; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1.1 Vart12; ( 2 ) completion ; confer, compare वृत्करणं ल्वादीनां प्वादीनां च परिसमाप्त्यर्थमिति Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on VII. 3.80.
vākyaparisamāpticompletion of the idea to be expressed in a sentence or in a group of sentences by the wording actually given, leaving nothing to be understood as contrasted with वाक्यापरिसमाप्ति used in the Mahabhasya: confer, compare वाक्यापरिसमाप्तेर्वा P.I.1.10 vart. 4 and the Mahabhasya thereon. There are two ways in which such a completion takes place,singly and collectively; cf प्रत्येकं वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः: illustrated by the usual example देवदत्तयज्ञदत्तविष्णुमित्रा भोज्यन्ताम् where Patanjali remarks प्रत्येकं ( प्रत्यवयवं) भुजिः परिसमाप्यते; cf also समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः where Patajali remarks गर्गा: शतं दण्ड्यन्ताम् | अर्थिनश्च राजानो हिरण्येन भवन्ति न च प्रत्येकं दण्डयन्ति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P.I.1.1Vart.12: cf also M.Bh. on P.I.1.7, I.2.39, II.2.l et cetera, and others वाक्यप्रकाश a work on the interpretation of sentences written with a commentary upon it by उदयधर्ममुनि of North Gujarat who lived in the seventeenth century A.D.
aṅgulyādigaṇaclass of words headed by अङ्गुलि to which the taddhita affix. afix ठक् ( इक् ) is added in the sense of comparison ( इवार्थे ); e. g. अङ्गुलीव अाड्गुलिक: confer, compare Kāś. on P. V.3.108.
abhinidhānaliterally that which is placed near or before; the first of the doubled class consonants; a mute or sparṣa consonant arising from doubling and inserted before a mute; confer, compare अघोषादूष्मणः परः प्रथमः अभिनिधानः स्पर्शपरात्तस्य सस्थानः ( Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 9. ) explained by त्रिभाष्यरत्न as स्पर्शपरादघोषादूष्मणः परः प्रथम आगमस्तस्य स्पर्शस्य समानस्थानः अभिनिधानो भवति । अभिनिधीयते इत्यभिनिधानः आरोपणीयः इत्यर्थः । यथा यः क्कामयेत अश्मन्नूर्जम् । यः प्पाप्मना । The Ṛk. prātiśākhya explains the term अभिनिधान somewhat differently; confer, compare अभिनिधानं कृतसंहितानां स्पर्शन्ति:स्थानामपवाद्य रेफम् । संघारणं संवरणं श्रुतेश्च स्पर्शोदयानामपि चावसाने Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 5, explained by उव्वट as स्पर्शपराणां स्पर्शानां रेफं वर्जयित्वा अन्तःस्थानां च वर्णानां कृतसंहितानां च सतां संधारणं वर्णश्रुतेश्च संवरणं भवति । तदेतद् अभिनिधानं नाम । यथा उष मा षड् द्वा द्वा । ऋ. सं ८।६८।१४ इह षड् इत्यत्र अभिनिधानम् ॥ अभिनिघान possibly according to उव्वट here means the first of the doubled letter which, although the second letter is attached to it, is separately uttered with a slight pause after it. अभिनिधान means, in short, something like 'suppression.' The Ṛk. Tantra takes a still wider view and explains अभिनिधान as the first of a doubled consonant, cf ; अभिनिधानः । क्रमजं च पूर्वान्ततस्वरं भवति । Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 21.
īkataddhita affix. affix ईकक added to शक्ति and यष्टि exempli gratia, for example शाक्तकिः feminine. शाक्तीकी; याष्टीकः; confer, compare P.IV.4.59; (2) taddhita affix. affix ईक added to कर्क and लोहित in the sense of comparison, e. g. कार्कीकः, लौहितीकः ( स्फटिकः ), confer, compare Kāś. on P.V. 3.110; (3) taddhita affix. affix ईकक् added to बहिस्, exempli gratia, for example बाहीकः confer, compare बहिषष्टिलोपो यश्च, ईकक्च P.IV.1.85. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4-5; (4) tad affix इकङ् in Vedic Literature added to बहिस् exempli gratia, for example बाहीकः confer, compare Kāś.on P. IV. 1.85,Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).6; (5) taddhita affix. affix ईकन् added to खारी exempli gratia, for example द्विखारिकम्; confer, compare P. V. 1.33.
upamāa well-known term in Rhetorics meaning the figure of speech ' simile ' or ' comparison '. The word is often found in the Nirukta in the same sense; confer, compare अथात उपमाः | 'यत् अतत् तत्सदृशम्'इति गार्ग्यः । Nir III.13. Generally an inferior thing is compared to another that is superior in quality.
upamānastandard of comparison. The word is found in the Pāṇinisūtra उपमानानि सामान्यवचनैः P.II.I.55 where the Kāśikāvṛtti explains it as उपमीयतेऽनेनेत्युपमानम् ।
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kyacdenominative affix ( विकरण ) in the sense of desiring for oneself, added to nouns to form denomitive roots; exempli gratia, for example पुत्रीयति; क्यच् is also added to nouns that are upamānas or standards of comparison in the sense of (similar) behaviour: exempli gratia, for example पुत्रीयति च्छात्रम्: confer, compare Kāś. on P. III.1.8, 10. It is also added in the sense of 'doing' to the words नमस्, वरिवस् and चित्र; e. g. नमस्यति देवान्, वरिवस्यति गुरून् , चित्रीयते ; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1.19.
gopīnāthaa Bengali scholar of Katansutra Grammar who is believed to have written Katantraparisistapraddyota.
niyama(1)restriction; regulation; binding; the term is very frequently used by grammarians in connection with a restriction laid down with reference to the application of a grammatical rule generally on the strength of that rule, or a part of it, liable to become superfluous if the restriction has not been laid down; confer, compare M.Bh. on I. 1. 3, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I. 3.63, VI. 4.11; confer, compare also the frequently quoted dictum अनियमे नियमकारिणी परिभाषा; (2) limitation as contrasted with विकल्प or कामचार; confer, compare अनेकप्राप्तावेकस्य नियमो भवति शेषेष्वनियम; पटुमृदुशुक्लाः पटुशुक्लमृदव इति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2. 34 Vart. 2; (3) a regulating rule; a restrictive rule, corresponding to the Parisamkhya statement of the Mimamsakas, e. g. the rule अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; the grammarians generally take a rule as a positive injunction avoiding a restrictive sense as far as possible; confer, compare the dictum विधिनियमसंभवे विधिरेव ज्यायान्. Par. Sek. Pari. 100; the commentators have given various kinds of restrictions,. such as प्रयोगनियम,अभिधेयनियम,अर्थनियम, प्रत्ययनियम, प्रकृतिनियम, संज्ञानियम et cetera, and otherset cetera, and others; (4) grave accent or anudatta; confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं नियतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 9; see नियत (2).
patañjalithe reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.
paribhāṣāan authoritative statement or dictum, helping (1) the correct interpretation of the rules (sūtras) of grammar, or (2) the removal of conflict between two rules which occur simultaneously in the process of the formation of words, (पदसिद्धि), or (3) the formation of correct words. Various definitions of the word परिभाषा are given by commentators, the prominent ones beingपरितो व्यापृतां भाषां परिभाषां प्रचक्षते(न्यास);or, परितो भाष्यते या सा परिभाषा प्रकीर्तिता. The word is also defined as विधौ नियामकरिणी परिभाषा ( दुर्गसिंहवृत्ति ). परिभाषा can also be briefiy defined as the convention of a standard author. Purusottamadeva applies the word परिभाषा to the maxims of standard writers, confer, compare परिभाषा हिं न पाणिनीयानि वचनानि; Puru. Pari. 119; while Haribhaskara at the end of his treatise परिभाषाभास्कर, states that Vyaadi was the first writer on Paribhaasas. The rules तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य, तस्मादित्युत्तरस्य and others are in fact Paribhaasa rules laid down by Panini. For the difference between परिभाषा and अधिकार, see Mahabhasya on II.1.1. Many times the writers of Sutras lay down certain conventions for the proper interpretation of their rules, to which additions are made in course of time according to necessities that arise, by commentators. In the different systems of grammar there are different collections of Paribhasas. In Panini's system, apart from commentaries thereon, there are independent collections of Paribhasas by Vyadi, Bhojadeva, Purusottamadeva, Siradeva, Nilakantha, Haribhaskara, Nagesa and a few others. There are independent collections of Paribhasas in the Katantra, Candra, Sakatayana,Jainendra and Hemacandra systems of grammar. It is a noticeable fact that many Paribhasas are common, with their wordings quite similar or sometimes identical in the different systemanuscript. Generally the collections of Paribhasas have got scholiums or commentaries by recognised grammarians, which in their turn have sometimes other glosses or commentaries upon them. The Paribhaasendusekhara of Nagesa is an authoritative work of an outstanding merit in the system of Paninis Grammar, which is commented upon by more than twenty five scholars during the last two or three centuries. The total number of Paribhasas in the diferent systems of grammar may wellnigh exceed 500. See परिभाषासंग्रह.
paribhāṣenduśekharathe reputed authoritative work on the Paribhasas in the system of Paanini's grammar written by Nagesabhatta in the beginning of the 18th century A.D. at Benares. The work is studied very widely and has got more than 25 commentaries written by pupils in the spiritual line of Nagesa. Well-known among these commentaries are those written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde ( called गदा ), by BhairavamiSra ( called मिश्री), by Raghavendraacaarya Gajendragadakara ( called त्रिपथगा ), by Govindacarya Astaputre of Poona in the beginning of the nineteenth century (called भावार्थदीपिका), by BhaskaraSastri Abhyankar of Satara (called भास्करी ), and by M. M. Vaasudevasaastri Abhyankar of Poona (called तत्त्वादर्श ). Besides these, there are commentaries written by Taatya Sastri Patawardhana,Ganapati Sastri Mokaate, Jayadeva Misra, VisnuSastri Bhat, Vishwanatha Dandibhatta, Harinaatha Dwiwedi Gopaalacarya Karhaadkar, Harishastri Bhagawata, Govinda Shastri Bharadwaja, Naarayana Shastri Galagali, Venumaadhava Shukla, Brahmaananda Saraswati, ManisiSeSaSarma,Manyudeva, Samkarabhatta, Indirapati, Bhimacarya Galagali, Madhavacarya Waikaar, Cidrupasraya, Bhimabhatta, LakSminrsimha and a few others. Some of these works are named by their authors as Tikaas, others as Vyaakhyaas and still others as Tippanis or Vivrtis.
rāmadāsa(चक्रवर्ती )a follower of the Katantra school of grammar who wrote (l) चन्द्रिका, a commentary on Katantraparisista and ( 2 ) कातन्त्रव्याख्यासार
lakṣaṇapratipadoktaa short term used for the well-known Paribhāşā लक्षणप्रतिपदोक्तयोः प्रतिपदोक्तस्यैव ग्रहणम् Par. Sek. Pari. I05, laying down that when a question arises as to which of the two words लक्षणोक्त (arrived at by certain changes or modifications) and प्रतिपदोक्त, (directly expressed) be accepted, the latter should be preferredition
vyāghrādia class of words headed by व्याघ्र which, as standards of comparison, are compounded with words showing objects of comparison provided the common property is not mentioned: exempli gratia, for example पुरुषव्याघ्र:, नृसिंहः et cetera, and others, confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. onP.II. 1.56.
śabdārthavyākaraṇaexplanation of the sense of a word as arising from the word by stating the base, the affixes and the modifications to the base and the affixes.
śābdabodhaverbal interpretation; the term is generally used with reference to the verbal interpretation of a sentence as arising from that of the words which are all connected directly or indirectly with the verb-activity. It is defined as पदजन्यपदार्थोपस्थितिजन्यबोध:. According to the grammarians, verbal activity is the chief thing in a sentence and all the other words (excepting the one which expresses verbal activity) are subordinated to the verbal activity and hence are connected with it; confer, compare पदज्ञानं तु करणं द्वारे तत्र पदार्थधीः | शाब्दबोधः फलं तत्र शक्तिधीः सहकारिणी | मुक्तावली III.81.
śivarāma( चक्रवर्ती )a grammarian who wrote a commentary on the Katantraparisista called the Siddhantaratnankura.
saṃprasāraṇaliterally extension; the process of changing a semi-vowel into a simple vowel of the same sthana or place of utterance; the substitution of the vowels इ, उ, ऋ and लृ for the semi-vowels य्, व् , र् and ल् respectively; cf इग्यणः संप्रसारणम् P. 1.1.45. The term संप्रसारण is rendered as a 'resultant vowel' or as 'an emergent vowel'. The ancient term was प्रसारण and possibly it referred to the extension of य् and व्, into their constituent parts इ +अ, उ+अ et cetera, and others the vowel अ being of a weak grade but becoming strong after the merging of the subseguent vowel into it exempli gratia, for example confer, compare सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P. III. 2.8 Vart.1. For the words taking this samprasarana change, see P. VI. 1 .13 to .19. According to some grammarians the term संप्रसारण is applied to the substituted vowels while according to others the term refers to the operation of the substitution: confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.15. The substitution of the samprasarana vowel is to be given preference in the formation of a word; , confer, compare संप्रसारणं तदाश्रयं च कार्यं बलवत् Pari. Sek. Pari. 1 19. संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्व the relative superior strength of the samprasarana change in comparison with other operations occurring simultaneotisly. The phrase न वा संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्वात् is often used in the Mahabhasya which is based upon the dictum of the superior strength of the samprasarana substitution, which is announced by the writer of the Varttikas; P. VI. 1.17 Vart, 2. , See संप्रसारण.
samuddeśaspecific individual mention or discussion; the term is used .in connection with the several second. tions of the third Kanda or book of Bhartrharis Vakyapadiya.
siddhāntakaumudīvādārthaan explanatory work, discussing the difficult sentences and passages of the Siddhantakaumudi, written by a grammarian named Ramakrisna. सिद्धान्तरत्न a gloss on the Sarasvatisutra written by a grammarian natmed Jinacandra. सिद्धान्तरत्नाङ्कुर name of a commentary on the Katantraparisista by Sivaramacakravartin.
hṛradattaname of a reputed grammarian of Southern India who wrote a very learned and scholarly commentary, named पदमञ्जरी, on the Kasikavrtti which is held by grammarians as the standard vrtti or gloss on the Sutras of Panini,and studied especially in the schools of the southern grammarians. Haradatta was a Dravida Brahmana, residing in a village on the Bank of Kaveri. His scholarship in Grammar was very sound and he is believed to have commented on many grammarworks.The only fault of the scholar was a very keen sense of egotism which is found in his work, although it can certainly be said that the egotism was not ill-placed and could be justified: confer, compare एवं प्रकटितोस्माभिर्भाष्ये परिचय: पर:। तस्य निःशेषतो मन्ये प्रतिपत्तापि दुर्लभः॥ also प्रक्रियातर्कगहने प्रविष्टो हृष्टमानसः हरदत्तहरिः स्वैरं विहरन् ! केन वार्यते | Padamajari, on P. I-13, 4. The credit of popularising Panini's system of grammar in Southern India goes to Haradatta to a considerable extent.
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
     Dr. Potturu with thanks
     
     Purchase Kindle edition

alābu

Plant bottle gourd, bitter calbash gourd; fresh fruit of Lagenaria siceraria; L. vulgaris; L. leucantha.

anilaghna

curing diseases that arise due to vāta.

āsphoṭa

1. trembling; quivering; 2. Plant Vallaris solanacea. girikarṇika, kovidāra. (Clitoria ternata and Bauhinia variegata) Calotropis gigantea, Echies dichotomoa, Jasminum sambac, Clotorea ternata are also known by this name; breadflower.

asthisamhāri

Plant adamant creeper; dried stem of Cissus quadrangularis.

aupadravika

secondary diseases, diseases or complications arising during the course of primary diseases.

cancu

beak, bill; haranvel, Corchorus fascicularis.

damana

1. Plant mugwort, Artemisia vulgaris, A. nilagirica; 2. oppression, overpowering.

danta

teeth, dantabhanjana loss of teeth, dantacala loose tooth, danta grāhi chilling of teeth due to cold beverages; dantakapālika tartar forming flakes; krimidanta dental caries, dantaharṣa morbid sensitiveness of teeth, intolerance to cold; dantamāmsas gums; dantanāḍi dental sinus; dantapuppuṭa gum boil, gingivitis; dantaśalāka toothpick, dantaśarkara tartar, dantaśaṭha bad for teeth ex: citrus; dantaśūla toothache, dantavaidarbha loose teeth due to injury; dantavardhana extra tooth; dantaveṣṭa pyorrhoea alveolaris, formation of pus in teeth.

dāruharidra

Plant Indian barberry, false turmeric, dried stem of Berberis aristata; Coscinium fenestratum is used in Kerala as dāruharidra due to similarity in therapeutic action to Berberis species.

dārvi

Plant tree turmeric, Berberis aristata.

himsra

Plant caper plant; Capparis spinosa.

janmabalapravṛttavyādhi

(janma.bala.pravṛttha.vyādh) diseases arising from congenetal defects; problems arising during pregnancy.

kālinda,kalindaka

Plant water melon, Citrulus vulgaris.

karamarda

Plant blacke cherry, Carissa carandas.

karīra

Plant caper plant, Capparis aphylla, C. decidua.

ketaki,kaitaka

Plant screw pine, dried underground roots of Pandanus tectorius, P. fascicularis. P. odoratissimus.

kumāraka

1. little boy; 2. a girl from ten to twelve years old; 3. plant Capparis trifoliata; Crataeva religiosa.

mācapatri

Plant Artemisia vulgaris, mugwort.

mastu

1. whey, watery part of the curds, liquid remaining after milk has been curdled and strained, 2. sour cream; 3. Lens culinaris.

masūra

lentil, dried seeds of Lens culinaris; syn. Ervum lens.

nāsārṣa

nasal polyp; polypoidal masses arising from the mucous membranes of the nose and paranasal sinuses.

nīvāra

Plant wild rice; Hygroryza aristata.

pālakya

Plant beetroot, Beta vulgaris; B. bengalensis.

saptacchada

Plant Indian devil tree (Alstonia scholaris), ditabark, blackboard tree.

saptaparṇa

Plant dita, devil’s tree, stem bark of Alstonia scholaris.

soma

1. moon; 2. nectar; 3.soma plant, Ephedra gerardiana, a norcotic drug fermented for consumption. 4. Ephedra vulgaris, E. distachya, E. wallichii; Caraka refers to it as somavalli (twine); Dalhana thinks it is gudūci.

tārunyapiṭaka

pimple, acne vulgaris.

upamāna

particle of comparison, simile, one of tantrayuktis, analogy, upamāna pramāṇa means of knowledge by testimony.

vasuka

1. Plant various plants: Calatropis gingantea, Agati grandiflora, Adhatoda vasika, Borreria articularis, Indigofera enneaphylla, Osmanthus fragrans and Chenopodium; Spermacoce hispida; 2. a kind of salt.

vyāghranakha

1. wild caper bush, Capparis sepiaria, 2. nail of tiger.

yauvanapiṭika

acne vulgaris.

     Wordnet Search "ariḥ" has 61 results.
     

ariḥ

śasyam, dhānyam, sītyam, gāritraḥ, stambakariḥ, bījaruhaḥ   

vṛkṣādiniṣpannaṃ bījaṃ yad annarūpeṇa upayujyate।

saḥ śasyān krīṇāti।

ariḥ

harit, haritaḥ, haritā, haritariṇi, haritam, haritavarṇaḥ, hariḥ, palāśaḥ, palāśī, palāśam, pālāśaḥ, pālāśī, pālāśam, śyāmaḥ, śyāmā, śyāmam, bharitaḥ, bharitā, bharitam, śyāmavarṇaḥ, śyāmavarṇā, śyāmavarṇam, tālakābhaḥ, tālakābhā, tālakābham   

varṇaviśeṣaḥ, śādvalavat varṇaḥ।

citrakāraḥ śukasya pakṣau haritena varṇena varṇayati।

ariḥ

siṃhaḥ, mṛgendraḥ, pañcāsyaḥ, haryakṣaḥ, keśarī, hariḥ, pārīndraḥ, śvetapiṅgalaḥ, kaṇṭhīravaḥ, pañcaśikhaḥ, śailāṭaḥ, bhīmavikramaḥ, saṭāṅkaḥ, mṛgarāṭ, mṛgarājaḥ, marutjlavaḥ, keśī, lamnaukāḥ, karidārakaḥ, mahāvīraḥ, śvetapiṅgaḥ, gajamocanaḥ, mṛgāriḥ, ibhāriḥ, nakharāyudhaḥ, mahānādaḥ, mṛgapatiḥ, pañcamukhaḥ, nakhī, mānī, kravyādaḥ, mṛgādhipaḥ, śūraḥ, vikrāntaḥ, dviradāntakaḥ, bahubalaḥ, dīptaḥ, balī, vikramī, dīptapiṅgalaḥ   

vanyapaśuḥ- mārjārajātīyaḥ hiṃsraḥ tathā ca balavān paśuḥ।

asmin kāvye kavinā śivarāyasya tulanā siṃhaiḥ kṛtā।

ariḥ

mauktikam, muktā, mauktikā, muktāphalam, śuktijam, śaukteyam, sindhujātaḥ, śuktibījam, muktikā, tautikam, mañjaram, mañjarī, mañjariḥ, induratnam, nīrajaḥ, muktāmaṇiḥ   

samudrasthaśukteḥ udare udbhavaḥ ojayuktaḥ ratnaviśeṣaḥ।

śaile śaile na māṇikyaṃ mauktikaṃ na gaje gaje sādhavo na hi sarvatra candanaṃ na vane vane।

ariḥ

nauḥ, naukā, tarikā, taraṇiḥ, taraṇī, tariḥ, tarī, taraṇḍī, taraṇḍaḥ, pādālindā, utplavā, hoḍaḥ, vādhūḥ, vahitram, potaḥ, varvaṭaḥ, arṇavapotaḥ, utplavā, kaṇṭhālaḥ, karṣaḥ, karṣam   

nadyādi-santaraṇārtham kāṣṭhādibhiḥ vinirmitaḥ yānaviśeṣaḥ।

vidureṇa preṣitaḥ naraḥ manomārutagāminīṃ sarvavātasahāṃ yantrayuktāṃ nāvaṃ darśayāmāsa।

ariḥ

mahāyāvanālaḥ, stambakariḥ   

dhānyaviśeṣaḥ;

sohanāya mahāyāvanālasya polikā rocate।

ariḥ

agniḥ, pāvakaḥ, pāvanaḥ, tejaḥ, vahniḥ, jvalanaḥ, analaḥ, kṛśānuḥ, vāyusakhā, vāyusakhaḥ, dahanaḥ, śikhī, śikhāvān, kṛṣṇavartmā, araṇiḥ, ghāsiḥ, dāvaḥ, pacanaḥ, pācanaḥ, pācakaḥ, juhuvān, vāśiḥ, arciṣmān, prabhākaraḥ, chidiraḥ, śundhyuḥ, jaganuḥ, jāgṛviḥ, apāmpitaḥ, jalapittaḥ, apittam, himārātiḥ, phutkaraḥ, śukraḥ, āśaraḥ, samidhaḥ, citrabhānuḥ, jvālājihvā, kapilaḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, tamonud, śuciḥ, śukraḥ, damunaḥ, damīnaḥ, agiraḥ, hariḥ, kaviḥ   

tejaḥpadārthaviśeṣaḥ।

parvate dṛśyamānaḥ dhūmaḥ agneḥ sūcakaḥ।

ariḥ

śivaḥ, śambhuḥ, īśaḥ, paśupatiḥ, pinākapāṇiḥ, śūlī, maheśvaraḥ, īśvaraḥ, sarvaḥ, īśānaḥ, śaṅkaraḥ, candraśekharaḥ, phaṇadharadharaḥ, kailāsaniketanaḥ, himādritanayāpatiḥ, bhūteśaḥ, khaṇḍaparaśuḥ, girīśaḥ, giriśaḥ, mṛḍaḥ, mṛtyañjayaḥ, kṛttivāsāḥ, pinākī, prathamādhipaḥ, ugraḥ, kapardī, śrīkaṇṭhaḥ, śitikaṇṭhaḥ, kapālabhṛt, vāmadevaḥ, mahādevaḥ, virūpākṣaḥ, trilocanaḥ, kṛśānuretāḥ, sarvajñaḥ, dhūrjaṭiḥ, nīlalohitaḥ, haraḥ, smaraharaḥ, bhargaḥ, tryambakaḥ, tripurāntakaḥ, gaṅgādharaḥ, andhakaripuḥ, kratudhvaṃsī, vṛṣadhvajaḥ, vyomakeśaḥ, bhavaḥ, bhaumaḥ, sthāṇuḥ, rudraḥ, umāpatiḥ, vṛṣaparvā, rerihāṇaḥ, bhagālī, pāśucandanaḥ, digambaraḥ, aṭṭahāsaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, purahiṭ, vṛṣākapiḥ, mahākālaḥ, varākaḥ, nandivardhanaḥ, hīraḥ, vīraḥ, kharuḥ, bhūriḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, bhairavaḥ, dhruvaḥ, śivipiṣṭaḥ, guḍākeśaḥ, devadevaḥ, mahānaṭaḥ, tīvraḥ, khaṇḍaparśuḥ, pañcānanaḥ, kaṇṭhekālaḥ, bharuḥ, bhīruḥ, bhīṣaṇaḥ, kaṅkālamālī, jaṭādharaḥ, vyomadevaḥ, siddhadevaḥ, dharaṇīśvaraḥ, viśveśaḥ, jayantaḥ, hararūpaḥ, sandhyānāṭī, suprasādaḥ, candrāpīḍaḥ, śūladharaḥ, vṛṣāṅgaḥ, vṛṣabhadhvajaḥ, bhūtanāthaḥ, śipiviṣṭaḥ, vareśvaraḥ, viśveśvaraḥ, viśvanāthaḥ, kāśīnāthaḥ, kuleśvaraḥ, asthimālī, viśālākṣaḥ, hiṇḍī, priyatamaḥ, viṣamākṣaḥ, bhadraḥ, ūrddharetā, yamāntakaḥ, nandīśvaraḥ, aṣṭamūrtiḥ, arghīśaḥ, khecaraḥ, bhṛṅgīśaḥ, ardhanārīśaḥ, rasanāyakaḥ, uḥ, hariḥ, abhīruḥ, amṛtaḥ, aśaniḥ, ānandabhairavaḥ, kaliḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, kālaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, kuśalaḥ, kolaḥ, kauśikaḥ, kṣāntaḥ, gaṇeśaḥ, gopālaḥ, ghoṣaḥ, caṇḍaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, jaṭilaḥ, jayantaḥ, raktaḥ, vāraḥ, vilohitaḥ, sudarśanaḥ, vṛṣāṇakaḥ, śarvaḥ, satīrthaḥ, subrahmaṇyaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ- hindūdharmānusāraṃ sṛṣṭeḥ vināśikā devatā।

śivasya arcanā liṅgarūpeṇa pracalitā asti।

ariḥ

sarpaḥ, bhujagaḥ, bhujaṅgaḥ, ahiḥ, bhujaṅgam, uragaḥ, pṛdākuḥ, āśīviṣaḥ, viṣadharaḥ, cakrī, vyālaḥ, sarīsṛpaḥ, kuṇḍalī, gūḍhapāt, cakṣuḥśravā, kākodaraḥ, phaṇī, darvīkaraḥ, dīrghapṛṣṭhaḥ, dandaśūkaḥ, vileśayaḥ, uragaḥ, pannagaḥ, bhogau, jihnagaḥ, pavanāśanaḥ, vilaśayaḥ, kumbhīnasaḥ, dvirasanaḥ, bhekabhuk, śvasanotsukaḥ, phaṇādharaḥ, phaṇadharaḥ, phaṇāvān, phaṇavān, phaṇākaraḥ, phaṇakaraḥ, samakolaḥ, vyāḍaḥ, daṃṣṭrī, viṣāsyaḥ, gokarṇaḥ, uraṅgamaḥ, gūḍhapādaḥ, vilavāsī, darvibhṛt, hariḥ, pracālakī, dvijihvaḥ, jalaruṇḍaḥ, kañcukī, cikuraḥ, bhujaḥ   

jantuviśeṣaḥ, saḥ agātrāyatasaśalkajantuḥ yaḥ urasā gacchati।

sarpāḥ śūnyāgāre vasanti।

ariḥ

viṣṇuḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, vaikuṇṭhaḥ, viṣṭaraśravāḥ, dāmodaraḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, keśavaḥ, mādhavaḥ, svabhūḥ, daityāriḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, govindaḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, acyutaḥ, śārṅgī, viṣvaksenaḥ, janārdanaḥ, upendraḥ, indrāvarajaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, caturbhujaḥ, padmanābhaḥ, madhuripuḥ, vāsudevaḥ, trivikramaḥ, daivakīnandanaḥ, śauriḥ, śrīpatiḥ, puruṣottamaḥ, vanamālī, balidhvaṃsī, kaṃsārātiḥ, adhokṣajaḥ, viśvambharaḥ, kaiṭabhajit, vidhuḥ, śrīvatsalāñachanaḥ, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, vṛṣṇiḥ, śatadhāmā, gadāgrajaḥ, ekaśṛṅgaḥ, jagannāthaḥ, viśvarūpaḥ, sanātanaḥ, mukundaḥ, rāhubhedī, vāmanaḥ, śivakīrtanaḥ, śrīnivāsaḥ, ajaḥ, vāsuḥ, śrīhariḥ, kaṃsāriḥ, nṛhariḥ, vibhuḥ, madhujit, madhusūdanaḥ, kāntaḥ, puruṣaḥ, śrīgarbhaḥ, śrīkaraḥ, śrīmān, śrīdharaḥ, śrīniketanaḥ, śrīkāntaḥ, śrīśaḥ, prabhuḥ, jagadīśaḥ, gadādharaḥ, ajitaḥ, jitāmitraḥ, ṛtadhāmā, śaśabinduḥ, punarvasuḥ, ādidevaḥ, śrīvarāhaḥ, sahasravadanaḥ, tripāt, ūrdhvadevaḥ, gṛdhnuḥ, hariḥ, yādavaḥ, cāṇūrasūdanaḥ, sadāyogī, dhruvaḥ, hemaśaṅkhaḥ, śatāvarttī, kālanemiripuḥ, somasindhuḥ, viriñciḥ, dharaṇīdharaḥ, bahumūrddhā, vardhamānaḥ, śatānandaḥ, vṛṣāntakaḥ, rantidevaḥ, vṛṣākapiḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, dāśārhaḥ, abdhiśayanaḥ, indrānujaḥ, jalaśayaḥ, yajñapuruṣaḥ, tārkṣadhvajaḥ, ṣaḍbinduḥ, padmeśaḥ, mārjaḥ, jinaḥ, kumodakaḥ, jahnuḥ, vasuḥ, śatāvartaḥ, muñjakeśī, babhruḥ, vedhāḥ, prasniśṛṅgaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, suvarṇabinduḥ, śrīvatsaḥ, gadābhṛt, śārṅgabhṛt, cakrabhṛt, śrīvatsabhṛt, śaṅkhabhṛt, jalaśāyī, muramardanaḥ, lakṣmīpatiḥ, murāriḥ, amṛtaḥ, ariṣṭanemaḥ, kapiḥ, keśaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, janārdanaḥ, jinaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, vikramaḥ, śarvaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ hindudharmānusāraṃ jagataḥ pālanakartā।

ekādaśastathā tvaṣṭā dvādaśo viṣṇurucyate jaghanyajastu sarveṣāmādityānāṃ guṇādhikaḥ।

ariḥ

sūryaḥ, savitā, ādityaḥ, mitraḥ, aruṇaḥ, bhānuḥ, pūṣā, arkaḥ, hiraṇyagarbhaḥ, pataṅgaḥ, khagaḥ, sahasrāṃśuḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, marīci, mārtaṇḍa, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, citrarathaḥ, saptasaptiḥ, dinamaṇi, dyumaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, khadyotaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, ambarīśaḥ, aṃśahastaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, jagatcakṣuḥ, lokalocanaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, karmasākṣī, gopatiḥ, gabhastiḥ, gabhastimān, gabhastihastaḥ, graharājaḥ, caṇḍāṃśu, aṃśumānī, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, tapanaḥ, tāpanaḥ, jyotiṣmān, mihiraḥ, avyayaḥ, arciḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretaḥ, kāśyapeyaḥ, virocanaḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, citrabhānuḥ, hariḥ, harivāhanaḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, bhagaḥ, agaḥ, adriḥ, heliḥ, tarūṇiḥ, śūraḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotipīthaḥ, inaḥ, vedodayaḥ, papīḥ, pītaḥ, akūpāraḥ, usraḥ, kapilaḥ   

pṛthivyāḥ nikaṭatamaḥ atitejasvī khagolīyaḥ piṇḍaḥ yaṃ paritaḥ pṛthvyādigrahāḥ bhramanti। tathā ca yaḥ ākāśe suvati lokam karmāṇi prerayati ca।

sūryaḥ sauryāḥ ūrjāyāḥ mahīyaḥ srotaḥ।/ sūrye tapatyāvaraṇāya dṛṣṭaiḥ kalpeta lokasya kathaṃ tamitsrā।

ariḥ

candraḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ, hariḥ   

khagolīyapiṇḍaḥ yaḥ pṛthvīṃ paribhramati।

adhunā mānavaḥ candrasya pṛṣṭhabhāgaṃ gatvā saṃśodhanaṃ karoti।

ariḥ

brahmā, ātmabhūḥ, surajyeṣṭhaḥ, parameṣṭhī, pitāmahaḥ, hiraṇyagarbhaḥ, lokeśaḥ, svayaṃbhūḥ, caturānanaḥ, dhātā, abjayoniḥ, druhiṇaḥ, brahmadevaḥ, viriñciḥ, kamalāsanaḥ, paṅkajāsanaḥ, sraṣṭā, prajāpatiḥ, vedhāḥ, vidhātā, viścasṛṭ, vidhiḥ, nābhijanmā, aṇḍajaḥ, pūrvaḥ, nidhanaḥ, kamalodbhavaḥ, sadānandaḥ, rajomūrtiḥ, satyakaḥ, haṃsavāhanaḥ, hariḥ, pūrṇānandaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ yaḥ sṛṣṭeḥ janakaḥ asti।

nāradaḥ brahmaṇaḥ putraḥ asti।

ariḥ

indraḥ, devarājaḥ, jayantaḥ, ṛṣabhaḥ, mīḍhvān, marutvān, maghavā, viḍojā, pākaśāsanaḥ, vṛddhaśravāḥ, sunāsīraḥ, puruhūtaḥ, purandaraḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, lekharṣabhaḥ, śakraḥ, śatamanyuḥ, divaspatiḥ, sutrāmā, gotrabhit, vajrī, vāsavaḥ, vṛtrahā, vṛṣā, vāstospatiḥ, surapatiḥ, balārātiḥ, śacīpatiḥ, jambhabhedī, harihayaḥ, svārāṭ, namucisūdanaḥ, saṃkrandanaḥ, duścyavanaḥ, turāṣāṭ, meghavāhanaḥ, ākhaṇḍalaḥ, sahastrākṣaḥ, ṛbhukṣā, mahendraḥ, kośikaḥ, pūtakratuḥ, viśvambharaḥ, hariḥ, purudaṃśā, śatadhṛtiḥ, pṛtanāṣāḍ, ahidviṣaḥ, vajrapāṇiḥ, devarājaḥ, parvatāriḥ, paryaṇyaḥ, devatādhipaḥ, nākanāthaḥ, pūrvadikkapatiḥ, pulomāriḥ, arhaḥ, pracīnavarhiḥ, tapastakṣaḥ, biḍaujāḥ, arkaḥ, ulūkaḥ, kaviḥ, kauśikaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ   

sā devatā yā svargasya adhipatiḥ iti manyate।

vedeṣu indrasya sūktāni santi।

ariḥ

aśvaḥ, vājī, hayaḥ, turagaḥ, turaṅgaḥ, turaṅgamaḥ, saindhavaḥ, pītiḥ, pītī, ghoṭakaḥ, ghoṭaḥ, vītiḥ, vāhaḥ, arvā, gandharvaḥ, saptiḥ, hariḥ   

grāmyapaśuviśeṣaḥ-yaḥ viṣāṇahīnaḥ catuṣpādaḥ।

rāṇāpratāpasya aśvasya nāma cetakaḥ iti āsīt।

ariḥ

vāyuḥ, vātaḥ, anilaḥ, pavanaḥ, pavamānaḥ, prabhañjanaḥ, śvasanaḥ, sparśanaḥ, mātariśvā, sadāgatiḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, gandhavahaḥ, gandhavāhaḥ, āśugaḥ, samīraḥ, mārutaḥ, marut, jagatprāṇaḥ, samīraṇaḥ, nabhasvān, ajagatprāṇaḥ, khaśvāsaḥ, vābaḥ, dhūlidhvajaḥ, phaṇipriyaḥ, vātiḥ, nabhaḥprāṇaḥ, bhogikāntaḥ, svakampanaḥ, akṣatiḥ, kampalakṣmā, śasīniḥ, āvakaḥ, hariḥ, vāsaḥ, sukhāśaḥ, mṛgavābanaḥ, sāraḥ, cañcalaḥ, vihagaḥ, prakampanaḥ, nabhaḥ, svaraḥ, niśvāsakaḥ, stanūnaḥ, pṛṣatāmpatiḥ, śīghraḥ   

viśvagamanavān viśvavyāpī tathā ca yasmin jīvāḥ śvasanti।

vāyuṃ vinā jīvanasya kalpanāpi aśakyā।

ariḥ

vānaraḥ, kapiḥ, plavaṅgaḥ, plavagaḥ, śākhāmṛgaḥ, valīmukhaḥ, markaṭaḥ, kīśaḥ, vanaukāḥ, markaḥ, plavaḥ, pravaṅgaḥ, pravagaḥ, plavaṅgamaḥ, pravaṅgamaḥ, golāṅgulaḥ, kapitthāsya, dadhikṣoṇaḥ, hariḥ, tarumṛgaḥ, nagāṭanaḥ, jhampī, jhampārukalipriyaḥ, kikhiḥ, śālāvṛkaḥ   

vanyapaśuḥ yaḥ vṛkṣe vasati bhramati ca।

vālī nāma vānaraḥ rāmeṇa hataḥ।

ariḥ

haṃsaḥ, śvetagarut, cakrāṅgaḥ, mānasaukāḥ, kalakaṇṭhaḥ, sitacchadaḥ, sitapakṣaḥ, purudaṃśakaḥ, dhavalapakṣaḥ, mānasālayaḥ, hariḥ   

jalapakṣiviśeṣaḥ yaḥ kādambasadṛśaḥ asti।

haṃsaḥ devyāḥ sarasvatyāḥ vāhanam asti।

ariḥ

skandaḥ, ṣaḍānanaḥ, kumāraḥ, kārttikeyaḥ, ṣāṇmāturaḥ, mayūraketuḥ, siddhasenaḥ, viśākhaḥ, agnibhūḥ, āmbikeyaḥ, āgneyaḥ, kāmajitaḥ, gāṅgeyaḥ, candrānanaḥ, tārakāriḥ, devavrataḥ, mayūreśaḥ, śikhīśvaraḥ, kārtikaḥ, harihayaḥ, krauñcāriḥ, mahiṣārdanaḥ, rudratejaḥ, bhavātmajaḥ, śāṅkariḥ, śikhībhūḥ, ṣaṇmukhaḥ, kāntaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, subrahmaṇyaḥ   

bhagavataḥ śivasya jyeṣṭhaputraḥ।

senānīnāmaham skandaḥ।

ariḥ

yamaḥ, yamarāṭ, kṛtāntaḥ, kālaḥ, antakaḥ, vaivasvataḥ, mahiṣadhvajaḥ, mahiṣavāhanaḥ, dharmaḥ, dharmarājaḥ, pitṛpati, daṇḍadharaḥ, śrāddhadevaḥ, śamanaḥ, auḍambaraḥ, yamunābhrātā, dakṣiṇadikpālaḥ, dadhnaḥ, bhīmaśāsanaḥ, śīrṇapādaḥ, prāṇaharaḥ, hariḥ   

mṛtyoḥ devatā, dakṣiṇadikpālaḥ yaḥ jīvānām phalāphalam niyamayati।

dattābhaye tvayiyamādapi daṇḍadhāre।

ariḥ

śukaḥ, kīraḥ, vakracañcuḥ, vakratuṇḍaḥ, raktatuṇḍaḥ, cimiḥ, ciriḥ, raktapādaḥ, kumāraḥ, kiṅkirātaḥ, phalāśanaḥ, phalādanaḥ, dāḍimapriyaḥ, medhāvī, hariḥ   

khagaviśeṣaḥ- yaḥ haritavarṇīyaḥ khagaḥ manuṣyavācaḥ anukaraṇaṃ karoti tathā ca naikeṣu gṛheṣu dṛśyate।

pañjare śukaḥ rāma rāma iti vadati।

ariḥ

maṇḍūkaḥ, bhekaḥ, plavaḥ, plavagaḥ, plavagatiḥ, plavaṅgamaḥ, darduraḥ, vyaṅgaḥ, varṣābhūḥ, varṣāghoṣaḥ, vṛṣṭibhūḥ, dardarīkaḥ, gūḍhavarccā, alimakaḥ, ajihvaḥ, śallaḥ, śālūraḥ, sālūraḥ, hariḥ   

saḥ prāṇī yaḥ ubhayacaraḥ tathā ca yaḥ varṣāṛtau jalāśayasya samīpe dṛśyate।

varṣāṛtau naike maṇḍūkāḥ sthāne-sthāne plavante।

ariḥ

gandhakaḥ, gandhikaḥ, gandhapāṣāṇaḥ, pāmāghnaḥ, gandhamodanaḥ, pūtigandhaḥ, atigandhaḥ, varaḥ, gandhamodanam, sugandhaḥ, divyagandhaḥ, rasagandhakaḥ, kuṣṭhāri, śulvāriḥ, pānāriḥ, svarṇariḥ, dhātuvairī, śukapucchaḥ, gandhapāṣāṇaḥ, krūragandhaḥ, kīṭaghnaḥ, śarabhūmijaḥ, gandhī   

rāsāyanikadhātuviśeṣaḥ, yasya gandhaḥ atīva ugraḥ asti tathā ca āyurvede asya ativahnikāritvaṃ viṣakuṣṭhakaṇḍūtisvajutvagadoṣanāśitvādayaḥ guṇāḥ proktāḥ।

prayogaśālāyāṃ vaijñānikāḥ gandhakasya sambandhitāḥ prayogāḥ kurvanti। / caturdhā gandhakaḥ prokto raktaḥ pītaḥ sitaḥ asitaḥ।

ariḥ

gardabhaḥ, rāsabhaḥ, kharaḥ, bāleyaḥ, rāśabhaḥ, śaṅkakarṇaḥ, bhāragaḥ, bhūrigamaḥ, dhūsarāhvayaḥ, veśavaḥ, dhūsaraḥ, smarasūryaḥ, ciramehī, paśucariḥ, cārapuṅkhaḥ, cāraṭaḥ, grāmyāśvaḥ   

aśvajātīyaḥ paśuḥ prāyaḥ yaḥ aśvāt laghu asti।

gardabhaḥ utpādaśayānaḥ asti।

ariḥ

dhanvantariḥ, amṛtaḥ   

āyurvedasya ācāryaḥ devatānāṃ vaidyaḥ।

dhanvantariḥ samudramanthanasya kāle samudrāt bahiḥ āgatavān।

ariḥ

śatruḥ, ripuḥ, vairiḥ, sapatnaḥ, ariḥ, dviṣaḥ, dveṣaṇaḥ, durhṛd, dviṭ, vipakṣaḥ, ahitaḥ, amitraḥ, dasyuḥ, śātravaḥ, abhighātī, paraḥ, arātiḥ, pratyartho, paripanthī, vṛṣaḥ, pratipakṣaḥ, dviṣan, ghātakaḥ, dveṣī, vidviṣaḥ, hiṃsakaḥ, vidviṭ, apriyaḥ, abhighātiḥ, ahitaḥ, dauhṛdaḥ   

yena saha śatrutā vartate।

śatruḥ agniśca durbalaḥ nāsti।

ariḥ

tvarā, rabhasaḥ, tvariḥ, tvaritam, tvaraṇaḥ, tvaraṇam, tvaraṇā, īṣaṇā, ārambhaḥ, āvegaḥ, upatāpaḥ, parīpsā, prajavaḥ, tūrṇiḥ, saṃvegaḥ   

kārye atiśayitaḥ vegaḥ yaḥ anucitaṃ manyate।

tvarā kāryaghātinī asti।

ariḥ

dhānyam, śasyam, sītyam, gāritraḥ, stambakariḥ, bījaruhaḥ, jīvasādhanam, vrīhiḥ   

prakāṇḍarahitavṛkṣasya bījāni।

etad prakoṣṭhaṃ dhānyena pūritam।

ariḥ

mayūraḥ, kalāpī, varhiṇaḥ, varhī, śikhī, śikhābalaḥ, śikhaṇḍī, śikhādhāraḥ, śikhādharaḥ, nīlakaṇṭhaḥ, śyāmakaṇṭhaḥ, śuklāpāṅgaḥ, sitāpāṅgaḥ, bhujaṅgabhuk, bhujaṅgabhojī, bhujaṅgahā, bhujagābhojī, bhujagadāraṇaḥ, pracalākī, candrakī, bhujagāntakaḥ, bhujagāśanaḥ, sarpāśanaḥ, kekī, nartakaḥ, nartanapriyaḥ, meghānandī, meghasuhṛd, meghanādānulāsī, varṣāmadaḥ, citramekhala, citrapicchakaḥ, kumāravāhī, rājasārasaḥ, kāntapakṣī, śukrabhuk, śāpaṭhikaḥ, dārvaṇḍaḥ, hariḥ   

khagaviśeṣaḥ- saḥ śobhanaḥ khagaḥ yasya pucchaṃ dīrgham asti।

mayūraḥ bhāratasya rāṣṭriyaḥ khagaḥ asti।

ariḥ

piṭakaḥ, peṭakaḥ, peḍā, mañjūṣā, peṭaḥ, peṭikā, tariḥ, tarī, mañjuṣā, peḍikā   

vaṃśaśalākayā vinirmitaṃ pidhānayuktaṃ pātram।

piṭake sarpaḥ asti।

ariḥ

atyāhārī, udarapiśācaḥ, udarambhariḥ, ghasmaraḥ, ādyūnaḥ, kukṣimbhariḥ   

yaḥ pramāṇāt adhikaṃ khādati।

rāmānandaḥ atyāhārī asti yataḥ saḥ ekasmin eva samaye atimātraṃ bhojanaṃ karoti।

ariḥ

stambakariḥ, mahāyāvanālaḥ   

yasya patram ikṣoḥ patram iva tīkṣṇam asti tathā ca yasya pītabījāni dhānyatvena upayujyante।

puṃsi stambakariḥ dhānyaṃ vrīhirnā dhānyamātrake। [śa.ka]

ariḥ

jhumariḥ   

ekā rāgiṇī।

saṅgītajñaḥ jhumariṃ gāyati।

ariḥ

trihariḥ   

uttarāñcalaprānte vartamānaṃ nagaram।

yatra vacasā manasā karmaṇā vā kṛtasya pāpāt muktiḥ bhaviṣyati tat sthānaṃ trihariḥ iti tat sthānam adhunā ṭiharīnagaraṃ nāmnā khyātaḥ।

ariḥ

agniḥ, vaiśvānaraḥ, vītahotraḥ, agnihotraḥ, huraṇyaretāḥ, saptārci, vibhāvasuḥ, vṛṣākapiḥ, svāhāpatiḥ, svāhāprayaḥ, svāhābhuk, agnidevaḥ, agnidevatā, dhanañjayaḥ, jātavedaḥ, kṛpīṭayoniḥ, śociṣkeśaḥ, uṣarbudhaḥ, bṛhadbhānuḥ, hutabhuk, haviraśanaḥ, hutāśaḥ, hutāśanaḥ, havirbhuk, havyavāhanaḥ, havyāśanaḥ, kravyavāhanaḥ, tanunapāt, rohitāśvaḥ, āśuśukṣaṇiḥ, āśrayāśaḥ, āśayāśaḥ, āśrayabhuk, āśrayadhvaṃsī, pāvakaḥ, pāvanaḥ, tejaḥ, vahniḥ, jvalanaḥ, analaḥ, kṛśānuḥ, vāyusakhā, vāyusakhaḥ, dahanaḥ, śikhī, śikhāvān, kṛṣṇavartmā, araṇiḥ, ghāsiḥ, dāvaḥ, pacanaḥ, pācanaḥ, pācakaḥ, juhuvān, vāśiḥ, arciṣmān, prabhākaraḥ, chidiraḥ, śundhyuḥ, jaganuḥ, jāgṛviḥ, apāmpitaḥ, jalapittaḥ, apittam, himārātiḥ, phutkaraḥ, śukraḥ, āśaraḥ, samidhaḥ, citrabhānuḥ, jvālājihvā, kapilaḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, tamonud, śuciḥ, śukraḥ, damunaḥ, damīnaḥ, agiraḥ, hariḥ, bhuvaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ-hindudharmānusāram agneḥ devatāsvarūpam।

agneḥ patnī svāhā।

ariḥ

sūryaḥ, sūraḥ, aryamā, ādityaḥ, dvādaśātmā, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, ahaskaraḥ, vradhraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, bhāsvān, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, vivarttanaḥ, arkaḥ, mārttaṇḍaḥ, mihiraḥ, aruṇaḥ, vṛṣā, dyumaṇiḥ, taraṇiḥ, mitraḥ, citrabhānuḥ, virocan, vibhāvasuḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, bhānuḥ, haṃsaḥ, sahastrāṃśuḥ, tapanaḥ, savitā, raviḥ, śūraḥ, bhagaḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, hariḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, caṇḍāṃśuḥ, saptasaptiḥ, aṃśumālī, kāśyapeyaḥ, khagaḥ, bhānumān, lokalocanaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, jyotiṣmān, avyathaḥ, tāpanaḥ, citrarathaḥ, khamaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, gabhastihastaḥ, heliḥ, pataṃgaḥ, arcciḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, vedodayaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, graharājaḥ, tamonudaḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotiḥpīthaḥ, inaḥ, karmmasākṣī, jagaccakṣuḥ, trayītapaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, khadyotaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, aṃśuhastaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretāḥ, pītaḥ, adriḥ, agaḥ, harivāhanaḥ, ambarīṣaḥ, dhāmanidhiḥ, himārātiḥ, gopatiḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, tamopahaḥ, gabhastiḥ, savitraḥ, pūṣā, viśvapā, divasakaraḥ, dinakṛt, dinapatiḥ, dyupatiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, nabhomaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, viyanmaṇiḥ, timiraripuḥ, dhvāntārātiḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, bhākoṣaḥ, tejaḥpuñjaḥ, bhānemiḥ, khakholkaḥ, khadyotanaḥ, virocanaḥ, nabhaścakṣūḥ, lokacakṣūḥ, jagatsākṣī, graharājaḥ, tapatāmpatiḥ, sahastrakiraṇaḥ, kiraṇamālī, marīcimālī, aṃśudharaḥ, kiraṇaḥ, aṃśubharttā, aṃśuvāṇaḥ, caṇḍakiraṇaḥ, dharmāṃśuḥ, tīkṣṇāṃśuḥ, kharāṃśuḥ, caṇḍaraśmiḥ, caṇḍamarīciḥ, caṇḍadīdhitiḥ, aśītamarīciḥ, aśītakaraḥ, śubharaśmiḥ, pratibhāvān, vibhāvān, vibhāvasuḥ, pacataḥ, pacelimaḥ, śuṣṇaḥ, gaganādhvagaḥ, gaṇadhvajaḥ, khacaraḥ, gaganavihārī, padmagarbhaḥ, padmāsanaḥ, sadāgatiḥ, haridaśvaḥ, maṇimān, jīviteśaḥ, murottamaḥ, kāśyapī, mṛtāṇḍaḥ, dvādaśātmakaḥ, kāmaḥ, kālacakraḥ, kauśikaḥ, citrarathaḥ, śīghragaḥ, saptasaptiḥ   

hindūnāṃ dharmagrantheṣu varṇitā ekā devatā।

vedeṣu sūryasya pūjāyāḥ vāraṃvāraṃ vidhānam asti।

ariḥ

somaḥ, candraḥ, śaśāṅkaḥ, induḥ, mayaṅkaḥ, kalānidhiḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, somaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ;

patitaṃ somamālokya brahmā lokapitāmahaḥ[śa.ka]

ariḥ

śaniḥ, śanaiśvaraḥ, chāyātmajaḥ, sauriḥ, pātaṅgiḥ, chāyāsutaḥ, bhāskariḥ, sūryaputraḥ, kālaḥ, kroḍaḥ   

hindūnām ekā devatā।

mohanaḥ nityaṃ śaniṃ pūjayati।

ariḥ

kalāpī, varhiṇaḥ, varhī, śikhī, śikhābalaḥ, śikhaṇḍī, śikhādhāraḥ, śikhādharaḥ, nīlakaṇṭhaḥ, śyāmakaṇṭhaḥ, śuklāpāṅgaḥ, sitāpāṅgaḥ, bhujaṅgabhuk, bhujaṅgabhojī, bhujaṅgahā, bhujagābhojī, bhujagadāraṇaḥ, pracalākī, candrakī, bhujagāntakaḥ, bhujagāśanaḥ, sarpāśanaḥ, kekī, nartakaḥ, nartanapriyaḥ, meghānandī, meghasuhṛd, meghanādānulāsī, varṣāmadaḥ, citramekhala, citrapicchakaḥ, kumāravāhī, rājasārasaḥ, kāntapakṣī, śukrabhuk, śāpaṭhikaḥ, dārvaṇḍaḥ, hariḥ   

puṃtvaviśiṣṭamayūraḥ।

kalāpī mayūrī ca tṛdilaṃ cañcvā gṛhṇītaḥ।

ariḥ

vānaraḥ, kapiḥ, plavaṅgaḥ, plavagaḥ, śākhāmṛgaḥ, valīmukhaḥ, markaṭaḥ, kīśaḥ, vanaukāḥ, markaḥ, plavaḥ, pravaṅgaḥ, pravagaḥ, plavaṅgamaḥ, pravaṅgamaḥ, golāṅgulaḥ, kapitthāsya, dadhikṣoṇaḥ, hariḥ, tarumṛgaḥ, nagāṭanaḥ, jhampī, jhampārukalipriyaḥ, kikhiḥ, śālāvṛkaḥ   

puṃjātiviśiṣṭavānaraḥ।

saḥ manuṣyaḥ vānaraṃ vānarīṃ ca nartayati।

ariḥ

maṇḍūkaḥ, plavaḥ, plavagaḥ, plavaṃgamaḥ, plavakaḥ, ajambhaḥ, ajihmaḥ, ajihvaḥ, alimakaḥ, kaṭuravaḥ, kokaḥ, jihmamohanaḥ, tarantaḥ, toyasarpikā, dardarikaḥ, darduraḥ, nandakaḥ, nandanaḥ, nirjihvaḥ, bhekaḥ, maṇḍaḥ, marūkaḥ, mahāravaḥ, mudiraḥ, meghanādaḥ, rekaḥ, lūlukaḥ, varṣābhūḥ, varṣāhūḥ, vṛṣṭibhūḥ, vyaṅgaḥ, śallaḥ, śāluḥ, śālūkaḥ, śālūraḥ, hariḥ   

saḥ catuṣpādaḥ yaḥ kārdame vasati tathā ca yaḥ jale bhūmau ca dṛśyate।

bālakaḥ maṇḍūkaḥ maṇḍūkī ca etayoḥ madhye bhedaṃ kartum asamarthaḥ।

ariḥ

ariḥ   

sīmni vartamānaḥ deśaḥ।

ariṇā saha maitrīyuktaḥ vyavahāraḥ iṣṭaḥ।

ariḥ

aśvaḥ, turagaḥ, turaṅgaḥ, turaṅgamaḥ, vājī, hayaḥ, pītiḥ, pītī, vītiḥ, ghoṭaḥ, ghoṭakaḥ, vāhaḥ, arvā, gandharvaḥ, saindhavaḥ, saptiḥ, hariḥ   

grāmyapaśuḥ- narajātīyaḥ yaḥ vegavān asti।

aśvaḥ rathāya yujyate।

ariḥ

saubhariḥ   

paurāṇikaḥ ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ।

saubhariḥ kaṇvamuneḥ putraḥ āsīt।

ariḥ

siṃhaḥ, kesarī, keśarī, hapiḥ, mṛgendraḥ, mṛgarājaḥ, mṛgarāṭ, mṛgapatiḥ, paśurājaḥ, paśupatiḥ, śārdūlaḥ, vanarājaḥ, mṛgaripuḥ, mṛgāriḥ, gajāriḥ, kuñjarārātiḥ, dviradāntakaḥ, hastikakṣyaḥ, bhīmanādaḥ, bhīmavikrāntaḥ, bhāriḥ, haryyakṣaḥ, pañcāsyaḥ, pañcānanaḥ, pañcamukhaḥ, pañcavaktraḥ, pañcaśikhaḥ, vyālaḥ, saṭāṅkaḥ, jaṭilaḥ, araṇyarāj, araṇyarāṭ, ibhamācalaḥ, ibhāriḥ, karidārakaḥ, karimācalaḥ, kalaṅkaṣaḥ, palaṅkaṣaḥ, keśī, kravyādaḥ, gajāriḥ, nakhāyudhaḥ, nakharāyudhaḥ, nadanuḥ, pārindraḥ, pārīndraḥ, bahubalaḥ, bhāriḥ, bhīmavikrāntaḥ, mahānādaḥ, mahāvīraḥ, mṛgadviṣ, mṛgadviṭ, mṛgaprabhuḥ, raktajihvaḥ, vanahariḥ, visaṅkaṭaḥ, vikramī, vikrāntaḥ, śṛṅgoṣṇīṣaḥ, śailāṭaḥ, śaileyaḥ, sakṛtprajaḥ, harit, haritaḥ, hemāṅgaḥ   

siṃhajātīyaḥ naraḥ vanyapaśuḥ।

siṃhasya grīvā saṭayā āvṛtā asti।

ariḥ

ariḥ   

jyotiḥśāstrānusāreṇa janmapatrikāyāḥ ṣaṣṭhamaṃ sthānam।

bhavataḥ arau maṅgalagrahaḥ vartate।

ariḥ

hariḥ   

caturdaśabhiḥ varṇaiḥ yuktaḥ varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

hareḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe jagaṇaḥ, ragaṇaḥ, jagaṇaḥ, ragaṇaḥ ante laghu guruśca bhavati।

ariḥ

bhartṛhariḥ, hariḥ   

saṃskṛtasya suprasiddhaḥ kaviḥ।

bhartṛhariḥ ujjayinyāḥ rājā āsīt tathā ca dvitīyasya vikramādityasya agrajaḥ āsīt।

ariḥ

udarambhariḥ, ātmambhariḥ, kukṣimbhariḥ   

yaḥ svodaramātraṃ pūrayati।

udarambhareḥ kuṭumbinaḥ bubhukṣitāḥ eva svapanti।

ariḥ

śābariḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śābaryāḥ ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

ariḥ

śilandhariḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śilandhareḥ ullekhaḥ pravareṣu asti

ariḥ

baihīnariḥ   

ekaḥ antaḥpurarakṣakaḥ ।

viśākhadatta-viracitaḥ mudrārākṣasaḥ iti nāṭake baihīnariḥ iti antaḥpurarakṣakaḥ nirdiṣṭaḥ

ariḥ

baihīnariḥ   

ekaḥ antaḥpurarakṣakaḥ ।

viśākhadatta-viracitaḥ mudrārākṣasaḥ iti nāṭake baihīnariḥ iti antaḥpurarakṣakaḥ nirdiṣṭaḥ

ariḥ

ṣaṣṭisāṃvatsariḥ   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

ṣaṣṭisāṃvatsariḥ iti nāmakāḥ naikāḥ kṛtayaḥ santi

ariḥ

ṣaṣṭisāṃvatsariḥ   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

ṣaṣṭisāṃvatsariḥ iti nāmakāḥ naikāḥ kṛtayaḥ santi

ariḥ

brahmahariḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

brahmahariḥ kośeṣu varṇitaḥ

ariḥ

bharadvājadhanvantariḥ   

ekaḥ divyaḥ caraḥ ।

śāṅkhāyana-gṛhya-sūtre bharadvājadhanvantariḥ samullikhitaḥ

ariḥ

sarvahariḥ   

ekaṃ sūktam ।

sarvahareḥ ullekhaḥ ṛgvede asti

ariḥ

cariḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

careḥ varṇanaṃ pravaragranthe vartate

ariḥ

dadariḥ   

ekā nadī ।

dadariḥ rasikaramaṇe parigaṇitaḥ

ariḥ

dhānuṣkariḥ   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

dhānuṣkaryāḥ ullekhaḥ lalitavistare asti









Parse Time: 1.102s Search Word: ariḥ Input Encoding: IAST IAST: aris